dani/lemonldap-ng
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
43ece77749
lemonldap-ng/omegat.files/fr/fr-level1.tmx
Xavier Guimard 289930e2ad Update doc
2017-04-04 18:05:25 +00:00

32885 lines
1.1 MiB
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE tmx SYSTEM "tmx11.dtd">
<tmx version="1.1">
<header
creationtool="OmegaT"
creationtoolversion="2.3.0_1"
segtype="sentence"
o-tmf="OmegaT TMX"
adminlang="EN-US"
srclang="EN-US"
datatype="plaintext"
>
</header>
<body>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'create_user' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'create_user' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the SAML Single Sign On settings, and fill these information:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222405Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans les paramètres SSO de SAML et y indiquer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_town&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_L&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_town&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_L&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mysqladmin create lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204812Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>mysqladmin create lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Gender</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083112Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Gender</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Authentication table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061429Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Table d'authentification DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>user email</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Email de l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use TLS, you can set any of the Net::LDAP start_tls() sub like ldap+tls://server/verify=none&amp;capath=/etc/ssl.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184710Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En utilisant TLS, il est possible d'utiliser toutes les options de la fonction start_tls() Net::LDAP telle ldap+tls://server/verify=none&amp;capath=/etc/ssl.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062222Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Transient: NameID is generated</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Transient: le NameID est généré</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>time_correction (optional): hours to add or to subtract</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>time_correction (optionnel) : heures à ajouter ou soustraire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here, the mail has been chosen as the user Name ID.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ici, le mail a été choisi comme identifiant utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SMTPAuthUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064058Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SMTPAuthUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All e By default, the allowed days and hours is an hexadecimal value, representing each hour of the week.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162410Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, les jours et heures autorisés sont des valeurs hexadécimales, représentant chaque heure de la semaine.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailCharset</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063358Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailCharset</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cda</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061225Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>cda</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With RPM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec RPM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>…</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112935Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>…</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>openIdIDPList</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063819Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>openIdIDPList</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># OpenID Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Installation on RHEL/CentOS with packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation sur RHEL/CentOS avec les paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>0</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>0</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064037Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Portail distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then edit the property network.negotiate-auth.trusted-uris and set value example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer la propriété network.negotiate-auth.trusted-uris et la mettre à la valeur example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>my $res = $r-&gt;result();</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041630Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>my $res = $r-&gt;result();</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_doc_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/doc)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_doc_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/doc)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One IP only by user: a user can not open 2 sessions with different IP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T183446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une IP par utilisateur : un utilisateur ne peut ouvrir 2 sessions avec différentes adresses IP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>chmod 750 /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock
chown www-data:www-data /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192057Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>chmod 750 /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock
chown www-data:www-data /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables defined in the main Exported variables will be used for each backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les variables définies dans le Variables exportées principal seront utilisées dans chaque backend.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapServer: LDAP URL.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061740Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapServer : URL du serveur LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each LL::NG authentication module has an authentication level, which can be associated to an SAML authentication context.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Chaque module d'authentification de LL::NG dispose d'un niveau d'authentification qui peut être associé à un contexte d'authentification SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy Granting Ticket</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160528Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Proxy Granting Ticket</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reset password by mail (self service)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082911Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Réinitialiser les mots-de-passe par mail (self-service)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Persistent Session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend des sessions persistantes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To enable the FastCGI server at startup, copy the script llng-fastcgi-server installed in INITDIR (default /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/init.d/) in /etc/init.d and enable it (links to /etc/rcx.d).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163523Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour activer le serveur FastCGI au démarrage, copie le script llng-fastcgi-server installé dans INITDIR (défaut /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/init.d/) dans /etc/init.d et l'activer (liens vers /etc/rcx.d).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthCAS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140916Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthCAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also choose a different session module to split SSO sessions and SAML sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouvez également utiliser un module différent pour répartir les sessions SSO et SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User source attribute: name of the attribute in users entries used in the link (default: dn).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114724Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut source utilisateur : nom de l'attribut utilisateur utilisé dans le lien (défaut: dn).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailSessionKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063513Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailSessionKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can change the separator with the fileNameSeparator option, and set another value, for example @.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053109Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut changer ce séparateur en changeant la valeur de l'option fileNameSeparator par exemple @.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SQL configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration SQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then access to the configuration of this OP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200954Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut ensuite accéder à la configuration de cet OP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173802Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel phpLDAPadmin dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can protect any Apache hosted application including Apache reverse-proxy mechanism.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134534Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut protéger toute application hébergée par Apache y compris le mécanisme de proxy inverse d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logout_app_sso http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060541Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logout_app_sso http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Yubico API page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir la page Yubico API.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if you use “CDBI” or “RDBI” system, the notifications will be stored in the same database as configuration and in a table called “notifications”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>si “CDBI” ou “RDBI” est utilisé, les notifications sont stockées dans la même base de données que la configuration et la table est nommée “notifications”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>protect the manager by LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T094901Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>protéger le manager par LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>httpOnly</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065824Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>httpOnly</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG Null backend is a transparent backend:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend Null de LL::NG est un backend transparent :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T191951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Directory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkLogonHours</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkLogonHours</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID protocol is deprecated.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T171956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le protocole OpenID est obsolète.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML 2 Service: SAML metadata administration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Service SAML : administration des métadonnées SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Presentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Présentation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
&lt;/AttributeAuthorityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>...
&lt;/AttributeAuthorityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MySQL example (suppose that our servers are in 10.0.0.0/24 network):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple MySQL (on suppose que les serveurs sont sur le réseau 10.0.0.0/24):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://gist.github.com/njh/2432427</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://gist.github.com/njh/2432427</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logout_sso http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logout_sso http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example: http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn?IDPInitiated=1&amp;spConfKey=simplesamlphp</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple: http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn?IDPInitiated=1&amp;spConfKey=simplesamlphp</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Bugzilla virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Bugzilla comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupBase</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062223Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupBase</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SAML2 Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité SAML2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;coudot&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123105Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;coudot&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>status to see statistics (if enabled)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170445Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>status pour voir les statistiques (si activé)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>FastCGI server install (required for Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210205Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation du serveur FastCGI (requis pour Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DocumentRoot /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DocumentRoot /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/search?query=Safe&amp;mode=module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203909Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/search?query=Safe&amp;mode=module</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restart all your Apache servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redémarrer tous vos serveurs Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check if user is already authenticated</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073521Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Vérifie si l'utilisateur n'est pas déjà authentifié</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>user full name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom complet de l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Mail column</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061457Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Colonne mail DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure your new backend (create SQL database,…)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060927Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le nouveau backend (creer la base de données SQL,…)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then connect to http://auth.example.com with your browser and log in with dwho/dwho.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151943Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Se connecter ensuite à l'adresse http://auth.example.com avec un navigateur et se connecter avec dwho/dwho.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LockDataSource</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LockDataSource</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;subtitle&gt;: subtitle to display: will be inserted in HTML page enclosed in &lt;h2 class=“notifText”&gt;…</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054739Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>&lt;subtitle&gt; : sous-titre : sera inséré dans la page HTML encadré dans &lt;h2 class=“notifText”&gt;…</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SHA</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SHA</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The reset password link must be activated, see portal customization.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150331Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le lien de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe doit être activé, voir la personnalisation du portail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>increased (+1) if portal is protected by SSL (HTTPS)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135043Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>augmenté (+1) si le portail est protégé par SSL (HTTPS)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just have to configure a directory writable by Apache user and set it in [configuration] section in your lemonldap-ng.ini file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185148Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffit de configurer un répertoire accessible en écriture à l'utilisateur Apache et l'indiquer dans la section [configuration] du fichier lemonldap-ng.ini :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create your Perl module with custom functions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer un module Perl avec des fonctions personnalisées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Internet Explorer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155401Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Internet Explorer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>No headers are needed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203151Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Aucun en-tête n'est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ User session has expired or handler does not have access to the same Apache::Session database than the portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ La session de l'utilisateur a expiré ou l'agent n'a pas accès à la même base de données Apache::Session que le portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>randomPasswordRegexp</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063849Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>randomPasswordRegexp</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailBody</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063330Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailBody</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-manager: contains administration interface and session explorer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-manager : contient l'interface d'administration et l'explorateur de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(create one if none is present)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222933Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(en créer un à défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Slave parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T160858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Slave:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Write session path is needed only if you use a remote session explorer or a remote portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le chemin d'écriture de session n'est nécessaire que si on utilise un explorateur de session ou un portail distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Objectclass of the entry</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Objectclass de l'entrée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.sympa.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.sympa.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># FASTCGI CONFIGURATION</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># CONFIGURATION FASTCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># notifications.html and uncomment the 2 following lines:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080757Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># notifications.html, puis décommenter les 2 lignes suivantes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You've just to incicate to LLNG FastCGI server the file to read using either -f option or CUSTOM_FUNCTIONS_FILE environment variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut indiquer au serveur FastCGI de LLNG le fichier à lire en utilisant l'option -f ou la variable d'environnement CUSTOM_FUNCTIONS_FILE.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change password URL: where users can change their password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183221Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Change password URL: où les utilisateurs peuvent changer leur mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;NameIDFormat&gt;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:emailAddress&lt;/NameIDFormat&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;NameIDFormat&gt;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:emailAddress&lt;/NameIDFormat&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manager performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T063036Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Performances du Manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Handler: CPAN - Handler modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Handler : CPAN - modules agent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name: Text displayed on choice tab.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom : Texte à afficher sur l'onglet.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connector</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Connecteur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Writing rules and headers to learn how to configure access control and HTTP headers sent to application by LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir Écrire des règles et des en-têtes pour savoir comment configurer le contrôle d'accès et les en-têtes HTTP transmis à l'application par LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation/latest/applications/zimbra.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation/latest/applications/zimbra.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>APT-GET</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141136Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>APT-GET</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To know more about the jail, check Safe module documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour en savoir plus sur la cage, consulter la documentation du module Safe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit Dokuwiki local configuration (conf/local.php) and set lemonldap as authentication type:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer la configuration locale Dokuwiki (conf/local.php) et indiquer lemonldap comme type d'authentification :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install Webserver Auth module, by downloading it, and unarchive it in the drupal modules/ directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T124728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Télécharger et installer le module Webserver Auth, en le décompressant dans le répertoire modules/.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ID Token validation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Validation de jeton d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration and sessions in LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration et sessions dans LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now imagine the following DIT:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142135Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On suppose le schéma suivant :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can prefix the key name with a digit to order them.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194715Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'ordonner les noms de clefs en utilisant un préfixe numérique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add a new virtual host webmail.domain.tld</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter un nouvel hôte virtuel webmail.domain.tld</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All names must be registered in the DNS server (which is Active Directory).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les noms doivent être enregistrés dans le serveur DNS (qui est Active Directory).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS access control policy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061215Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Politique de contrôle d'accès CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Domain: validity domain for the cookie (the cookie will not be sent on other domains)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040619Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domaine : domaine de valaidité du cookie (le cookie n'est pas envoyé vers d'autres domaines)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration reload</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T065441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Rechargement de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_proxiedServices</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061055Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_proxiedServices</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sometimes, PHP applications also check the PHP_AUTH_USER and PHP_AUHT_PW environment variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200242Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Parfois, des applications PHP examinent également les variables d'environnement PHP_AUTH_USER et PHP_AUHT_PW.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061447Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now we will add CSOD as a new SAML Service Provider:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185049Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter CSOD comme nouveau fournisseur de service SAML :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Issuer rewrite rules:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081757Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Régles de réécriture des IdP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>They will be tested in the specified order.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ils seront testés dans l'ordre indiqué.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>newNotification(xmlString): insert a notification for a user (see Notifications system for more)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>newNotification(xmlString) : insert une notification pour un utilisateur (voir le système de notifications pour plus d'information)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Also adapt your entityID to match the Assertion issuer: google.com/a/mydomain.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T191319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Adapter également l' &quot;entityID&quot; pour qu'elle corresponde à l'émetteur de l'assertion : google.com/a/mydomain.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication module: SAML</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220712Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module d'authentification : SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you configure form replay with LL::NG, the Handler will detect forms to fill, add a javascript in the html page to fill form fields with dummy datas and submit it, then intercept the POST request and add POST data in the request body.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En configurant le rejeu de formulaire avec LL::NG, le handler détecte les formulaires à remplir, ajoute un petit javascript dans la page HTML pour préparer les champs avec de fausses données et les soumettre, le handler intercepte la requête POST et insère les bonnes données dans le corps de la requête.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Facebook uses OAuth2 protocol to allow applications to reuse its own authentication process (it means, if your are connected to Facebook, other applications can trust Facebook and let you in).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061125Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Facebook utilise le protocole OAuth2 pour autoriser les applications à réutiliser son propre prcessus d'authentification (ce qui signifie que si on est connecté à Facebook, d'autres applications peuvent agréer Facebook et accepter l'utilisateur).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to know the technical name of configuration parameter to do this.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071630Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est nécessaire de connaître le nom technique du paramètre de configuration pour le faire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key name: name of the key in LemonLDAP::NG session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de clef : nom de la clef dans la session LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dwho</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dwho</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># OpenID Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Write good rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Écrire de bonnes règles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for MediaWiki.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Mediawiki.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery button selector: button.validate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173518Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sélecteur de bouton jQuery : button.validate</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RPMs are available on the Download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095734Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paquets RPM sont disponibles sur la page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_2.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073652Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_2.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://freeradius.org/mod_auth_radius/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://freeradius.org/mod_auth_radius/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>New window: open menu links in new window</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075934Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nouvelle fenêtre : ouvre les liens du menu dans de nouvelles fenêtres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you define mail contents in Manager, HTML templates will not be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151420Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si les contenus sont définis dans le manager, les modèles HTML ne sont pas utilisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dwho@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060851Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dwho@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function is not compliant with Safe jail, you will need to disable the jail to use it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T175537Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction n'est pas compatible avec la cage saine, il faut désactiver la mise en cage.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_address1&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALADDRESS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_address1&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALADDRESS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be a brake for the portal:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>En revanche, ce peut-être un frein pour le portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070042Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apt-get update</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093609Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apt-get update</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display: As Google Apps is not a protected application, set to On to always display it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052021Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Display : comme Google Apps n'est pas une application protégée, indiquer On pour toujours l'afficher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CSOD needs two things to configure LL::NG as an IDP:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CSOD nécessite 2 éléments pour configurer LL::NG comme IDP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if LLTYPE is set to another value or not set, FastCGI server works as handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T164510Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si LLTYPE est mis à une autre valeur ou pas défini, le serveur FastCGI fonctionne en « handler ».</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://drupal.org/project/Webserver_auth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://drupal.org/project/Webserver_auth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>+30s: 30 seconds from session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041821Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>+30s : 30 secondes après la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Organization&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;Organization&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/metadata /metadata.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064350Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/metadata /metadata.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can find some configuration tips on this page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut trouver quelques éléments de configuration dans cette page.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password reset by mail form: where user enters mail to recover a lost password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Formulaire de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe par courriel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074147Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fichiers thèmes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multiple sessions, you can restrict the number of open sessions:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sessions multiples, on peut retreindre le nombre de sessions ouvertes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Assertion Consumer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Consommateur d'assertions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Click on Metadata and set manually the metadata of the service, using France Connect endpoints.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T174156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cliquer sur Métadonnées et définir manuellement les métadonnées du service, en utilisant les points terminaux France Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be seen in system processes, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il peut être vu dans les processus du système, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Net::OpenID::Consumer &gt; 1.00</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140919Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Net::OpenID::Consumer &gt; 1.00</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapPasswordResetAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063230Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapPasswordResetAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># LemonLDAP::NG repository
deb http://lemonldap-ng.org/deb stable main
deb-src http://lemonldap-ng.org/deb stable main</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Dépôt LemonLDAP::NG
deb http://lemonldap-ng.org/deb stable main
deb-src http://lemonldap-ng.org/deb stable main</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For now, this feature is only supported by Apache handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184217Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour l'instant, cette fonctionnalité n'est offerte qu'avec le handler Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://tomcat.apache.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T185946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://tomcat.apache.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /etc/yum.repos.d/lemonldap-ng.repo</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095550Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /etc/yum.repos.d/lemonldap-ng.repo</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure security settings</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135339Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les paramètres de sécurité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can create these two headers to fill user name and mail (see extension configuration):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut créer ces 2 en-têtes pour qu'ils corresponde au nom d'utilisateur et a son adresse mail (voir la configuration de l'extension) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HTML::Template</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140845Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>HTML::Template</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>zimbraAccountKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064724Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>zimbraAccountKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063845Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>protection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>condition: condition to display the notification, can use all session variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054550Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>condition : condition pour afficher la notification, peut utiliser toutes les variables de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here is an example using mod_fcgid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080900Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ici un exemple utilisant mod_fcgid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Virtual Hosts: Access rules, headers, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôtes virtuels : règles d'accès, en-têtes, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the rule evaluation is true, the corresponding skin is applied.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114944Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si la règle correspond, le thème correspondant est appliqué.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Convert::PEM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140850Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Convert::PEM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using LemonLDAP::NG with Active-Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T051507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser Lemonldap::NG avec Active-Directory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User-Email</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162016Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User-Email</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailFrom</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063332Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailFrom</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075557Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Autres paramètres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Keys are the name of attribute in the CAS response, values are the name of session key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200820Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les clefs sont les noms des attributs de la réponse CAS, et les valeurs les noms des clefs de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login history</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Historique de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multiple domains: enable cross domain mechanism (without this, you cannot extend SSO to other domains)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domaines multiples : active le mécanisme inter-domaines (sans ceci, on ne peut pas étendre le SSO aux autres domaines)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_address3&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_address3&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Custom functions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Fonctions personnalisées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See mod_proxy and mod_rewrite documentation for more about configuring Apache reverse-proxies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134648Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir les documentation de mod_proxy et mod_rewrite pour plus d'information sur la configuration du proxy inverse d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie name (optional): name of the cookie of internal portal, if different from external portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du cookie (optionnel) : nom du cookie du portail interne s'il est différent de celui du portail externe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapConfBase: DN of configuration branch</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042635Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapConfBase : DN de la branche des configurations</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need Net::Twitter package, with a very recent version (&gt;3).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous devez installer une version récente (&gt;3) du paquet Net::Twitter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute storing index</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut où stocker les index</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_samlToken</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131258Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_samlToken</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display name: Name of the application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203543Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom affiché : nom de l'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Link files directly in conf.d directory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083624Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lier les fichiers directement dans le dossier conf.d :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter application name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064459Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom d'application Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force NameID session key: if empty, the NameID mapping defined in SAML service configuration will be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T204749Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Forcer la clef de session NameID : si vide, la correspondance NameID définie dans la configuration du service SAML sera utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>unicode2iso($name)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>unicode2iso($nom)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML IDP preselection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Préselection d'IDP SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># PASSING HEADERS TO APPLICATION #</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># PASSER LES ENTÊTES À L'APPLICATION #</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lock files are stored in another directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les fichiers verrous sont stockés dans un autre répertoire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deploy Nginx configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deployer la configuration Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Exported attributes to choose which attributes from “identité pivot” you want to collect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T175011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans les Attributs exportés pour choisir quels attributs de l'« identité pivot » on souhaite collecter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(o/n) n
Le nouveau rôle doit-il être autorisé à créer des bases de données ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(o/n) n
Le nouveau rôle doit-il être autorisé à créer des bases de données ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default NameID format: if no NameID format is requested, or the NameID format undefined, this NameID format will be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Format de NameID par défaut : si aucun fiormat de NameID n'est demandé, ou si le format n'est pas défini, ce format de NameID sera utilisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Change domain cookies</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Changer le domaine des cookies</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login as administrator:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073651Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Se connecter comme administrateur:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This script is called lemonldap-ng-cli and is stored in the LemonLDAP::NG bin/ directory, for example /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce script se nomme lemonldap-ng-cli et se trouve dans le répertoire bin/ de LemonLDAP::NG, par exemple /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the Auth-User header.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'en-tête Auth-User.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>provide identities to other systems</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183339Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>fournir une identité à d'autres systèmes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This means that the user Name ID will be mapped to the Federation ID field.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci signifie que l'identifiant utilisateur correspondra avec le champ Federation ID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The password can be in plain text, or encoded with a standard SQL method:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le mot-de-passe peut être stocké en clair ou encodé avec une méthode SQL standard :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:status_standard.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084029Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:status_standard.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>macros</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063328Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>macros</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to My Account:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073736Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans My account:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force authentication: set ForceAuthn flag in authentication request</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification forcée : positionne le drapeau ForceAuthn dans la requête d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_server_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_server_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>reloadTime</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063917Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>reloadTime</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, we change it to ow2.org:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093855Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour le changer en ow2.org:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will also need to load some Apache modules:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut également charger quelques modules Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure SSO with Sympa, use Magic authentication: a special SSO URL is protected by LL::NG, Sympa will display a button for users who wants to use this feature.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224827Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour configurer le SSO avec Sympa, utiliser l'authentification magique : une URL spéciale SSO est protégée par LL::NG, Sympa affichera un bouton pour les utilisateurs souhaitant utiliser cette fonctionnalité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RBAC model</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Modèle RBAC</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions are stored using Apache::Session modules family.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082014Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les sessions sont stockées en utilisant les modules de la famille Apache::Session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if a user can access directly to the hidden application, it can bypass LL::NG protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si un utilisateur peut accéder directement à l'application cachée, peut contourner la protection de LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204642Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$uid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthLDAPBindDN &quot;ou=websso,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202550Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthLDAPBindDN &quot;ou=websso,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>using own database (LDAP, SQL, …)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071903Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>utilisant une base de données propre (LDAP, SQL, …)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie expiration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Expiration du cookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorization =&gt; &quot;Basic &quot;.encode_base64(&quot;$uid:$_password&quot;)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authorization =&gt; &quot;Basic &quot;.encode_base64(&quot;$uid:$_password&quot;)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you got this value inside the Auth-Roles header:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142042Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On les obtient dans l'en-tête Auth-Roles :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>whatToTrace</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064712Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>whatToTrace</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Règles d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>They are extracted from the users database by the users module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120132Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elles sont extraites de la base de données des utilisateurs par le module utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?CGI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140600Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?CGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then restart Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084145Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redémarrer Apache ensuite.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS session module name and options: choose a specific module if you do not want to mix CAS sessions and normal sessions (see why).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom et options du module session CAS : choisir un module spécifique pour ne pas mêler les sessions CAS et les sessions normales (voir pourquoi).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Categories and applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134831Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Catégories et applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Declare custom functions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112127Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Declarer les fonctions personnalisées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Undefined: Default NameID format is used</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Undefined: le format de NameID par défaut est utilisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG ships 3 Nginx configuration files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081357Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG fournit 3 fichiers de configuration Nginx :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extended functions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120735Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctions étendues</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_user</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To use custom files, delete links and copy them into your skin folder:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074933Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour utiliser des fichiers personnalisés, effacer les liens et copier les fichiers dans le répertoire du thème :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute storing session ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut où stocker l'idetifiant de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Options: redirection port and protocol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Des options : port de redirection et protocole</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To achieve this, you can create a rule in the Manager: select General Parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Customization &gt; Skin display rules on click on “New key”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour le réaliser, il faut créer une règle dans le manager : choisir paramètres généraux &gt; Portail &gt; Personnalisation &gt; Règle d'affichage du thème et cliquer sur “Nouvelle clef”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This parameter is used by SAML IDP to fill the authentication context in authentication responses.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ce paramètre est utilisé par l'IdP SAML pour renseigner le contexte d'authentification dans les réponses.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063905Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session restrictions will not work</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050519Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les restrictions de session ne fonctionnent pas</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With LDAP, login, mail, first name and last name are required attributes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165140Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec LDAP, login, mail, nom et prénom dont des attributs exigés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apachectl configtest
apachectl restart</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apachectl configtest
apachectl restart</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063907Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should be redirected to LL::NG Portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203647Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On doit être redirigé vers le portail LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit ~/.rpmmacros and set your build parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Editer ~/.rpmmacros et mettre les paramètres de construction :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://dev.twitter.com/pages/api_faq</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://dev.twitter.com/pages/api_faq</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>maintenance</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065937Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>maintenance</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auto reloading SSL Certificates</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213128Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Rechargement automatique des certificats SSL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>storePassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064417Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>storePassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If using LL::NG as reverse proxy, configure the Auth-User header, else no headers are needed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si LL::NG est utilisé par reverse-proxy, configurer l'en-tête Auth-User, aucun autre en-tête n'est utile.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140853Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Compilation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191431Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Compilation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cd trunk</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cd trunk</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add on your server.xml file a new valve entry like this (in host section):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190600Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter dans le fichier server.xml une nouvelle valve comme ci-dessous (dans la section host):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This mechanism can only work with authentication backends using a login/password form (LDAP, DBI, …)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070921Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ce mécanisme peut seulement fonctionner avec un backend d'authentification utilisant un formulaire login/mot-de-passe (LDAP, DBI, …)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>How do users authenticate?: by login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073901Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>How do users authenticate?: by login</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Remote parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T195859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Remote :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Directory /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Directory /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Else it just will be sent trough an attribute response, if explicitly requested in an attribute request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092357Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon, il ne sera envoyé dans les réponses que s'il est explicitement demandé dans les requêtes d'attributs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will be prompted if you generate keys, else you can set it in the Private key password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Il vous sera demandé à la génération de la clef ou vous pouvez l'entrer dans le champ Mot-de-passe de la clef privée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>EXAMPLE.COM: First AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>EXAMPLE.COM : premier domaine AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User: Connection user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utilisateur : compte de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Value Service URL (CAS service identifier)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160804Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Value Service URL (identifiant de service CAS)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080247Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[configuration]
type=File
dirName = /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/data/conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[configuration]
type=File
dirName = /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/data/conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://haproxy.1wt.eu/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://haproxy.1wt.eu/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One session only by user: a user can not open 2 sessions with the same account.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162621Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une session seulement par utilisateur : on ne peut ouvrir 2 sessions avec le même compte.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authChoiceParam</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>authChoiceParam</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login history: display user's last logins and last failed logins</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134531Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Historique de connexion : affiche les derniers succès et échecs de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Password =&gt; $_password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071117Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Auth-Password =&gt; $_password</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The generated tarball is in the current directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'archive générée est dans le répertoire courant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users module: SAML</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module utilisateurs : SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Adapt session lifetime: session lifetime will be adapted from SessionNotOnOrAfter value found in authentication response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062529Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Adaptation de la durée de vie de la session : la durée de vie de la session sera adaptée sur la base de la valeur de SessionNotOnOrAfter dans les réponses d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>roleSeparator (optional): role values separator.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>roleSeparator (optionnel) : séparateur des valeurs de rôle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;text&gt;: paragraph to display: will be inserted in HTML page enclosed in &lt;p class=“notifText”&gt;…&lt;/p&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054813Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>&lt;text&gt; : paragraphe à afficher : sera inséré dans la page HTML encadré dans &lt;p class=“notifText”&gt;…&lt;/p&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When Choice is selected for authentication, values for Users and Password modules are also forced to Choice.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque Choice est selectionné pour l'authentification, les valeurs pour les modules utilisateur et mots-de-passe sont forcées à Choice.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de configuration SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Internet Protocol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Internet Protocol</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key name: name of the key in LemonLDAP::NG session (for example “uid” will then be used as $uid in access rules)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120220T204104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de clef : nom de la clef dans la session LemonLDAP::NG (par exemple “uid” équivaut à $uid dans les règles d'accès)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
&lt;/EntityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>...
&lt;/EntityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>uid: 123456789012</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>uid: 123456789012</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL parameter: parameter name used to set choice value (default: lmAuth)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres d'URL : nom du paramètre utilisé pour stocker la valeur du choix (défaut: lmAuth)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each virtual host is a protected resource, with access rules, headers, POST data and options.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaque hôte virtuel est une ressource protégée, avec règles d'accès, en-têtes, options et données POST.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To use TLS, set ldap+tls://server and to use LDAPS, set ldaps://server instead of server name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour utiliser TLS, utiliser ldap+tls://server et pour utiliser LDAPS, indiquer ldaps://server au lieu du nom de serveur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose “Apache” as authentication module (“General Parameters » Authentication modules » Authentication module”)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T095902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choisir “Apache” comme module d'authentification (“Paramètres généraux » Modules d'authentification » Module d'authentification”)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Identity Location: choose if the user Name ID is held in the subject or in some attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223514Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAML Identity Location : choisir si l'identifiant utilisateur est maintenu dans le sujet ou dans un autre attribut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_server_hostname&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_server_hostname&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit first alfresco-global.properties and add the following:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer d'abord alfresco-global.properties et ajouter :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_site (all sites including install_doc_site)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_site (all sites including install_doc_site)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Frameworks</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182723Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Frameworks</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery form selector: #loginForm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sélecteur de formulaire jQuery : #loginForm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration is mainly a key/value structure, so Manager will present all keys into a structured tree.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration de LemonLDAP::NG est essentiellement une structure clef/valeur, ainsi le manager présente toutes les clefs en un arbre structuré.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ The specified node is not the uploaded tree.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Le nœud spécifié n'est pas dans l'arbre chargé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tar xzf lemonldap-ng-*.tar.gz
cd lemonldap-ng-*
make debian-packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tar xzf lemonldap-ng-*.tar.gz
cd lemonldap-ng-*
make debian-packages</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URI of the html page which contains the form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172152Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'URI de la page qui contient le formulaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>API client ID: API client ID from Yubico</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identifiant client de l'API : identifiant client de l'API obtenu auprès de Yubico</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindDN: LDAP user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061747Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindDN : utilisateur LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://phpldapadmin.sourceforge.net</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://phpldapadmin.sourceforge.net</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for sessions access (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour l'accès aux sessions (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>);</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112335Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>);</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The DBI string</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La chaîne DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration of LL::NG in Relying Party</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de LL::NG en &quot;Relying Party&quot; (client)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072340Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for configuration access (disabled by default)
&lt;Location /index.pl/config&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># SOAP functions for configuration access (disabled by default)
&lt;Location /index.pl/config&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla administration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113804Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Administration de Bugzilla</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://oss.oetiker.ch/mrtg/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051040Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://oss.oetiker.ch/mrtg/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthBasicProvider ldap</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202549Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthBasicProvider ldap</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Target URL: /process.php</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL cible : /process.php</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>msmith@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>msmith@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the &lt;endpoint&gt;, change &lt;connector-id&gt; value to alfrescoHeader and change the &lt;userHeader&gt; value to Auth-User:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183755Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le &quot;&lt;endpoint&gt;&quot;, changer la valeur de &lt;connector-id&gt; en alfrescoHeader et changer la valeur de &lt;userHeader&gt; en Auth-User :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each configuration will be represented as an entry, which structural objectClass is by default applicationProcess.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060715Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaque configuration est représentée par une entrée, dont l'objectClass structurel est applicationProcess.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$groups =~ /\badmin\b/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$groups =~ /\badmin\b/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enable use of IDP initiated URL: set to On to enable IDP Initiated URL on this SP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205308Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activer l'URL initiée par l'IdP : mettre à On pour activer l'URL initiée par l'IdP sur ce SP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Flex</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Flex</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It provides many features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071718Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il fournit de nombreuses fonctionnalités :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function will check the date of current request, and compare it to a start date and an end date.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction examine la date de la requête en cours et la compare avec une date de début et de fin.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ad.example.com: DNS of First Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ad.example.com : DNS du premier Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_fax2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112313Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_fax2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>20090301000000Z</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>20090301000000Z</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/sessions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/sessions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$authenticationLevel &gt; 2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$authenticationLevel &gt; 2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114242Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Portal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG FastCGI server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur FastCGI LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Macros</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121053Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Macros</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Automatic download of JWKS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195151Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Téléchargement automatique de JWKS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First, copy the current portal virtual host definition into a new one.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Premièrement, copier l'actuelle définition de l'hôte virtuel du portail dans une nouvelle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This will bypass the authentication module for request from APPLICATIONS_IP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci évite l'authentification des requêtes issues des adresses listées dans APPLICATIONS_IP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>zimbraBy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064734Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>zimbraBy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>NameID formats</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Formats de NameID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal SOAP services</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171524Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Services SOAP du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Manager displays main branches:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143105Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le manager affiche des branches principales :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The servers and URLs can be configured in Manager, General Parameters &gt; reload configuration URLs: keys are server names or IP the requests will be sent to, and values are the requested URLs.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082723Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les serveurs et URL peuvent être configurées dans le manager, Paramètres généraux &gt; URL de rechargement de la configuration : les clefs sont les noms de serveurs ou les adresses IP à qui les requêtes seront envoyées, et les valeurs sont les URL à requêter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#local_file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#local_file</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Claim name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom affiché</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>deleteNotification: delete notification(s) for a user (see Notifications system for more)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T042154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>deleteNotification : efface une ou plusieurs notifications d'un utilisateur (voir le système des notifications)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then creating a notification for alluserscustom will display the notification for all users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053747Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ainsi, créer une notification pour alluserscustom affichera la notification à tous les utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>perl -MLemonldap::NG::Handler::Status -I/etc/perl -I/usr/local/lib/perl/5.10.1 -I/usr/local/share/perl/5.10.1 -I/usr/lib/perl5 -I/usr/share/perl5 -I/usr/lib/perl/5.10 -I/usr/share/perl/5.10 -I/usr/local/lib/site_perl -I.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>perl -MLemonldap::NG::Handler::Status -I/etc/perl -I/usr/local/lib/perl/5.10.1 -I/usr/local/share/perl/5.10.1 -I/usr/lib/perl5 -I/usr/share/perl5 -I/usr/lib/perl/5.10 -I/usr/share/perl/5.10 -I/usr/local/lib/site_perl -I.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can change this behavior and set a cookie duration, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041801Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut changer ce comportement et mettre une durée de vie, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>managerDn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063541Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>managerDn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The new password is sent to user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145904Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le nouveau mot-de-passe est envoyé à l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>##################################
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>######################################
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By hand in Liferay administration screens</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>À la main dans les écrans d'administration de Liferay</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liferay</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/.* /index.pl
&lt;/IfModule&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/.* /index.pl
&lt;/IfModule&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install dependencies on your system</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141135Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Installer les dépendances sur le système</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other components needs just a read access.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les autres composants n'ont besoin que d'un accès en lecture.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users can see their own history in menu, if menu module Login history is enabled.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172335Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les utilisateurs peuvent voir leur historique dans le menu, si le module historique de connexion est activé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Request a service ticket:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Demander un ticket de service :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiChain: DBI connection.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053344Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiChain : chaîne de connexion DBI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choice of any certificate attribute as user main login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choix de n'importe quel attribut du certificat comme nom d'utilisateur principal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can preselect IDP with an IDP resolution rule.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de pré-selectionner l'IDP par une règle de résolution.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can call it google for example.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut l'appeler google par exemple.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The status page can be read by MRTG using the script lmng-mrtg that can be found in manager example directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051151Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>La page de statut peut être lue par MRTG en utilisant le script lmng-mrtg qui peut être trouvé dans le répertoire &quot;example&quot; du manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Returns the date, in format YYYYMMDDHHMMSS, local time by default, GMT by calling</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Retourne la date au format AAAAMMJJHHMMSS, heure locale par défaut, GMT si demandé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example: http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190928Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple : http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also add a rule for logout:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075041Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'ajouter une règle pour la déconnexion :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Compatibility with Identity Provider modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130251Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Compatibilité avec les modules fournisseurs d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It works by default with IDP intiated mechanism, but can works with the standard SP initiated cinematic.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184903Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il fonctionne par défaut avec un mécanisme initié par l'IDP mais permet un fonctionnement standard initié par le SP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Optional attributes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054517Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Attributs optionnels :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Values: TEXT
#
ignoreregex =</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140219Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Values: TEXT
#
ignoreregex =</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>handler: parameters only for Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>manager : paramètres réservés aux agents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protect only the administration pages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T173253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protéger seulement la page d'administration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User clicks on the link Reset my password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145518Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur clique sur le lien Réinitialiser mon mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/metadata /metadata.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/metadata /metadata.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Base de données de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>end: End date (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>end: date de fin (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for Sympa.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Sympa.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Issuer rewrite rules (requires mod_rewrite):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règles de réécriture pour la fourniture d'identité (requiert mod_rewrite):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Conditions:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203818Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Conditions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prompt: Value of prompt parameter (example: consent)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202802Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Prompt : valeur du paramètre prompt (exemple : consent)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If this attribute is missed all hosts are allowed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191145Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si cet attribut est manquant, toutes les adresses seront autorisées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Yubikey secret key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064908Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef secrète Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://zimbra.lan/service/preauth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://zimbra.lan/service/preauth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Internal authentication request</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143736Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Requête interne d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow proxied authentication: allow an authentication response to be issued from another IDP that the one we register (proxy IDP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification proxy autorisée : autorise qu'une réponse d'authentification soit issue d'un autre IDP que celui enregistré (proxy IDP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access control policy: define if access control should be done on CAS service.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Politique de contrôle d'accès : definit si le contrôle d'accès doit être fait sur le service CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>+10m: ten minutes from session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>+10m : dix minutes après la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, the manager is restricted to the user 'dwho' (default backend is Demo).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T183326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, l'accès au manager est restreint à l'utilisateur &quot;dwho&quot; (le backend par défaut est Demo).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should now use OpenID Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T172022Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut maintenant utiliser OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://obm.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T111715Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://obm.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$VAR1 = {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042609Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$VAR1 = {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose one of the following:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051505Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Choisir l'une des options suivantes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose and configure your main configuration storage system</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171045Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choisir et configurer le système principal de stockage de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The main portal is configured to use CDA.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045547Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail principal est configuré pour utiliser le CDA.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Proxy parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045646Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Proxy :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key steps :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075604Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Etapes clefs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A macro is stored as attributes: it can contain boolean results or any string</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Une macro est stockée comme un attribut : elle peut contenir le résultat d'un calcul booléen ou n'importe quelle chaîne de caractères</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202432Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail headers:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150749Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>En-têtes de courriel :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can for example set up a fail-over cluster with Heartbeat and HAproxy, like this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple on peut créer un cluster avec Heartbeat et HAproxy :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_whatToTrace ipAddr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121014T063548Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_whatToTrace ipAddr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This documentation explains how configure SAML service in LL::NG, in particular:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cette documentation explique comment configurer le service SAML dans LL::NG, en particulier :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Opening conditions: rules which are evaluated before granting session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Conditions d'ouverture : règles à évaluer avant d'autoriser l'ouverture de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables: User information, macros and groups used to fill SSO session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Variables : informations utilisateur, macros et groupes utilisés pour renseigner la session SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This documentation will explain how to use Active Directory as Kerberos server, and provide transparent authentication to AD domain users to LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210935Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette documentation explique comment utiliser Active Directory comme serveur Kerberos, et fournir une authentification transparente aux utilisateurs du domaine AD à LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Roles as entries in the directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142056Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Rôles comme entrée d'annuaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reload virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Recharger l'hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>coudot@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195439Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>coudot@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;security:custom-filter position=&quot;PRE_AUTH_FILTER&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;security:custom-filter position=&quot;PRE_AUTH_FILTER&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache based protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202030Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protection basée sur Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG use cron jobs to:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG utilise des tâches planifiées pour :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM_UID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172102Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM_UID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>action=logout$</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>action=logout$</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>There are packages available here: http://deb.entrouvert.org/.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les paquets sont disponibles ici : http://deb.entrouvert.org/.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can delegate authentication to Apache, so it is possible to use any Apache authentication module, for example Kerberos, Radius, OTP, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T125558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut déléguer l'authentification à Apache, ainsi il est possible d'utiliser tous les modules d'authentification Apache, par exemple Kerberos, Radius, OTP, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>any files sharing system (NFS, NAS, SAN,…)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tout système de partage de fichiers (NFS, NAS, SAN,…)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can choose to store LemonLDAP::NG configuration in an LDAP directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060632Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut choisir de stocker la configuration de LemonLDAP::NG dans un annuaire LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>But you can make your own, see Skin customization below.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut faire le sien, voir comment personnaliser le thème ci-dessous.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthTable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061430Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthTable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also edit the metadata directly in the textarea</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi éditer la métadonnée directement dans le champ textarea</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_kind&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_kind&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HASH of login success and failures</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Table des connexion réussies ou échouées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler use the default Apache error code for the following cases:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144024Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les agents utilisent le code d'erreur d'Apache dans les cas suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, you can configure categories and applications in General Parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Menu &gt; Categories and applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135020Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Dans le manager, on peut configurer les catégories et applications dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Portail &gt; Menu &gt; Catégories et applications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/howto/auth.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/howto/auth.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use Facebook as user database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061344Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également utiliser Facebook comme base de données utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When status feature is activated, Handlers and portal will collect statistics and save them in their local cache.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083528Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque la fonctionnalité &quot;status&quot; est activée, les agents et le portail collectent des statistiques et les sauvegardent dans le cache local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The user can choose a new password or ask to generate one</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145841Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur peut choisir un nouveau mot de passe ou demander sa génération</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To have a stronger integration, we will configure LimeSurvey to autocreate unknown users and use HTTP headers to fill name, mail and roles.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour une meilleure integration, LimeSurvey doit être configuré pour créer automatiquement les utilisateurs inconnus et utiliser les en-têtes HTTP pour remplir le nom, le mail et les rôles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Test::POD</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140938Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Test::POD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In “Apache::Session module” field, set “Apache::Session::Flex” and use the following parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062835Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le champ “Module Apache::Session”, indiquez ”Apache::Session::Flex” et utilisez les paramètres suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://developers.facebook.com/apps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061150Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://developers.facebook.com/apps</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Service configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Configuration du service</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To avoid having group dn stored in sessions datas, you can use a macro to rewrite memberOf:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour éviter de stocker les dn dans votre base de sessions, vous pouvez utiliser une macro pour réécrire memberOf :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Principal names must be the same</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Principal names doit identique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some characters are encoded in URLs by the browser (such as space,…).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134348Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Certains caractères sont encodés dans les URLs par le navigateur (tels les espaces,…).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Twitter for authentication module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Dans le manager, allez dans Paramètres generaux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisissez Twitter comme module d'authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Patch it to replace PHP_AUTH_* by HTTP_AUTH_*</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le modifier pour remplacer PHP_AUTH_* par HTTP_AUTH_*</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:features</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:features</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI table name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070056Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom de table DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Before, you have to create the virtual host manager.your.domain in the manager and set a rules, else access to the manager will be denied.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avant, il faut créer l'hôte virtuel manager.your.domain dans le manager et mettre une règle, sinon l'accès au manager sera interdit.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;SPSSODescriptor protocolSupportEnumeration=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;SPSSODescriptor protocolSupportEnumeration=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LWP::UserAgent parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070302Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètre LWP::UserAgent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Core</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140746Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Core</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose CAS for authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160214Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir CAS pour l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapPpolicyControl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062255Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapPpolicyControl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthType Basic</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202547Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthType Basic</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>userDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064532Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>userDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBase</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061636Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapBase</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use the binary value (Active Directory), use this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si une valeur binaire est utilisée (Active Directory) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>default_access (optional): what result to return if start and end are empty</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182814Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>default_access (optionnel) : resultat à retourner si start et end sont vides</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you can access to user datas</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut ensuite accéder aux données de l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Agent (Handler)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register on Google</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'enregistrer chez Google</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set '*' to accept all.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135659Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre '*' pour tout accepter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Zimbra email and calendar server is available for Linux, Mac OS X and virtualization platforms.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T154338Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur de messagerie et calendrier Zimbra est disponible pour Linux, Mac OS X et les plateformes de virtualisation.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapPasswordResetAttributeValue</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063305Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapPasswordResetAttributeValue</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure your tomcat home in build.properties files.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer votre tomcat home dans le fichier build.properties.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM is enterprise-class messaging and collaboration platform for workgroup or enterprises with many thousands users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T111848Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM est une plateforme collaborative et de messagerie pour entreprises ou groupes de travail comprenant plusieurs milliers d'utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLProtocol all -SSLv2
SSLCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM
SSLCertificateFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2.cert
SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2.key
SSLCACertificateFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2-ca.cert</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLProtocol all -SSLv2
SSLCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM
SSLCertificateFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2.cert
SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2.key
SSLCACertificateFile /etc/httpd/certs/ow2-ca.cert</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>EntityId: Salesforce (the SP) Entity ID.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>EntityId : identifiant d'entité Salesforce (le SP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Shared secret: this is the passphrase to use to connect to the Radius server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120639Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Secret partagé : la phrase de passe à utiliser pour se connecter au serveur Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mobile&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112312Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mobile&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This FastCGI server can be used for all LLNG components.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163313Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur FastCGI peut être utilisé pour tous les composants de LLNG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LockUserName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LockUserName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict access to the directories only to the Apache server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre l'accès à ces répertoires au seul utilisateur Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The module must be loaded by Apache (LoadModule directive).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce module doit être chargé par Apache (directive LoadModule).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationDisplayName xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;Example&lt;/OrganizationDisplayName&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationDisplayName xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;Exemple&lt;/OrganizationDisplayName&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181636Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>timezone</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>timezone</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>zimbraPreAuthKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064744Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>zimbraPreAuthKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>userKey: key in the HTTP header containing user login.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>userKey : nom de l'en-tête HTTP contenant le nom d'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check into security parameters that Kerberos authentication is allowed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212418Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérifier dans les paramètres de sécurité que l'authentification Kerberos est autorisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SQL session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de sessions SQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ When you upgrade from Debian Lenny with customized index.pl files, you must upgrade them.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Lors d'une mise à jour d'une Debian Lenny avec un fichier index.pl personnalisé, il faut le mettre à jour.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now we will add Google Apps as a new SAML Service Provider:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192734Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter ensuite Google Apps comme nouveau fournisseur de service SAML :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>configuration: where configuration is stored</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>configuration : où la configuration est stockée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote Session backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064022Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Options du backend de sessions distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Run this to update packages cache:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer ceci pour rafraîchir le cache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/dist/Apache-Session-LDAP/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/dist/Apache-Session-LDAP/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>activate CDA in General Parameters » Cookies » Multiple domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T052034Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>activer le CDA dans Paramètres généraux » Cookies » Domaines multiples</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prepare database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Préparer la base de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The request on logout URL will be sent after user is disconnected, so you should unprotect this URL if it is protected by an LL::NG Handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200645Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cette requête vers l'URL de déconnexion est envoyée après la déconnexion de l'utilisateur, il faut donc déprotéger cette URL si elle est protégée par un agent LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061711Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Trusted domains: domains on which the user can be redirected after login on portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135648Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domaines approuvés : domaines vers lesquels l'utilisateur peut être redirigé après authentification sur le portail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//==================================
// WebSSO
//==================================
 
$useWebserverAuth = true;
$WebserverAuth_autocreateUser = true;
$WebserverAuth_autouserprofile = Array(</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101914Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//==================================
// WebSSO
//==================================
 
$useWebserverAuth = true;
$WebserverAuth_autocreateUser = true;
$WebserverAuth_autouserprofile = Array(</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure requested attributes, edit Exported variables and define attributes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T172309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour configurer les attributs à récupérer, éditer les Variables exportées et definir les attributs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mandatory: if set to On, then session will not open if this attribute is not given by IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T055829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Obligatoire : si activé, les sessions ne seront ouvertes que si l'attribut est fourni par l'IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Exported attributes to choose which attributes you want to collect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans les attributs exportés pour choisir les attributs à collecter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG repository</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093528Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dépôt LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So instead of using LDAP groups recovery, you just have to store “memberOf” field in your exported variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T063004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi au lieu d'utiliser la récupération des groupes LDAP, vous avez juste à stocker le champ “memberOf” dans vos variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Want Assertions Signed: set to On to require that received assertions are signed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Exiger des assertions signées : mettre à « activé » pour exiger de recevoir des assertions signées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Wiki</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153533Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Wiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form page URI: /login.php</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URI de la page de formulaire : /login.php</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Date of validation of the notification id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date de validation de la notification id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do not allow several users for 1 IP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ne pas autoriser plusieurs utilisateurs venant de la même adresse IP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handle errors:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Intercepter les erreurs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, to protect a standard virtual host, the only configuration line to add is:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protéger ensuite un hôte virtuel standard, la seul ligne de configuration à ajouter est :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create user and role:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer un utilisateur et un rôle :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Timezone</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Timezone</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenAllowOnError</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065403Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenAllowOnError</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to declare the new url in the manager: Portal → URL: https://auth.example.com/sslok/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213812Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut declarer la nouvelle url dans le manager : Portail → URL: https://auth.example.com/sslok/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default value</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeur par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prefer then the other solutions (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si c'est le cas, utiliser une autre solution (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>soapSessionService</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064202Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>soapSessionService</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler does not see SSO cookies (because it is not in main domain) and redirects user on Portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>L'agent n'intercepte pas de cookie SSO (car il n'est pas dans le même domaine) et redirige l'utilisateur vers le portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Wildcard</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053438Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Carte blanche</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Handler::SharedConf: No cookie found</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113409Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Handler::SharedConf: No cookie found</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Import from LDAP: Yes (see presentation)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Import from LDAP: Yes (voir présentation)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should then be able to open a Kerberos session on each domain:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214823Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On doit pouvoir ouvrir une session Kerberos dans chaque domaine :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameters for File backend are the same as File configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052751Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les paramètres pour le backend File sont les mêmes que ceux du backend de configuration File.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enable SSL in Apache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065544Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activer SSL dans Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra is open source server software for email and collaboration - email, group calendar, contacts, instant messaging, file storage and web document management.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T154224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra est un logiciel serveur collaboratif et de messagerie open-source - messagerie, calendrier de groupe, contacts, messagerie instantanée, stockage de fichiers et gestion de documents web.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>impact</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074100Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>impact</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Packages from Debian repository may not be up to date.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paquets du dépôt Debian peuvent ne pas être à jour.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To know this information, just take the portal URL and the Callback GET parameter, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour connaître cette information, prendre simplement l'URL et le paramètre GET de rappel, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Your application can know the connected user using:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une application peut connaître l'utilisateur connecté en utilisant :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change as user: enable to perform password modification with credentials of connected user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T143300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Change comme utilisateur : active la modification du mot-de-passe avec les éléments d'authentification de l'utilisateur connecté.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Installation on Red Hat/CentOS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205642Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation sur Red Hat/CentOS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>}?);</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>}?);</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ Some URL parameters contain forbidden characters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Certains paramètres de l'URL contiennent des caractères interdits.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install http_authentication plugin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220943Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>installer le plugin http_authentication</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We will explain how to use Automatic REMOTE_USER extension.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nous expliquons ici comment utiliser l'extension REMOTE_USER automatique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/EPEL/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141208Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/EPEL/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler status page</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Page de statut de l'agent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061615Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>domain</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also add some other parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également ajouter quelques autres paramètres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will need a very recent version of Lasso (&gt;= 2.3.0).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous devez utiliser une version récente de Lasso (&gt;= 2.3.0).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For now, Zimbra isn't supported by Nginx handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060118Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour l'instant, Zimbra n'est pas supporté par le handler Nginx.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check XSS Attacks: Set to 'Off' to disable XSS checks.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135937Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrôler les attaques XSS : mettre à 'désactivé' pour désactiver la détection des attaques XSS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum install mod_ssl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum install mod_ssl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$mailR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172105Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$mailR</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/(?i)index.php\?.*access.*access</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/(?i)index.php\?.*access.*access</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;server_ip_check&quot; =&gt; false,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112256Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;server_ip_check&quot; =&gt; false,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>uid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120426Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>uid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manual download</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093619Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Téléchargement manuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Regexp::Assemble</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140837Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Regexp::Assemble</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>userPivot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064628Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>userPivot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can allow these users instead of reject them:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182347Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut autoriser ces utilisateurs au lieu de les rejeter :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ACME.COM: Second AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211207Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ACME.COM : second domaine AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must allow access to declared URLs to your Manager IP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082847Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut autoriser l'accès à l'URL déclarée au manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This documentation will explain how to configure LL::NG with the developer reserved space.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173408Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette documentation présente la configuration de LL::NG avec l'environnement de développement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>coudot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>coudot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>useXForwardedForIP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064630Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>useXForwardedForIP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration is the same as a single LL::NG server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214624Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est la même qie pour un serveur LL::NG unique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A Zimbra Handler is called</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155348Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un handler Zimbra est appelé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration endpoint: URL of OP configuration endpoint</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202225Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration endpoint: URL de point d'accès de configuration de l'OP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Available parameters are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres disponibles :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force HTTPS in redirection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Indicateur HTTPS pour les redirections</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sunday is the first day.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T122004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dimanche est le premier jour.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This virtual host will be used by clients that fail to use the Kerberos protocol.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213922Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cet hôte virtuel sera utilisé par les clients qui ne réussiront pas à utiliser le protocole Kerberos.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It should be possible to have the same account for all SPN, but this may require some manipulations on AD (command setspn) that are not documented here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il devrait être possible d'avoir le même compte pour tous les SPN, mais ça nécessite certaines manipulations de l'AD (commande setspn) non documentées ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>And fill it:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>et le remplir :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Upgrade</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093930Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mise à jour</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Groups are computed after macros, so a group rule may involve a macro value.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161715Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Noter que les groupes sont calculés après les macros, donc une règle de groupe peut utiliser une valeur issue d'une macro.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Signing Certificate: choose a certificate for SP signature.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signing Certificate : choisir un certificat pour la signature du SP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenExpiration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065434Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenExpiration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Group source attribute: name of the attribute in groups entries used in the link, for recursive group search (default: dn).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T142847Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut source du groupe : nom de l'attribut dans l'entrée groupe utilisé dans le lien pour la recherche récursive de groupe (défaut : dn).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra also features archiving and discovery for compliance.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T154941Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra propose aussi l'archivage et discovery for compliance.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When it takes “false”, HTTP headers have to be sent by LL::NG to make authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055949Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'il est à “false”, les en-têtes HTTP doivent être renseignés par LL::NG pour valider l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication level: authentication level for this module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification : niveau d'authentification accordé à ce module.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Such configuration can have some security problems:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une telle configuration peut engendrer des problèmes de sécurité :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rpmbuild -ta SOURCES/lemonldap-ng-VERSION.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rpmbuild -ta SOURCES/lemonldap-ng-VERSION.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_town&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_L&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_town&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_L&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create a database if necessary:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204812Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer une base de données si nécessaire :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Applications protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082655Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protection des applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Below are documented internal variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ci-dessous sont documentées les variables internes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS Session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de stockage CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065419Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>France Connect is an authentication platform made by French government.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173035Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>France Connect est une plateforme d'authentification créée par le gouvernement français.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Integration in Active Directory (LDAP and Kerberos)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083125Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Integration dans Active Directory (LDAP et Kerberos)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Shareable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081454Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Partageable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres de l'agent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>($uid =~ /^admin0/i)[0] ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>($uid =~ /^admin0/i)[0] ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The choice will concern three backends:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185001Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce choix concerne 3 backends:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_setenvif.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T194929Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_setenvif.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JSON File configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de configuration en fichier JSON</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Tomcat</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153648Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tomcat</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_authChoice</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083437Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_authChoice</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JSON</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140848Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>JSON</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>However, certificate will not be really validated by other SAML components (expiration date, common name, etc.), but will just be a public key wrapper.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Toutefois, le certificat ne sera pas réellement validé par les autres composants SAML (date d'expiration, nom commun, etc.), mais simplement vu comme un conteneur de clef publique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>….</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204654Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>….</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To work with LL::NG it requires:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour fonctionner avec LL::NG il faut :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to concatenate the keytab files, thanks to ktutil command:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T215034Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut concaténer les 2 fichiers, merci à la commande ktutil :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/pub/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/pub/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict /admin/ directory to user bart.simpson</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre le répertoire /admin/ à l'utilisateur bart.simpson</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/(css|js)/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/(css|js)/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Date of session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date et heure (timestamp) de la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Common Domain Cookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Domaine commun de cookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OAuth 2.0 Token Endpoint: not used here</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223853Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OAuth 2.0 Token Endpoint : pas utilisé ici</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password change form (in menu)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072647Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Formulaire de changement de mot-de-passe (dans le menu)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rewrite rules must have been activated in Apache portal configuration or in Nginx portal configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200541Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module Rewrite d'Apache doit être activé dans la configuration Apache du portail ou dans la configuration du portail Nginx.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logo: file name to use as logo</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135155Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Logo : nom de fichier à utiliser comme logo</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /var/www/html/limesurvey/config.php</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /var/www/html/limesurvey/config.php</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you are protecting Dokuwiki with LL::NG as reverse proxy, convert header into REMOTE_USER environment variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si Dokuwiki est protégé par un reverse-proxy LL::NG, convertir l'en-tête en variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Response Location: Access Point for SLO response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Response Location: Point d'accès pour les réponses SLO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If your sessions explorer is on the same server that the portal, either use the adminSessions end point in Manager configuration, or override the globalStorage and globalStorageOptions parameters in section all (and not portal) of lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T201716Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si l'explorateur de sessions est sur le même serveur que le portail, utiliser soit la terminaison adminSessions dans la configuration eu manager, ou surcharger les paramètres globalStorage et globalStorageOptions dans la section all (et pas portal) de lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Build:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100950Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Build:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just set the authentication type to config and indicate DN and password inside the file config.php:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173725Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre juste le type d'authentification à config et indiquer le DN et le mot-de-passe dans le fichier config.php:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>openIdSecret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063833Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>openIdSecret</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>List of attributes to query to fill user session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165031Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste d'attributs à interroger pour trouver la session utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>one with just read rights for other servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204439Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>une avec seulement des droits en lecture pour les autres serveurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'namespace' =&gt; 'MyNamespace'?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'namespace' =&gt; 'MyNamespace'?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP end points (inactivated by default):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Points d'accès SOAP (désactivés par défaut) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>psql -h 127.0.0.1 -U lemonldap-ng -W lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>psql -h 127.0.0.1 -U lemonldap-ng -W lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># If you want to use mod_fastcgi, replace lines below by:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080939Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Pour utiliser mod_fastcgi, remplacer les lignes suivantes par :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tar zxvf AuthCAS-1.4.tar.gz
cd AuthCAS-1.4/
perl Makefile.PL
make
make test</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tar zxvf AuthCAS-1.4.tar.gz
cd AuthCAS-1.4/
perl Makefile.PL
make
make test</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See how to deploy them.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir comment les déployer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Download the latest version:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Télécharger la dernière version :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password: will not change any password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080528Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mots-de-passe : ne change aucun mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:neotux.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>icons:neotux.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you modify /saml/metadata suffix you have to change corresponding Apache rewrite rule.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Si vous modifiez le suffixe /saml/metadata, vous devez changer la règle de réécriture d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>New: to write all configuration history</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123827Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>New : pour écrire l'historique de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict network access to the backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre l'accès réseau au backend.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication level: authentication level for this module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification : niveau d'authentification pour ce module</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password expiration workflow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T170129Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Procédé d'expiration du mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://authssl.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T055921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://authssl.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal is in a https virtualhost if securedCookie is set</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le portail est dans un hôte virtuel https si securedCookie est activé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>POST data: use form replay</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Des données POST : à utiliser pour répondre aux formulaires</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Indeed, by default, users without logon hours values are rejected.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon, par défaut, les utilisateurs sans créneau horaire de connexion sont rejetés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Address: URL of application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135140Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Adresse : URL de l'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use /adminSessions if the Handler need to modify the session, for example if you configured an idle timeout.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121018T040321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser /adminSessions si l'agent doit modifier la session, par exemple si on configure un délai d'inactivité des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://my-profile.eu/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://my-profile.eu/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, the user name Aladdin and password open sesame would be combined as Aladdin:open sesame – which is equivalent to QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ== when encoded in Base64.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, le nom Aladdin et le mot-de-passe &quot;open sesame&quot; vont être assemblés en &quot;Aladdin:open sesame&quot; – dont l'équivalent est QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ== en Base64.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use a white list or a black list to filter allowed OpenID domains.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045821Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser une liste blanche ou noire pour filtrer les domaines OpenID autorisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG manage applications by their hostname (Apache's virtualHosts).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T054834Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG gère les applications par leurs noms d'hôtes(hôtes virtuels d'Apache).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Maintenance mode</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081022Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mode maintenance</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, if real sessions are stored in files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T201512Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, si les sessions réelels sont stockées dans des fichiers :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CRONDIR: Cronfile directory (default: $PREFIX/etc/lemonldap-ng/cron.d)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161512Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CRONDIR : répertoire des fichiers cron (défaut: $PREFIX/etc/lemonldap-ng/cron.d)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All lemonldap-ng tools are in /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094811Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les outils lemonldap-ng se trouvent dans /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can add, delete or modify a virtual host here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'ajouter, effacer ou modifier un hôte virtuel ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>a15a18c8bb17e6f67886a9af1898c018b9f5a072</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>a15a18c8bb17e6f67886a9af1898c018b9f5a072</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_userDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_userDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>field</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171543Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>champ</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prepare the LDAP server and the LL::NG configuration file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113706Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Préparer le serveur LDAP et le fichier de configuration LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dob</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dob</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Selected by default during installation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081641Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sélectionné par défaut lors de l'installation.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>status</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064416Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>status</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The fields are defined in OpenID Connect standard, and depends on the scope requested by LL::NG (see options in next chapter).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les champs sont définis dans le standard OpenID-Connect, et dépendent de la portée requise par LL::NG (voir les options dans le prochain chapitre).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>server</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be configured globally, or inside a virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T201124Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il peut être configuré globalement, ou dans chaque hôte virtuel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Thomas CHEMINEAU</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Thomas CHEMINEAU</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP services</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Services SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>singleIP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064043Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>singleIP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you will be able to use it in your template like this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075545Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut ensuite l'utiliser dans le modèle comme suit :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>skip</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055534Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>skip</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CA file: CA certificate used to validate CAS server certificate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fichier CA : certificat de la CA utilisée pour valider le certificat du serveur CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each module can be activated trough a rule, using user session information.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134618Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Chaque module peut être activé via une règle en utilisant les informations de session de l'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>exportedAttr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061617Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>exportedAttr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_manager_libs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_manager_libs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also disable internal Sympa authentication to keep only LemonLDAP::NG by removing user_table paragraph</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est également possible de désactiver l'authentification interne de Sympa pour ne garder que celle de LemonLDAP::NG en supprimant le paragraphe user_table</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>attribute: Name of group attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162826Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>attribute : Nom de l'attribut du groupe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063835Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/cas/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064404Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/cas/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register LemonLDAP::NG on partner Identity Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer LemonLDAP::NG dans le fournisseur d'identité partenaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session key containing email address</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063511Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>La clef de session contient l'adresse mail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This name is used in entry DN, for example cn=lmConf-1,ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060736Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce nom est utilisé dans l'entrée DN, par exemple cn=lmConf-1,ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Account: DN used to connect to LDAP server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Compte : DN à utiliser pour se connecter au serveur LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you are protecting MediaWiki with LL::NG as reverse proxy, convert header into REMOTE_USER environment variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si Mediawiki est protégé par un reverse-proxy LL::NG, convertir l'en-tête en variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options du module de stockage des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:phpldapadmin_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173117Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:phpldapadmin_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://code.google.com/p/redis/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://code.google.com/p/redis/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenUrls</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065809Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenUrls</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register form: where user enters information to create a new account</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060448Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Formulaire d'enregistrement : où les utilisateurs entrent les informations nécessaires à la création de compte</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name: display text</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135103Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom : texte à afficher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML 2.0 / Shibboleth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081329Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAML 2.0 / Shibboleth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application list: display categories and applications allowed for the user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134433Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Liste des applications : affiche les catégories et applications autorisée pour l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203600Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~gbarr/perl-ldap/lib/Net/LDAP.pod</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184536Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~gbarr/perl-ldap/lib/Net/LDAP.pod</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A skin will often refer to the common skin, which is not a real skin, but shared skin objects (like scripts, images and CSS).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074401Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Un thème se réfère souvent au thème common, qui n'est pas un thème réel mais contient des objects partagés (tels les scripts, images et CSS).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiPasswordMailCol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061458Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiPasswordMailCol</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ou=sessions,dc=example,dc=com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ou=sessions,dc=example,dc=com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Expression</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expression</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The specific sub attribute is not defined here, but in User attribute parameter (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202632Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'attribut spécifique sub n'est pas défini ici, mais dans le paramètre d'attribut &quot;User&quot; (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalRequireOldPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063842Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalRequireOldPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG provides packages for Red Hat/Centos 7:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG fournit des packages pour Red Hat/Centos 7:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel phpLDAPadmin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Service configuration will be used to generate LL::NG SAML metadata, that will be shared with other providers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>La configuration du service est utilisée pour générer les métadatas SAML de LL::NG, qui sont partagées avec les autres fournisseurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Store -&gt; MySQL
Lock -&gt; Null
Generate -&gt; MD5
Serialize -&gt; Storable
DataSource -&gt; dbi:mysql:sessions;host=...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Store -&gt; MySQL
Lock -&gt; Null
Generate -&gt; MD5
Serialize -&gt; Storable
DataSource -&gt; dbi:mysql:sessions;host=...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then edit rules and headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171747Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer ensuite les règles et en-têtes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Require old password: used only in the password changing module of the menu, will check the old password before updating it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T080243Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Exige l'ancien mot-de-passe : utilisé seulement dans le module de changement du mot-de-passe du menu, vérifie l'ancien mot-de-passse avant de le changer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Keep the private key in a file, for example lemonldap-ng-priv.key, then use openssl to generate an auto-signed certificate:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T191130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Garder la clef privée dans un fichier, par exemple lemonldap-ng-priv.key, et utiliser openssl pour générer un certificat auto-signé :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Standard virtual host directives, to serve portal pages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063907Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Directives standard d'hôte virtuel pour servir les pages du portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache::Session::Redis is the faster shareable session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Apache::Session::Redis est le module de stockage des sessions en réseau le plus rapide</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>mail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tchemineau@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tchemineau@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># /psgi/manager-server.fcgi and adapt the rewrite rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081039Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># /psgi/manager-server.fcgi et adapter les règles de réécriture.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apt-cache search lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093242Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apt-cache search lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PROD: use minified JS and CSS files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PROD : utiliser les fichiers JS et CSS compactés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Krb5KeyTab /etc/lemonldap-ng/auth.keytab</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Krb5KeyTab /etc/lemonldap-ng/auth.keytab</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>zimbraUrl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064848Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>zimbraUrl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The database username</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le login de la base de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sudo make configure STORAGECONFFILE=/etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sudo make configure STORAGECONFFILE=/etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Read-only functions (index.pl/sessions or index.pl/adminSessions paths):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171800Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctions en lecture seule (chemins index.pl/sessions ou index.pl/adminSessions) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Macros and groups are computed in alphanumeric order, that is, in the order they are displayed in the manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161731Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les macros et groupes sont calculés dans l'ordre alpha-numerique, c'est à dire dans l'ordre d'affichage dans le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reset password on next logon workflow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Réinitialisation du mot-de-passe à la connexion suivante</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure phpLDAPadmin virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173752Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel phpLDAPadmin comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All rules are concerned:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Toutes les règles sont concernées :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LimeSurvey configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de LimeSurvey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note: since AD 2012, each user can have a specific password expiration policy.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Note : depuis AD 2012, chaque utilisateur peut disposer d'une politique 'expiration de mot-de-passe différente.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Browseable session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T071614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de session explorable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration reload will then be effective in less than 10 minutes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T065833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le rechargement de la configuration sera effectif en moins de 10 minutes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ You use the Apache authentication backend, but Apache is not or bad configured (no REMOTE_USER send to LemonLDAP::NG).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114622Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Le backend d'authentification Apache est utilisé, mais Apache n'est pas ou mal configuré (la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER n'est pas envoyée à LemonLDAP::NG).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose OpenID for authentication and/or users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir OpenID pour les modules authentification, utilisateurs et/ou mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_auth eq LDAP or $_auth eq DBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134825Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>$_auth eq LDAP or $_auth eq DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Single Sign On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Authentification unique (Single Sign On)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit then share-config-custom.xml and uncomment the last part.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183645Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer ensuite share-config-custom.xml et décommenter la dernière partie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Common domain: Name of the common domain (where common cookie is available).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Domaine commun : Nom du domaine commun (où le cookie commun est disponible).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[configuration]
type = File
dirName = /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185149Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[configuration]
type = File
dirName = /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For each attribute, you can set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120220T203952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour chaque attribut, on peut indiquer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MRTG configuration example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051207Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Exemple de configuration MRTG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin: the name of the skin to use.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T115001Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Thème : le nom du thème à utiliser.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.google.com/apps/intl/en/business/index.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.google.com/apps/intl/en/business/index.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Identity Type: choose Federation ID.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAML Identity Type : choisir &quot;Federation ID&quot;.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Syslog facility</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Facilité syslog</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add a new rule:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220724Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter une nouvelle règle :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>+1h: one hour from session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041855Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>+1h : une heure après la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/portal-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/handler-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/manager-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/test-apache2.conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130105T115753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/portal-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/handler-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/manager-apache2.conf
include /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/test-apache2.conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure LDAP configuration backend in lemonldap-ng.ini, section [configuration]:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060825Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer la backend de configuration LDAP dans lemonldap-ng.ini, section [configuration] :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to install the corresponding Perl module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut installer le module Perl correspondant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_idp</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123147Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_idp</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042622Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CREATE TABLE notifications (</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053325Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CREATE TABLE notifications (</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Real session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T201300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de session réel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-simple-registration-extension-1_0.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-simple-registration-extension-1_0.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IO::String</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140840Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>IO::String</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapSetPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063059Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapSetPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>After configuration is saved by Manager, LemonLDAP::NG will try to reload configuration on distant Handlers by sending an HTTP request to the servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082644Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque la configuration est sauvegardée par le manager, LemonLDAP::NG tente de recharger la configuration des agents distants en envoyant une requête HTTP aux serveurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User rejected because VirtualHost XXXX has no configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113030Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User rejected because VirtualHost XXXX has no configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multi modules display</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Affichage des modules de Multi</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some Perl optimizations:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080454Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques optimisations Perl :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can test any URL to see if it's protected using testUri().</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut tester toute URL pour voir si elle est protégée en utilisant testUri().</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local cache parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063326Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètres du cache local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-menu.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182813Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-menu.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Else, current configuration is kept.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042729Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon, la configuration courante est gardée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User tries to access a protected application in a different domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>L'utilisateur tente d'accéder à une application protégée d'un autre domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093658Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer les paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification format</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054126Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Format des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exceptions: allow anonymous access for specific URLs (connectors, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exceptions : autoriser l'accès anonyme pour les URLs spécifiques (connecteurs, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070041Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utilisateur DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Disable unused modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T063053Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Désactiver les modules inutilisés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG in Docker</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151556Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG dans Docker</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So you can define for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi on peut définir par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Those macros are calculated only at the first usage and stored in the local session cache (only for this server) and only if the user access to the related applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ces macros sont calculées seulement à leur premier usage et stockées dans le cache local des sessions (uniquement pour ce serveur) et seulement si l'utilisateur accède à l'application relative.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To protect the manager by LL::NG, you just have to set this in lemonldap-ng.ini configuration file (section [manager]):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour protéger le manager par LL::NG, il suffit de mettre ceci dans le fichier de configuration lemonldap-ng.ini (section [manager]) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084149Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_password</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tomcat &gt;= 5.5</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191509Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tomcat &gt;= 5.5</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the manager: set “Apache::Session::File” in “General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module” and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T171741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager : indiquez Apache::Session::File dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajoutez les paramètres suivant (sensibles à la casse):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Clément OUDOT</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195437Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clément OUDOT</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS server URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061139Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>URL du serveur CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Delete other session if IP differs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Efface les autres sessions de l'utilisateur si les adresses IP diffèrent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Nginx is fully supported by LemonLDAP::NG since version 1.9.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T170108Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nginx est pleinement supporté par LemonLDAP::NG depuis la version 1.9.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Portal: CPAN - Portal modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Portal : CPAN - modules portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Passive authentication: set IsPassive flag in authentication request</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060657Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification passive : positionne le drapeau IsPassive dans la requête d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[all]
cda = 1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120222T130105Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[all]
cda = 1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These parameters are not mandatory to run SAML service, but can help to customize it:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ces paramètres ne sont pas obligatoires pour faire fonctionner le service SAML, mais peuvent aider à leur personnalisation :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can configure here which field of LL::NG session will be associated to a NameID format.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouvez indiquer ici l'attribut de session de LL::NG qui sera associé au format du NameID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now go in Options:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans Options:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML sessions module name and options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options et nom du module de sessions SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL for mail reset</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>URL pour la réinitialisation par courriel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This value will be used to know to which recipient the has to be sent (default: mail).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151936Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cette valeur peut être utilisée pour savoir à quel destinataire doit être envoyé le courriel (défaut : mail).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An enterprise Google Apps account</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182452Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un compte applicatif Google entreprise</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Size: length of captcha</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060822Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Taille : longueur du captcha</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter is a famous microblogging server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T040207Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Twitter est un serveur de microblog célèbre.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It returns:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141602Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elle retourne :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra Handler parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T180851Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres du handler Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG does not manage Apache configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T144215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG ne gère pas la configuration d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>uidR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>uidR</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorization Code flow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195117Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Débit de code d'autorisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to forward the password, which can be the user main password (if password is stored in session, or any user attribute (if you keep secondary passwords in users database).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est nécessaire d'exporter le mot-de-passe, qui peut être le mot-de-passe principal de l'utilisateur (si le mot-de-passe est stocké dans la session, ou n'importe quel attribut utilisateur (si d'autres mots-de-passe sont stockés dans la base de données des utilisateurs).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://github.com/9h37/django-lemonldap</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182638Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://github.com/9h37/django-lemonldap</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See prerequisites and dependencies chapter for more.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître pré-requis et dépendances.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083409Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache configuration file on LL::NG reverse proxy (hosting LL::NG Handler):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T195230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le fichier de configuration d'Apache sur le reverse-proxy LL::NG (celui qui héberge l'agent LL::NG):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To allow the Login History tab in Menu, configure it in General Parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Menu &gt; Modules (see portal menu configuration).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T173244Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour activer l'onglet de l'historique de connexion dans le menu, le configurer dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Portail &gt; Menu &gt; Modules (voir la configuration du menu du portail).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Persistent Session backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080410Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Options du backend des sessions persistantes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use a lot of databases as authentication, users and password backend:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser de nombreuses bases de données comme backend d'authentification, d'utilisateurs et de mots de passe :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom du thème</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rule name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102348Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de la règle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This kind of SSO mechanism is not clean, and can lead to problems, like local password blocking, local session not well closed, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce type de mécanisme SSO n'est pas parfait et peut générer des problèmes tels des blocages de mots-de-passe, sessions locales mal closes, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:latest:applications:zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:latest:applications:zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KERB_AUTH: AD account to generate the keytab for LL::NG server (in single mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211602Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KERB_AUTH : compte AD pour générer la table de clefs du serveur LL::NG (en mode serveur seul)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Déconnexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Uncomment this line if you use portal SOAP capabilities</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064705Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Décommenter cette ligne si les fonctions SOAP du portail sont utilisées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>XSS attack detected</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>XSS attack detected</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You only need a reload URL per physical servers, as Handlers share the same configuration cache on each physical server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T070857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une URL par serveur physique est nécessaire, car les agents partagent le même cache de configuration pour chaque serveur physique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ You do not use the new configuration syntax for application list.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ La nouvelle syntaxe de configuration de la liste des applications n'est pas utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw70/helpdata/en/d0/a3d940c2653126e10000000a1550b0/frameset.htm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw70/helpdata/en/d0/a3d940c2653126e10000000a1550b0/frameset.htm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to add the Index field and can also configure the ldapAttributeIndex field to set the attribute name where index values will be stored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055906Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut ajouter le champ Index, on peut aussi configurer le champ ldapAttributeIndex pour indiquer le nom d'attribut dans lequel les index doivent être stockés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Does the html page load jQuery ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La page charge-elle jQuery ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Type about:config in a tab and search for trusted.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller à about:config dans un onglet et chercher trusted.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager and create a new OpenID Connect provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T174012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le Manager et créer un fournisseur OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extra claims definition</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201407Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Définitions réclamées supplémentaires</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It provides full functionality you expect from an email client, including MIME support, address book, folder manipulation, message searching and spell checking.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220643Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il fournit toutes les fonctionnalités attendues d'un client email, y compris support MIME, carnet d'adresses, manipulation des dossiers, recherche de messages et correcteur d'orthographe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In General, fill at least the following information:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans General, remplir au moins les informations suivantes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindPassword: LDAP password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindPassword : mot-de-passe LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar is created under /dist directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T111143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar est créé dans le répertoire /dist.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/return.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/return.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print STDERR &quot;SOAP Error: &quot; . $r-&gt;fault-&gt;{faultstring};
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041629Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>print STDERR &quot;SOAP Error: &quot; . $r-&gt;fault-&gt;{faultstring};
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can call it france-connect for example.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T174033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut l'appeler france-connect par exemple.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameter redirections</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètrer les redirections</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, configuration is stored in files, so access trough network is not possible.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, la configuration est stockée dans des fichiers, donc l'accès par le réseau n'est en général pas possible.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The metadata can be found at the standard “Well Known” URL: http://auth.example.com/.well-known/openid-configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202043Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La métadonnée se trouve dans l'URL standard “Well Known” : http://auth.example.com/.well-known/openid-configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthName &quot;LL::NG Manager&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202546Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthName &quot;LL::NG Manager&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.wikipedia.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.wikipedia.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_openid_id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_openid_id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>XXXX was not found in tree</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114205Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>XXXX was not found in tree</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Creation can take up to 1 hour.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221458Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette création prend jusqu'à 1 heure.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To get more information on user (name, mail, etc.), you have to read HTTP headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour obtenir plus d'information sur l'utilisateur (nom, adresse de courriel, etc...), il faut lire les en-têtes HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration is the same as with a single AD domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T215144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est la même que pour un domaine AD unique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Before installing the packages, install dependencies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avant d'installer les paquets, installer les dépendances.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can set one or several IP addresses, separated by spaces, or let this parameter empty to disable the checking.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T161512Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Plusieurs adresses IP separées par des espaces peuvent être entrées, ou ce paramètre peut rester vide pour désactiver ce contrôle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change the user attribute to store in Apache logs (“General Parameters » Logs » REMOTE_USER”): use the variable declared above</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T095745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer l'attribut utilisateur à stocker dans les journaux d'Apache (“Paramètres généraux » Journaux » REMOTE_USER”) : utiliser la variable ci-dessus</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in General parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Captcha:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060604Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller à Paramètres généraux » Portail » Captcha :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Header name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102200Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom d'en-tête</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to get a preauth key from Zimbra server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T173631Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est nécessaire de récupérer une clef de pré-authentification auprès du serveur Zimbra.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restart all your remote Apache servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redémarrer tous les serveurs Apache distants</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Template parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075409Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètres des modèles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other resources</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autres documents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use the same user for all.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100307Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également utiliser le même compte pour tous.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'lang' =&gt; 'en',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'lang' =&gt; 'en',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM includes Groupware, messaging server, CRM, LDAP, Windows Domain, smartphone and PDA synchronization…</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM inclut un groupware, un serveur de messagerie, un CRM, un annuaire LDAP, un domaine Windows, un dispositif de synchronisation pour smartphone et PDA…</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/?logout=1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183045Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/?logout=1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL doesn't use MySQL locks.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Notez que Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL n'utilise pas les verrous MySQL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multi overridden parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063701Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètres surchargés pour &quot;Multi&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie name (optional): name of the cookie of primary portal, if different from secondary portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du cookie (optionnel) : nom du cookie du portail primaire, s'il est différent de celui du portail secondaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The
# host must be matched by a group named &quot;host&quot;.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>The
# host must be matched by a group named &quot;host&quot;.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Must be secured by network access control.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Doit être securisé par un contrôle d'accès réseau.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204550Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Agent jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Master's IP address: the IP addresses of servers which are accredited to authenticate user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T161311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Adresse IP du maître : les adresses IP des serveurs autorisés à authentifier les utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Let's go</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123835Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On y va</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML service configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Configuration du service SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_6.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074022Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_6.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RoundCube webmail is a browser-based multilingual IMAP client with an application-like user interface.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220448Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le webmail RoundCube est un client IMAP web multilingue une interface riche type application.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal is the visible part of LemonLDAP::NG, all user interactions are displayed on it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074038Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le portail est la partie visible de LemonLDAP::NG, toutes les interactions utilisateurs y sont affichées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Login column</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061316Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Colonne de nom de connexion DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>casAccessControlPolicy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061217Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>casAccessControlPolicy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060014Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Options</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Liferay</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>localStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063307Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>localStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>spConfKey: SP configuration key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205437Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>spConfKey : clef de configuration du SP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa shared secret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064445Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Secret partagé de Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa mail session key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064434Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef de session mail pour Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When writing rules and headers, you can use Perl expressions that will be evaluated in a jail, to prevent bad code execution.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En écrivant des règles et en-têtes, on peut utiliser des expressions Perl qui seront évaluées dans une cage pour prévenir les codes malveillants.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Or if you prefer to use CGI, use /psgi/manager-server.cgi instead of</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Ou pour utiliser simplement CGI, utiliser /psgi/manager-server.cgi à la place de</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Applications listed below are known to be easy to integrate in LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les applications listées ci-dessous sont connues pour être faciles à intégrer à LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS attributes: list of attributes that will be transmitted in validate response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs CAS : liste des attributs qui seront transmis dans les réponses validées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example values</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211107Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeurs d'exemple</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cookieName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061227Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>cookieName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>kdestroy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T114553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>kdestroy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064215Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SSLAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>USEDEBIANLIBS: use Debian packaged JS and CSS files (Note that this options isn't yet usable since Debian provides a too old AngularJS for now: LLNG manager needs at least version 1.4.0)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>USEDEBIANLIBS : utiliser les fichiers JS et CSS des paquets Debian (Noter que cette options n'est pas encore utilisable car Debian fournit une version trop ancienne de AngularJS pour l'instant : le manager LLNG nécessite à minima la version 1.4.0)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>He must contact his administrator.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il doit contacter son administrateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Packages are available on the Download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093650Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paquets sont disponibles sur la page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can manage roles with the RBAC model or by using groups.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102339Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut gérer les rôles avec le modèle RBAC ou en utilisant les groupes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>my-profile.eu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>my-profile.eu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Distinguished name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131613Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom distinct (distinguished name)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order allow,deny</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155335Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order allow,deny</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The content of the SVN tarball is not the same as the official tarball.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le contenu de l'archive SVN n'est pas le même que l'officielle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We suppose that LimeSurvey is installed in /var/www/html/limesurvey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On suppose que LimeSurvey est installé dans /var/www/html/limesurvey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password database: where change password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073320Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Base de données des mots-de-passe : où changer le mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is best known for their CRM products and social networking applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elle est connue pour ses CRM et applications de réseaux sociaux.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use one or a combination of:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135123Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser un ou plusieurs solution :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A login is considered as successful if user get authenticated and is granted a session; as failed, if he fails to authenticate or if he is not allowed to open a session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une connexion est considérée comme réussie si l'utilisateur est authentifié et autorisé à ouvrir une session ; comme échouée, sinon.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use different dbiUser strings :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Plusieurs chaînes dbiUser sont utilisables :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;bean id=&quot;userDetailsServiceWrapper&quot; class=&quot;org.springframework.security.userdetails.UserDetailsByNameServiceWrapper&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080216Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;bean id=&quot;userDetailsServiceWrapper&quot; class=&quot;org.springframework.security.userdetails.UserDetailsByNameServiceWrapper&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Salesforce is not able to read metadata, you must fill the information into a form.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Salesforce ne peut pas lire les métadatas, il faut les indiquer dans un formulaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can choose other Makefile targets:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut choisir d'autres cibles du Makefile :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This an experimental tool that may evolve in next releases.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est un outil expérimental qui évoluera dans les prochaines versions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Modify the portal virtual host to match this example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modifier l'hôte virtuel du portail comme suit :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Address: set one of Google Apps URL (all Google Apps product a distinct URL), for example http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/render</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T051936Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Address : indiquer une des URL de Google Apps (chaque application Google Apps produit une URL distincte), par exemple http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/render</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display deleted sessions: display deleted sessions on authentication phase.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Afficher les sessions effacées : affiche les sessions effacées lors de la phase d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /etc/lemonldap-ng/apache2.conf.rpmsave</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100652Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /etc/lemonldap-ng/apache2.conf.rpmsave</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Optimized for session explorer and single session features.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Optimisé pour l'explorateur de sessions et les fonctionnalités de session unique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authorize: check if user is authorizated to access to this URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141102Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authorize : vérifie si l'utilisateur est autorisé à accèder à cette URL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>value: Value to check</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>value : Valeur à chercher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See full parameters list</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir la liste complète des paramètres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Security</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Sécurité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All handlers download the whole configuration, so many servers can serve the same virtual hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les agents téléchargent intégralement la configuration, donc plusieurs serveurs peuvent servir le même hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[login] is the user login (or any other session information, see below)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082406Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[login] est le nom de connexion (ou tout autre information de session, voir ci-dessous)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just have to load LL::NG FastCGI support and write a loop in the CGI.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163101Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffit de charger le support FastCGI de LL::NG et d'écrire une boucle dans la CGI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>✔</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>✔</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG based protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202735Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protection basée sur LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Define headers used in OBM mapping, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Definir les en-têtes utilisés pour les correspondances OBM, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In 1.3, LL::NG have a captcha feature which is used in this case.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T042010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans la version 1.3, LL::NG dispose d'une fonctionnalité &quot;captcha&quot; qui est utilisée dans ce cas.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
&lt;/IDPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>...
&lt;/IDPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logout_url http://sympa.example.com/wws/logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081459Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logout_url http://sympa.example.com/wws/logout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also adapt Apache access control:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050155Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut également adapter le contrôle d'accès d'Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An error occurs on server side: SERVER_ERROR (500)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144101Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Une erreur est survenue côté serveur : SERVER_ERROR (500)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal/skins/common/mail_password.tpl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151350Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portal/skins/common/mail_password.tpl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum localinstall lemonldap-ng-* perl-Lemonldap-NG-*</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum localinstall lemonldap-ng-* perl-Lemonldap-NG-*</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Perl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140608Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password: password to used to connect to LDAP server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165235Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe : mot-de-passe à utiliser pour se connecter au serveur LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you close your session on LL::NG side, your Google session will still be open.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si on ferme la session LL::NG, celle de Google reste ouverte.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It returns 1 if this match, 0 else.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elle retourne 1 si c'est bon, 0 sinon.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>roleKey: key in the HTTP header containing roles.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>roleKey : nom de l'en-tête HTTP contenant les rôles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now configure all SAML parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182855Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Puis configurer tous les paramètres SAML :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add it to trustedDomains (or set * in trustedDomains to accept all).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'ajouter à trustedDomains (ou mettre * dans trustedDomains pour tout accepter).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The common domain is used by SAML SP to find an Identity Provider for the user, and by SAML IDP to register itself in user's IDP list.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Le domaine commun est utilisé par le SP SAML pour trouver le fournisseur d'identité de l'utilisateur et par l'IdP SAML pour s'enregistrer dans la liste des IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dirName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070112Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dirName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/(?i)index.php\?.*access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/(?i)index.php\?.*access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Location: Access Point for SSO request and response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Location: Point d'accès des requêtes et réponses SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_list&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_list&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra preauthentication URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064847Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>URL de pré-authentification Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Perl auto-protected CGI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140827Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CGI aito-protégée Perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can add this repository to have recent packages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter ce dépôt pour avoir les paquets les plus récents :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>isAuthorizedURI(cookieValue,url): check if user is granted to access to the function</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172041Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>isAuthorizedURI(cookieValue,url) : vérifie si l'utilisateur est autorisé à accéder à la fonction</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add then extension configuration, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165757Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Puis, configuration de l'extension, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>gender</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050452Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>gender</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, you can add in the Apache authentication module:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, il faut ajouter dans la configuratio du module Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.limesurvey.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.limesurvey.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Keep original hostname</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Conserver le nom d'hôte original</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap\:\:NG \: Bad password for .* \(&lt;HOST&gt;\)
# Option: ignoreregex
# Notes.: regex to ignore.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140146Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap\:\:NG \: Bad password for .* \(&lt;HOST&gt;\)
# Option: ignoreregex
# Notes.: regex to ignore.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>secret</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Try also to create a global notification (to the uid “allusers”), and connect with any user, the message will be prompted.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060628Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Essayer alors de créer une notification globale (à l'utilisateur “allusers”), et se connecter avec n'importe quel compte, le message sera affiché.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Gigabyte</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Gigaoctet</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>List: domains list (comma separated values)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050250Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste : liste des domaines (séparés par des virgules)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_home_drive&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112329Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_home_drive&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Web::ID::Certificate::Generator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Web::ID::Certificate::Generator</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Sympa virtual host like other protected virtual host but protect only magic authentication URL.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Sympa comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé mais ne protéger que l'authentification magique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.yubico.com/yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162059Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.yubico.com/yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM_USERPASSWORD</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM_USERPASSWORD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Apache authentication module configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir la configuration du module d'authentification Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>External portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Portail externe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure your DNS server to resolve names with your server IP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le serveur DNS pour résoudre les noms avec l'adresse IP de votre serveur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$description eq &quot;LDAP administrator&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$description eq &quot;LDAP administrator&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>POST data can be static values or computed from user's session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les données postées peuvent être des valeurs statiques ou calculées à partir des données de session de l'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, to configure the File configuration backend:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142635Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour configurer le backend de configuration File :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra account type</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064733Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Type de compte Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-User</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-User</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM_MAIL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM_MAIL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.dokuwiki.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.dokuwiki.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>zimbraSsoUrl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064835Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>zimbraSsoUrl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;userDetailsService&quot; ref=&quot;userDetailsService&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080217Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;userDetailsService&quot; ref=&quot;userDetailsService&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When session is granted, the Handler will then check the authorizations like the standard Handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque la session est validée, l'agent examine les autorisations comme un agent standard.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Backend choice by users</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend choisit par l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T053540Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, default values are used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sauf modification, les valeurs par défaut sont utilisées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Another LL::NG system configured with CAS authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T053643Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un autre système LL::NG configuré avec authentification CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Alias dereference: How to manage LDAP aliases.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déréférence d'alias : comment gérer les alias LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>service_id lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>service_id lemonldapng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We can distinguish several kind of variables:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut distinguer plusieurs types de variables :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the connection string (see DBI manual page)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100001Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer la chaîne de connexion (voir la page de manuel DBI)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Tips</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Astuces</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display logout module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche le module de déconnexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirection to the portal of the main area and normal authentication (if not done before)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redirection vers le portail principal et authentification normale (sauf si déjà faite)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For each variable, The first field is the name which will be used in rules, macros or headers and the second field is the name of the user database field.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120344Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour chaque variable, le premier champ est le nom qui servira dans les règles, macros ou en-têtes et le second est le nom du champ dans la base de données utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053200Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Soap</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064108Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Soap</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reload virtual host:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T065103Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel pour le rechargement :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sessions/: read only access to sessions (enough for distant Handlers)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T200246Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sessions/ : accès en lecture seule aux sessions (suffisant pour les agents distants)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Roles are entries, below branches representing applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142234Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les rôles sont des entrées, les branches subordonnées représentant les applications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One of this module can be used to delegate authentication server to the web server: Webserver Auth.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'un de ses modules peut être utilisé pour déléger l'authentification serveur au serveur web : Webserver Auth.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print &quot;$res notification(s) have been inserted\n&quot;;
}</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060432Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>print &quot;$res notification(s) have been inserted\n&quot;;
}</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_education&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112334Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_education&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal URL is the address used to redirect users on the authentication portal by:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080447Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'URL du portail est l'adresse utilisée pour rediriger les utilisateurs bers le portail d'authentification par :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Copy ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar in &lt;TOMCAT_HOME&gt;/server/lib:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Copier ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar dans &lt;TOMCAT_HOME&gt;/server/lib:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step1.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145520Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step1.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/testssl/ is a SSL protected page to check the certificate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/testssl/ est une page protégée par SSL qui vérifie le certificat</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lasso session dump</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dump de session Lasso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It looks like this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213855Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ça ressemble à :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To install them on system:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162354Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les installer sur le système :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It must match AD policy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T112305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ça doit correspondre avec la politique de l'AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PerlInitHandler My::Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PerlInitHandler My::Handler</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin will connect to the directory with a static DN and password, and so will not request authentication anymore.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin se connecte au serveur avec un DN et un mot-de-passe statique et ne requiert ainsi aucune authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fields to index</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T113732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Champs à indexer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055426Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:lists.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>icons:lists.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, if user process connection settings are empty, authentication process connection settings will be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200622Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, si les paramètres de processus de connexion utilisateur sont vides , ceux d'authentification seront utilisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This message is displayed only when you upgrade from a version older than 1.0</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce message n'est affiché que lors d'une mise à jour depuis une version inférieure à la 1.0</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules, choose Apache as authentication backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T125638Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification choisir Apache pour l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All identity provider protocols can be used simultaneously</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082620Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les protocoles de fournisseur d'identité peuvent être utilisés simultanément</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
&lt;/SPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>...
&lt;/SPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#presentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#presentation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sign-in page URL: SSO access point (HTTP-Redirect binding).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sign-in page URL: point d'accès SSO (HTTP-Redirect binding).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache Tomcat is an open source software implementation of the Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages technologies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190044Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Apache Tomcat est une implémentation libre des technologies Java Servlet et JavaServer Pages.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLVar</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064357Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SSLVar</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example for macros:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Exemples de macros:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exploitation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exploitation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>API key: API key from Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Clef d'API: clef d'API donnée par Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache (Kerberos, NTLM, OTP, ...)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081247Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Apache (Kerberos, NTLM, OTP, ...)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As described in performances chapter, you can use macros, local macros,…</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme indiqué au chapître performances, on peut utiliser des macros, macros locales,…</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>No configuration found</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>No configuration found</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key (LL::NG name)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T161957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef (nom LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use Safe Jail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064605Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser la cage sécurisée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># DocumentRoot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063909Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># DocumentRoot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check Apache configuration and restart:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100432Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérifier la configuration d'Apache et redémarrer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you have run the Debian/Ubuntu install command, just use:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour la commande d'installation Debian/Ubuntu, utiliser simplement :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://upgrade.yubico.com/getapikey/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://upgrade.yubico.com/getapikey/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As LDAP is a login/password based module, the authentication level can be:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme LDAP est un module de type login/mot-de-passe, le niveau d'authentification peut être :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You then just have to add the Index parameter in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffira juste d'ajouter le paramètre Index dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>singleSession</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064044Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>singleSession</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Convert HTTP header into environment variable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T194737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Convertir les en-têtes HTTP en variables d'environnement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perl_Compatible_Regular_Expressions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perl_Compatible_Regular_Expressions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When installing LL::NG, the Manager can only be accessed with the demo account dwho.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T045943Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Lorsqu'on installe LL::NG, le manager n'est accessible que via le compte de démonstration dwho.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Issuer databases use rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121145Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les règles d'utilisation des bases de données des fournisseur d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG try to find the user in users database with the given information</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145620Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LL::NG tente de trouver l'utilisateur dans la base de données avec l'information donnée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logo: Logo of the RP application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Logo: Logo l'application RP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set csod as Service Provider name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185109Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre csod comme nom de fournisseur de service.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use the choice backend, you need to add the choice parameter in redirect URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200620Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le backend choix est utilisé, il faut ajouter le paramètre choix dans l'URL de redirection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict network access to the database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre l'accès réseau à la base de données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just call this URL:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer simplement cette URL:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:spring_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T174301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:spring_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Common: CPAN - Shared modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Common : CPAN - modules partagés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One of:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205408Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un parmi :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050727Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Servers</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112725Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Handler</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Issuer: this is the LemonLDAP::NG (our IdP) Entity Id, which is by default #PORTAL#/saml/metadata</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Issuer : c'est l'identifiant d'entité de LemonLDAP::NG, qui est par défaut #PORTAL#/saml/metadata</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See the following chapters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183701Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir les chapîtres suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:latest:sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:latest:sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery button selector: button.validate (if you let this parameter empty, the form will be submitted but no button will be clicked; if you set it to “none”, no button will be clicked and the form will be filled but not submitted)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sélecteur du bouton jQuery : button.validate (si vide, le formulaire sera soumis sans éulation d'un clic de bouton ; si mis à “none”, aucun clic ne sera émulé et le formulaire sera renseigné mais pas soumis)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-kerb</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-kerb</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Hash schema: SQL method for hashing password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Schéma de hachage : méthode SQL pour hacher les mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using packages, you just have to modify your /etc/default/llng-fastcgi-server (or /etc/default/lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server) file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En utilisant les packages, il suffit de modifier le fichier /etc/default/llng-fastcgi-server (ou /etc/default/lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GRR is a room booking software.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T164913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GRR est un logiciel de réservation de chambres.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password change: form to change the password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134456Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Changement de mot-de-passe : formulaire de changement de mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064210Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication: select row in authentication table matching user and password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195644Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification : selectionne la ligne de la table d'authentification contenant l'utilisateur et le mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit /etc/fail2ban/jail.conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Editer /etc/fail2ban/jail.conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To set a parameter, for example domain:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075947Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour définir un paramètre, par exemple le domaine :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Directory /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155334Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Directory /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Data should not contains accents or special characters, as HTTP protocol only allow ASCII values in header (but depending on the HTTP server, you can use ISO encoded values)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les données ne doivent pas contenir de caractères spéciaux, car le protocole HTTP n'autorise que les caractères ASCII dans les en-têtes (mais suivant le serveur HTTP, vous pouvez utiliser des valeurs encodées ISO)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sign SSO message: sign SSO message</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063107Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signature des messages SSO : signe les messages SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#compilation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#compilation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>gen-webid-cert.sh</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>gen-webid-cert.sh</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Target attribute: name of the attribute in the groups storing the link to the user (default: member).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114642Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut cible : nom de l'attribut du groupe stockant le lien vers l'utilisateur (défaut: member).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Next, configure SOAP for your remote servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, configurer SOAP pour les serveurs distants</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To get information about current configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour obtenir quelques informations sur la configuration actuelle :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Examples with a configured header named 'Auth-User':</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemples avec un en-tête configuré nommé 'Auth-User':</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthzLDAPAuthoritative On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202545Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthzLDAPAuthoritative On</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can avoid this by setting “memberOf” fields in your LDAP scheme:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vous pouvez contourner cette dificulté en utilisant les champs “memberOf” dans votre schéma LDAP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LockPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LockPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Define here the mapping between the LL::NG session content and the fields provided in UserInfo response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Définir ici la correspondance entre le contenu de la sessions LL::NG et les champs fournis dans la réponse UserInfo.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One Time Use: set the OneTimeUse flag in authentication response (&lt;Condtions&gt;).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T204855Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Usage unique : active le drapeau OneTimeUse dans les réponses d'authentification (&lt;Condtions&gt;).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>a warning before password expiration is possible in AD, but only in GPO (Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Local Policies\Security Options under Interactive Logon: Prompt user to change password before expiration) However it as no reality in LDAP referential.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>un avertissement avant expiration du mot de passe est possible dans AD, mais seuleent dans une GPO (Configuration de l'ordinateur\Paramètres Windows\Politiques locales\Options de sécurité pour le logon interactif: Demander à l'utilisateur de changer son mot de passe avant expiration). Toutefois, ça n'a pas de matérialisation dans le référentiel LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /etc/apt/sources.list.d/lemonldap-ng.list</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /etc/apt/sources.list.d/lemonldap-ng.list</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SMTPAuthPass</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064107Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SMTPAuthPass</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication response</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092454Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Réponse d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For remote servers, you can use SOAP session backend in cunjunction to increase security for remote server that access through an unsecure network</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour les serveurs distants, vous pouvez utiliser le module SOAP d'accès aux sessions en complément pour augmenter la sécurité de ces serveurs qui accèdent aux sessions au travers d'un réseau non sûr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>manager-nginx.conf: Manager virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081426Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>manager-nginx.conf : hôte virtuel du manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For each IDP, you can configure attributes that are collected.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour chaque IDP, il faut configurer les attributs à collecter.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CREATE TABLE sessions (</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072036Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CREATE TABLE sessions (</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172102Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$groups</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case you will be able to use $_password to fill any password POST field.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, la variable $_password peut être utilisée dans tous les champs à envoyer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>each area has 2 portals:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>chacune a 2 portails:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>aptitude install lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>aptitude install lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protected URLs: Regexp of URLs for which the secure token will be sent, separated by spaces</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205545Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URLs protégées : expressions régulières correspondant aux URLs pour lesquels un jeton sécurisé doit être envoyé, separées par des espaces</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can act as an OpenID Connect Provider (OP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut agir comme fournisseur OpenID-Connect (OP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;principalRequestHeader&quot; value=&quot;Auth-User&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080208Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;principalRequestHeader&quot; value=&quot;Auth-User&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See how configure logging in Tomcat .</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir how configure logging in Tomcat .</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LimeSurvey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101445Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LimeSurvey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create Salesforce domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221350Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer le domaine Salesforce</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP configuration backend proxy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185034Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le proxy de backend de configuration SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tchemineau</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tchemineau</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect is a protocol based on REST, OAuth 2.0 and JOSE stacks.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T193016Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OpenID Connect est un protocole basé sur les piles REST, OAuth 2.0 et JOSE.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>managerPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063543Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>managerPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dn: cn=lmConf-1,ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com
objectClass: top
objectClass: applicationProcess
cn: lmConf-1
description: {globalStorage}'Apache::Session::File'
description: {cookieName}'lemonldap'
description: {whatToTrace}'$uid'
...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dn: cn=lmConf-1,ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com
objectClass: top
objectClass: applicationProcess
cn: lmConf-1
description: {globalStorage}'Apache::Session::File'
description: {cookieName}'lemonldap'
description: {whatToTrace}'$uid'
...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum install perl-Authen-Radius</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120447Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum install perl-Authen-Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;auto_update_force_user&quot; =&gt; true,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;auto_update_force_user&quot; =&gt; true,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Null parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans les paramètres Null:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS proxied services</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061053Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Services mandatés de CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SQL configuration backends</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120421T174411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backends de configuration SQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication, users and password databases</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bases de données d'authentification, des utilisateurs et des mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit the file “auth.conf”, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081430Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer le fichier “auth.conf” de Sympa, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions are stored as files in a single directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185435Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les sessions sont stockées dans des fichiers dans un unique répertoire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add https://auth.example.com as trusted site.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter https://auth.example.com comme site approuvé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use XForwardedFor for IP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Utiliser XForwardedFor comme IP cliente</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>manager for the manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>manager pour le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin is an LDAP administration tool written in PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220242Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin est un outil d'administration LDAP écrit en PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>That is why it is important to set APACHEUSER variable when you launch “make install”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est pourquoi il est important de renseigner la variable APACHEUSER lorsqu'on lance “make install”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>url_logout: URL used by OBM to logout, will be caught by LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>url_logout: URL utilisée par OBM pour les déconnexions, sera appelée par LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG Slave backend relies on HTTP headers to retrieve user login and/or attributes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend Slave de LL::NG utilise les en-têtes HTTP pour récupérer le nom d'utilisateur et/ou les attributs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Kinematics:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145450Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cinématique :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Storage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052300Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Stockage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal customization</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074000Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Personnalisation du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;EntityDescriptor entityID=&quot;http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;EntityDescriptor entityID=&quot;http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Before transmission, the username and password are encoded as a sequence of base-64 characters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101537Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avant la transmission, le nom et le mot de passe sont encodés en base-64.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Put your own files instead of ow2.cert, ow2.key, ow2-ca.cert:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Placer vos propres fichiers au lieu de ow2.cert, ow2.key, ow2-ca.cert:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User: can answer to surveys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User : peut répondre aux surveillances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal is the main component of LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071702Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le portail est le principal composant de LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Siteminder Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074628Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Siteminder Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When you change cookie expiration time, it is written on the user hard disk unlike session cookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T042051Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'on change la durée de vie du cookie, il est écrit sur le disque dur de l'utilisateur contrairement à un cookie de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>##################################</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>######################################</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When you use the multiple sessions restriction parameters, sessions are parsed for each authentication unless you use an Apache::Session::Browseable module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Lorsque sont activées les paramètres de restriction d'ouverture de session, celles-ci sont toutes examinées à chaque nouvelle authentification sauf lorsqu'un module de la famille Apache::Session::Browseable est utilisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The script uses the editor system command, that links to your favorite editor.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T111205Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce script utilise la commande système editor, qui est liée à l'éditeur favori.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This should be set as Default.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Peut être défini par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Timeout: server idle timeout.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Timeout : délai maximum de connexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:ha-sessions-configuration.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T193000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:ha-sessions-configuration.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enable Single Sign-On: check the box.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enable Single Sign-On: sélectionner.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ipAddr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ipAddr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must register IDP metadata here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120220T203438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut enregistrer les métadatas de l'IDP ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_proxy.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072825Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_proxy.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapUsePasswordResetAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063208Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapUsePasswordResetAttribute</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Storage directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070107Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Répertoire de stockage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/release/Web-ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063652Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/release/Web-ID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>using Apache authentication system (used for SSL, Kerberos, HTTP basic authentication, …)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072014Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>utilisant le système d'authentification d'Apache (utilisé pour SSL, Kerberos, l'authentification HTTP basique, …)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-Admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>remoteGlobalStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064002Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>remoteGlobalStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'failedLoginNumber' =&gt; '5',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042619Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'failedLoginNumber' =&gt; '5',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache portal SSL configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070217Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration SSL du portail dans Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP sever can block brute-force attacks, and LL::NG will display that account is locked</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T164819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur LDAP peut bloquer les attaques par force brute et LL::NG affichera que le compte est bloqué</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_ext_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_ext_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reset password by mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145300Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Réinitialisation des mots-de-passe par courriel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>POST data</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Données POST</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI UserDB connection user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061606Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Compte de connexion UserDB DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For now, ldapgroups contains “cn=admin,dmdName=groups,dc=example,dc=com cn=su,dmdName=groups,dc=example,dc=com”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour l'instant, ldapgroups contient “cn=admin,dmdName=groups,dc=example,dc=com cn=su,dmdName=groups,dc=example,dc=com”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, you can choose a different module to manage SAML sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Dans ce cas, vous devez utiliser un module différent pour gérer les sessions SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Manager protection documentation to know how to use Apache modules or LL::NG to manage access to Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143046Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir la documentation de protection du manager pour savoir comment utiliser les modules d'Apache ou LL::NG pour gérer l'accès au manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The LDAP schema extension can be used to store these values</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182509Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'extension de schéma LDAP peut être utilisée pour stocker ces valeurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail reset request timeout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063440Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Délai maximal des requêtes de réinitialisation des mails</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An example is given under the source tree : lemonldap-ng-portal/example/index.fcgi</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075812Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un exemple est disponible dans l'arborescence des sources : lemonldap-ng-portal/example/index.fcgi</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Finally, just ensure that at least:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221804Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Finalement, vérifier que :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to create the branch by yourself</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut toutefois créer manuellement la branche</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to Configuration » Authentication:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans Configuration » Authentication:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, if you are using AD as authentication backend, you can use sAMAccountName for the Windows NameID format.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Par exemple, si vous utilisez Active-Directory comme système d'authentification, vous pouvez utiliser sAMAccountName come format de NameID Windows.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Perl script</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Perl script</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::RSA</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140849Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::RSA</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DNS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DNS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML assertion</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Assertion SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just have to share configuration and sessions databases between those servers:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut juste partager les bases de données de configuration et des sessions entre ces serveurs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Follow the next steps.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suivre les étapes suivantes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manager protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T201809Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protection du manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_5.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_5.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PGT file: temporary file where proxy tickets are stored (by default, /tmp/pgt.txt)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160611Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fichier PGT : fichier temporaire où les tickets de proxy sont stockés (par défaut, /tmp/pgt.txt)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CDBI / RDBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070035Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CDBI / RDBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Before enabling Manager protection by LL::NG, you must have configured how users authenticate on Portal, and test that you can log in without difficulties.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202857Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Avant d'activer la protection du manager par LL::NG, il faut avoir configuré la méthode d'authentification sur le portail et véifier qu'on peut s'y connecter sans difficultés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Yubikey authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064937Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification de Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Regular expression</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expression régulière</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkXSS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065934Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>checkXSS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The GPG key can be downloaded here: rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La clef GPG peut être téléchargée ici : rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>enable http_authentication plugin in main.inc.php :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221021Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>activer le plugin http_authentication dans main.inc.php :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal recognizes the user with its SSO cookies, and see he is coming from a different domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Le portail reconnaît l'utilisateur par son cookie SSO et voit qu'il sollicite une application d'un domaine différent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can check these documentations to get more information:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T215214Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour en savoir plus :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121150Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG provides a valve, available on download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG fournit une valve, disponible sur page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>default_access (optional): what result to return if logon_hours is empty</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>default_access (optionnel) : resultat à retourner si logon_hours est vide</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deletion example in Perl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple d'effacement en Perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure sessions specificities</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081151Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les spécificités des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Read/Write functions (index.pl/adminSessions paths):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172221Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctions en lecture/écriture (chemin index.pl/adminSessions) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rpm --import rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rpm --import rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With tarball installation, Apache configuration files will be installed in /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/, else they are in /etc/lemonldap-ng.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061136Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis une installation par les sources, les fichiers de configuration d'Apache se trouvent dans /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/, sinon, ils sont dans /etc/lemonldap-ng.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The two domains must be defined in /etc/krb5.conf:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les deux domaines doivent être définis dans /etc/krb5.conf :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activate auto accept timer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Activer le compte-à-rebours d'acceptation automatique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Resolution Rule: rule that will be applied to preselect an IDP for a user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle de résolution : règle à appliquer pour pré-sélectionner cet IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>allows (optional): Define allowed remote IP (use “,” separator for multiple IP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055932Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>allows (optionnel) : Definit les adresses IP autorisées (ustiliser le séparateur ”,” pour de multiples IP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then edit MediaWiki local settings</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer ensuite les paramètres locaux MediaWiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For Active Directory, the default authentication filter is:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Active Directory, le filtre d'authentification par défaut est :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>login</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification send function (index.pl/notification):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonction d'envoi de notifications (index.pl/notification):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Insert then your configuration (fastcgi_* or proxy_*)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Insérer ensuite la configuration (fastcgi_* ou proxy_*)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key: internal session key, can be prefixed by ! to make the attribute required</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef : clef de session interne, peut être prefixé par ! pour exiger ces attributs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration parameters are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les paramètres de configuration sont :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Dynamic registration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrement dynamique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display other sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche les autres sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RDBI : triple store storage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120421T174513Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RDBI : stockage en triplets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login field name in user table: name of user table column hosting login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du champ login dans la table utilisateur : nom de la colonne de la table utilisateur contenant le login</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;\@example.com&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171557Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;\@example.com&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>.js: Javascript</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>.js: Javascript</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_expresspostal&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_expresspostal&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rtyler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rtyler</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Usage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071031Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utilisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow no certificate to chain with other authentication methods</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065530Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autoriser les clients sans certificat dans le chaînage avec d'autres méthodes d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This How To explains how change this default behavior to protect Manager with other rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T045954Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ce document explique comment changer ce comportement par défaut pour protéger le manager avec d'autres règles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_rewrite.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134559Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_rewrite.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use two tables:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser deux tables :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display: Value of display parameter (example: page)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Affichage : valeur du paramètre d'affichage (exemple : page)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DirectoryIndex index.pl index.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DirectoryIndex index.pl index.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML token</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131306Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Jeton SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MD5</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195344Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>MD5</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_handler_libs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160832Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_handler_libs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Location /status&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084131Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Location /status&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password -&gt; ...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Password -&gt; ...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then list the tickets:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212724Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lister ensuite les tickets :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Bugzilla</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>unprotect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>unprotect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to restart Tomcat to apply changes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183903Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un redémarrage de Tomcat est nécessaire pour appliquer les changements.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>openssl req -new -key lemonldap-ng-priv.key -out cert.csr
openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in cert.csr -signkey lemonldap-ng-priv.key -out cert.pem</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192534Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>openssl req -new -key lemonldap-ng-priv.key -out cert.csr
openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in cert.csr -signkey lemonldap-ng-priv.key -out cert.pem</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Single Sign On cookie and portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le cookie SSO (Single Sign On) et l'URL du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install the package lemonldap-ng-conf on all server which contains one of those packages.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160021Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer le paquet lemonldap-ng-conf sur tous les serveurs qui contiennent un de ces paquets.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session opening</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ouverture de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># You can choose any FastCGI system.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080844Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># On peut utiliser n'importe quel système FastCGI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rule for session granting</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Règle pour l'autorisation d'ouverture de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When all is ok, click on Save.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque tout est bon, cliquer sur Sauver.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>start: Start date (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>start : date de début (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Choice for authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185122Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Choice pour l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Link files into sites-available directory (should already have been done if you used packages):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083544Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer les lliens symboliques dans le dossier sites-available (devrait être effectué automatiquement avec les packages):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A virtual host contains:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un hôte vituel contient :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mysuperpassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>mysuperpassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Unoptimized for session explorer and single session features.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pas optimisé pour l'exlorateur de sessions et les fonctionnalités de session unique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>File</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>File</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>And with Nginx:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210600Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Et avec Nginx:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailUrl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063444Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailUrl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Radius</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Portal virtual host, you will find several configuration parts:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans l'hôte virtuel du portail se trouve plusieurs éléments de configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG will then display a form with an OpenID input, wher users will type their OpenID login.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG affiche alors un formulaire dans lequel les utilisateurs peuvent entrer leur identifiant OpenID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can set the default access to:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102928Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de mettre l'accès par défaut à :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'templatelist' =&gt; 'default,basic,MyOrgTemplate',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'templatelist' =&gt; 'default,basic,MyOrgTemplate',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An example of its content:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202100Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un exemple de son contenu :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Write custom functions library</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Écrire une librairie de fonctions personnalisées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication and UserDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification et base d'utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Windows</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Windows</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Path: keep ^/cas/ unless you have change Apache portal configuration file.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chemin : laisser ^/cas/ sauf si le fichier de configuration Apache du portail a été modifiée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/logout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Best performance under ModPerl::Registry
# Uncomment this to increase performance of Portal
&lt;Perl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Meilleures performances sous ModPerl::Registry
# A décommenter pour augmenter les performances du portail
&lt;Perl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorizated domain:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domaines autorisés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All data is stored in plain text files – no database is required.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114949Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Toutes les données sont stockées dans des fichiers texte, aucune base de données n'est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T112605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is particularly important for smart cards: when the card is not inserted before the browser starts, the user must restart his browser, or at least refresh (F5) the page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est particulièrement important pour les cartes à puce : lorsqu'elle n'est pas insérée avant que le navigateur ne démarre, l'utilisateur doit redémarrer ce dernier, ou au moins recharger la page (F5).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_idpConfKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_idpConfKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification uid for all users</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063737Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom de compte de notification pour tous les utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use rule: a rule to allow user to use this module, set to 1 to always allow.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle d'utilisation : une règle pour autoriser l'usage de ce module, mettre 1 pour toujours l'autoriser.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal/skins/common/mail_confirm.tpl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151349Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portal/skins/common/mail_confirm.tpl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An Apache restart will work, but LemonLDAP::NG offers the mean to reload them through an HTTP request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082631Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un redémarrage d'Apache marchera, mais LemonLDAP::NG offre le moyen de les recharger via une requête HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ERASECONFIG: set to 0 if you want to keep your configuration files (default: 1)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161046Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ERASECONFIG : mettre à 0 pour conserver les fichiers de configuration (défaut : 1)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>headers_map: map OBM internal field to LL::NG header</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112501Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>headers_map: établit la correspondance entre les champs internes d'OBM et les en-têtes LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail filter: Filter to find user from its mail (default: (&amp;(mail=$mail)(objectClass=inetOrgPerson)))</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Filtre mail : filtre pour trouver l'utilisateur à partir de son mail (défaut: (&amp;(mail=$mail)(objectClass=inetOrgPerson)))</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Web based for normal users:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071845Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Basé sur du web pour les utilisateurs normaux :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URI the html form is sent to</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'URI vers laquelle le formulaire est envoyé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For Debian/Ubuntu with Apache2, you can use:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Debian/Ubuntu avec Apache2, utiliser :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># CAS Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[configuration]
type = JSONFile
dirName = /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T203019Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[configuration]
type = JSONFile
dirName = /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'full_name' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_CN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'full_name' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_CN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>API Name: filled automatically</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223909Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>API Name : renseigné automatiquement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Official repository</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093207Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dépôt officiel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration and sessions in MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083045Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration et sessions dans MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Memcached can be used with LL::NG, but some features will not work since Memcached doesn't provide any parsing system:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050410Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Memcached peut être utilisé avec LL::NG, mais quelques fonctionnalités ne marcheront pas car Memcached ne fournit pas de dispositif de parcours des données :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameters for DBI backend are the same as DBI configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053302Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les paramètres pour le backend DBI sont les mêmes que ceux du backend de configuration DBI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notifyOther</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063741Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notifyOther</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in WebID parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063817Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres WebID:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_lastAuthnUTime</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_lastAuthnUTime</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authenticate: check if user is authenticated; if not, redirect it to the portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authenticate : vérifie que l'utilisateur est authentifié ; sinon, il est redirigé vers le portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_ext_id&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_SERIALNUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_ext_id&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_SERIALNUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>manager-apache2.conf: Manager virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T144352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>manager-apache2.conf : hôte virtuel du manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_password_type&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_password_type&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>table: Notifications table name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053418Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>table : nom de la table des notifications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Read the service ticket:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lire le ticket de service :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The log level can be set with Apache LogLevel parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T201054Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le niveau de journalisation peut être configuré via le paramètre LogLevel d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra can also be connected to LL::NG via SAML protocol (see Zimbra blog).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra peut aussi être connecté à LL::NG via le protocole SAML (voir le blog de Zimbra).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout user from Lemonldap::NG and redirect it to http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déconnecte l'utilisateur de Lemonldap::NG le redirige vers http://intranet/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_examples_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/examples)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_examples_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/examples)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cross Domain Authentication (CDA)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Authentification inter-domaines (CDA)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set Email in Options » Authentication Response » Default NameID format</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre Email dans Options » Réponse d'authentification » Format NameID par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Steps:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Étapes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access rule in virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle d'accès à un hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute storing session content</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut où stocker le contenu de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fr-doc: French translation for documentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fr-doc : traduction en français de la documentation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sybase</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204650Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sybase</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should be prompted to enter password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un mot-de-passe peut être demandé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Core modules must be installed on the system.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140655Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les modules &quot;core&quot; doivent être installés sur le système.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/pub/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095717Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/pub/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A mail with a token is sent to user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145714Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Un courriel avec une valeur est envoyé à l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Manager let you define comments in rules, to order them:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le manager permet de définir des commentaires de règles, ce qui permet de les ordonner :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Valve className=&quot;org.lemonLDAPNG.SSOValve&quot; userKey=&quot;AUTH-USER&quot; roleKey=&quot;AUTH-ROLE&quot; roleSeparator=&quot;,&quot; allows=&quot;127.0.0.1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Valve className=&quot;org.lemonLDAPNG.SSOValve&quot; userKey=&quot;AUTH-USER&quot; roleKey=&quot;AUTH-ROLE&quot; roleSeparator=&quot;,&quot; allows=&quot;127.0.0.1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SSO protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130852Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Protection SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Store password in session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Stockage du mot-de-passe en session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These parameters can be overwritten in LemonLDAP::NG ini file, in the section apply.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T174951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces paramètres peuvent être surchargés dans le fichier ini de LemonLDAP::NG ini file, à la section apply.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Target URI: /process.php (if you let this parameter empty, target URI is supposed to be the same as form page URI)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172932Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URI cible : /process.php (en laissant ce paramètre vide, l'URI cible est supposée être la même que celle du formulaire)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protection scheme</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Schéma de protection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~massyn/Auth-Yubikey_WebClient/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~massyn/Auth-Yubikey_WebClient/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>default</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>default</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Server URL: CAS server URL (must use https://)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160330Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL du serveur : URL du serveur CAS (doit utiliser https://)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can refer to parameter list to find it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Se référer à la liste des paramètres pour le trouver.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:access.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>icons:access.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG uses Apache SSL module, like any other Apache authentication module, with extra features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T064012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG utilise le module SSL d'Apache, comme n'importe quel module d'authentification d'Apache avec quelques fonctionnalités supplémentaires :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Client secret: Client secret given by OP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Secret client : secret client donné par l'OP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secondary portal check if remote session is available.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050354Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail secondaire vérifie que la session distante est valable.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also modify list of exported variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également modifier la liste des variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache configuration files are in /etc/lemonldap-ng and linked in /etc/apache2/sites-available</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les fichiers de configuration Apache se trouvent dans /etc/lemonldap-ng et liés dans /etc/apache2/sites-available</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Be sure that mod_rewrite is installed and that SAML2 rewrite rules are activated in Apache portal configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Assurez-vous que mod_rewrite est installé et que les règles de réécriture SAML2 sont activées dans la configuration Apache du portail:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>et indiquez :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_service&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_OU&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112314Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_service&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_OU&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-sso.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-sso.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail field name: name of authentication table column hosting mail (for password reset)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201045Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du chmap mail : nom de la colonne de la table d'authentification contenant le mail (pour la réinitialisation du mot-de-passe)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Consent to share attribute id trough OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131702Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Consentement de partage de l'attribut id via OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_portal_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_portal_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Advantages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avantages :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use yum on local RPMs file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi utiliser yum sur des fichiers RPMs locaux :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you are protecting Drupal with LL::NG as reverse proxy, convert header into REMOTE_USER environment variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T124955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si Drupal est protégé par un reverse-proxy LL::NG, convertir l'en-tête en variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUserUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061606Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUserUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check configStorage and configStorageOptionsor file permissions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérifier les options configStorage and configStorageOptions ou les droits associés à ces fichiers.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Autres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to activate LDAP authentication, else SSO authentication will not work.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165214Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut activer l'authentification LDAP sinon l'authentification SSO ne marchera pas.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>getCookies(user,password): authentication system.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171818Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>getCookies(user,password) : système d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With the above solution, all the Drupal site will be protected, so no anonymous access will be allowed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T181825Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec la solution ci-dessus, tout le site Drupal sera protégé, ainsi aucun accès anonyme ne sera autorisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Session backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options du module de stockage SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, General parameters » Advanced parameters » Logout forward and click on Add a key, then fill:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200346Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Transfert de la déconnexion et cliquer sur Ajouter une clef, renseigner ensuite :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM_GROUPS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172101Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM_GROUPS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Kerberos</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Kerberos</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_dateend&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_dateend&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect Service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Service OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A session key can be associated to more than one SREG attribute.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083210Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une clef de session peut être associée à un ou plusieurs attributs SREG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google Apps has a configuration parameter to redirect user on a specific URL after Google Apps logout (see Google Apps control panel).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052221Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google Apps ne dispose pas de paramètre de configuration pour rediriger les utilisateurs vers une URL spécifique après la déconnexion Google Apps (voir Google Apps control panel).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064123Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>URL du portail mandataire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reload the Manager to see the order that will be used</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Recharger le manager pour voir l'ordre dans lequel elles seront appliquées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session expiration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Expiration des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure LemonLDAP::NG to use MySQL as main database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051325Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Configurer LemonLDAP::NG pour utiliser MySQL comme base de données principale</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display applications list</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche la liste des applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can download the code here: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:ExtensionDistributor/Auth_remoteuser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165649Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de télécharger le code source ici : https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:ExtensionDistributor/Auth_remoteuser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This option can then be overridden for each Service Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cette option peut être surchargée pour chaque fournisseur de service.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/caldav</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/caldav</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is possible with AJAX code and 3 Apache locations to bypass this limitation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'éviter ceci avec un code AJAX et 3 &quot;locations&quot; Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use custom functions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser les fonctions personnalisées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Import custom functions in LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112024Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Importer les fonctions personnalisées dans LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If so, get a jQuery selector for the form you want to post</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172526Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si oui, donner un sélecteur à jQuery identifiant le bon formulaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirection addresses: Space separated list of redirect addresses allowed for this RP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Adresses de redirection : liste d'adresses de redirection autorisées pour ce RP, séparées par des espaces</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token expiration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065433Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Expiration du jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If using LL::NG as reverse proxy, configure also the Auth-User header,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T170037Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si LL::NG est utilisé par reverse-proxy, configurer l'en-tête Auth-User,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session key containing mail address: name of the session key containing email address.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151828Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef de session contenant l'adresse mail : nom de la clef de session contenant l'adresse de courriel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155336Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>string</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183050Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>chaîne</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>After configuring SAML Service, you can export metadata to your partner Service Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Après avoir configuré le service SAML, exporter les métadonnéesvers le fournisseur de service partenaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla is server software designed to help you manage software development.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113651Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bugzilla est un logiciel serveur conçu pour assister la gestion de développement logiciel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the Manager, go in General Parameters » Issuer modules » OpenID and configure:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules fournisseurs » OpenID et configurer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To protect a virtual host in Apache, the LemonLDAP::NG Handler must be activated (see Apache global configuration).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour protéger un hôte virtuel dans Apache, l'agent LemonLDAP::NG doit être activé (voir configuration globale d'Apache).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin will have no idea of the user connected to the WebSSO.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin ne connaît donc pas le nom du l'utilisateur connecté au WebSSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do you we have to present Google?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191455Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Devons-nous présenter Google ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print STDERR &quot;SOAP Error: &quot; . $r-&gt;fault-&gt;{faultstring};
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060423Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>print STDERR &quot;SOAP Error: &quot; . $r-&gt;fault-&gt;{faultstring};
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should have configured LL::NG as a SAML Identity Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est nécessaire d'avoir configuré LL::NG comme fournisseur d'identité SAML,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should change the Allow directive to match administration IP, or use another Apache protection mean.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut changer la directive Allow pour réserver l'adresse IP d'administration, ou utiliser une autre protection.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>soapAuthService</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064124Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>soapAuthService</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To test this, you can build your own WebID certificate using one of :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064409Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour tester ceci, on peut se construire son propre certificat WebID en utilisant au choix :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allowed modules: click on New chain to add a choice.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modules autorisés : cliquer sur Nouveau choix pour ajouter un choix.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The NameID is the main user identifier, carried in SAML messages.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>NameID est l'identifiant principal de l'utilisateur transmis dans les messages SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure LemonLDAP::NG to use LDAP as main database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer LemonLDAP::NG pour utiliser LDAP comme base de données principale</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Easy to share between servers with remote LDAP access</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060646Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Facilité de partage entre serveurs avec un accès LDAP distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RHEL/CentOS/Fedora</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>RHEL/CentOS/Fedora</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>customheader.tpl : HTML code int the header div</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074834Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>customheader.tpl : code HTML inséré dans le div d'en-tête</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Registered users on CSOD with the same email than those used by LL::NG (email will be the NameID exchanged between CSOD and LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185008Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer les utilisateurs dans CSOD avec la même adresse mail que celle utilisée dans LL::NG (l'adresse mail sera le NameID échangé entre CSOD et LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Service Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Fournisseur de service</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>How it works</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Fonctionnement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Demonstration backend has hard coded user accounts:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend de démonstration dispose de compte codés en dur :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration name is the same that files, so lmConf-1, lmConf-2, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041907Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le nom de la configuration est le même que pour File : lmConf-1, lmConf-2, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password expiration warning workflow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Procédé d'avertissement avant expiration du mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>YUM repository</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095518Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dépôt YUM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration overview</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T141651Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vue d'ensemble de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal: the portal redirect on itself in many cases (credentials POST, SAML, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080641Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le portail : le portail redirige vers lui-même dans plusieurs cas (POST d'authentification, SAML, etc...)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Want Authentication Request Signed: set to On to require that received authentication request are signed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Exiger des requêtes d'authentification signées : mettre à « activer » pour exiger de recevoir des requêtes d'authentification signées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration can be managed in a local file with INI format.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071236Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration LemonLDAP::NG peut être gérée par un fichier local au format INI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~manowar/RadiusPerl-0.12/Radius.pm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~manowar/RadiusPerl-0.12/Radius.pm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Distinguished Name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173146Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Distinguished Name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapVersion</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063128Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapVersion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Indeed, a virtual host can contain several applications (http://vhost.example.com/appli1, http://vhost.example.com/appli2).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134935Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>En effet, un hôte virtuel peut contenir plusieurs applications (http://vhost.example.com/appli1, http://vhost.example.com/appli2).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://test1.example.com/status</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://test1.example.com/status</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Database must be prepared exactly like in SQL session backend except that a field must be added for each data to index.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La base de donnée doit être préparée exactement comme celle du backend de session SQL si ce n'est qu'un champ doit être ajouté pour chaque donnée à indexer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If this regex matches, the line is ignored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140217Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si cette expression régulière correspond, la ligne est ignorée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other NameID formats are automatically managed:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les autres formats de NameID sont automatiquement gérés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure reverse-proxies</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134448Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Securiser les proxies inverses</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prepare the database and the LL::NG configuration file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051407Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Preparer la base de donnée et le fichier de configuration LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Underscore characters are also replaced by spaces.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134928Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les caractères « _ » sont alors remplacés par des espaces.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># OR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># OU</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then access to the configuration of this RP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut ensuite accéder à la configuration de ce RP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.yubico.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162100Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.yubico.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_firstname&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GIVENNAME&quot;,
// &quot;userobm_title&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_TITLE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_firstname&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GIVENNAME&quot;,
// &quot;userobm_title&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_TITLE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'loginHistoryEnabled' =&gt; '1',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'loginHistoryEnabled' =&gt; '1',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-iniFile: the lemonldap-ng.ini file to use if not default value.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-iniFile : le fichier lemonldap-ng.ini à utiliser si ce n'est pas la valeur par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;UTF-8&quot; standalone=&quot;no&quot;?&gt;
&lt;root&gt;
&lt;notification uid=&quot;foo.bar&quot; date=&quot;2009-01-27&quot; reference=&quot;ABC&quot;&gt;
&lt;title&gt;You have new authorizations&lt;/title&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Application 1&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;text&gt;You have been granted to access to appli-1&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Application 2&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;text&gt;You have been granted to access to appli-2&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Acceptation&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;check&gt;I know that I can access to appli-1 &lt;/check&gt;
&lt;check&gt;I know that I can access to appli-2 &lt;/check&gt;
&lt;/notification&gt;
&lt;notification uid=&quot;allusers&quot; date=&quot;2009-01-27&quot; reference=&quot;disclaimer&quot; condition=&quot;$ipAddr =~ /^192/&quot;&gt;
&lt;title&gt;This is your first access on this system&lt;/title&gt;
&lt;text&gt;Be a nice user and do not break it please.&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;check&gt;Of course I am not evil!&lt;/check&gt;
&lt;/notification&gt;
&lt;/root&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T055317Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;UTF-8&quot; standalone=&quot;no&quot;?&gt;
&lt;root&gt;
&lt;notification uid=&quot;foo.bar&quot; date=&quot;2009-01-27&quot; reference=&quot;ABC&quot;&gt;
&lt;title&gt;Vous avez de nouvelles autorisations&lt;/title&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Application 1&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;text&gt;Vous êtes autorisé à accéder à appli-1&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Application 2&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;text&gt;Vous êtes autorisé à accéder à appli-2&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;subtitle&gt;Acceptation&lt;/subtitle&gt;
&lt;check&gt;Je reconnais savoir que je peux accéder à appli-1 &lt;/check&gt;
&lt;check&gt;Je reconnais savoir que je peux accéder à appli-2 &lt;/check&gt;
&lt;/notification&gt;
&lt;notification uid=&quot;allusers&quot; date=&quot;2009-01-27&quot; reference=&quot;disclaimer&quot; condition=&quot;$ipAddr =~ /^192/&quot;&gt;
&lt;title&gt;Ceci est votre premier accès à ce système&lt;/title&gt;
&lt;text&gt;Soyez sage et ne le cassez pas.&lt;/text&gt;
&lt;check&gt;Bien sûr, je ne suis pas méchant !&lt;/check&gt;
&lt;/notification&gt;
&lt;/root&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DocumentRoot /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063911Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DocumentRoot /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/portal/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Certificate authorities file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070217Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fichiers des autorités de certification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should have configured LL::NG as an SAML Identity Provider,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192657Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est nécessaire d'avoir configuré LL::NG comme fournisseur d'identité SAML,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can change the default skin in Manager: General Parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Customization &gt; Default skin.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut changer le thème par défaut dans le manager : paramètres généraux &gt; Portail &gt; Personnalisation &gt; Skin.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML can use different NameID formats.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>SAML peut utiliser plusieurs formats de NameID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'notificationWildcard' =&gt; 'allusers',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042611Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'notificationWildcard' =&gt; 'allusers',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirect user to the asked URL or display menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073847Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redirige l'utilisateur vers l'URL demandée ou affiche le menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check SLO message signature: check SLO message signature</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063313Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérifie la signature des messages SLO : vérifie la signature des messages SLO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra account session key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064723Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef de session de compte Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, configuration interface access is not protected by Nginx but by LemonLDAP::NG itself (see lemonldap-ng.ini).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'accès à l'interface de configuration n'est pas protégée par Nginx mais par LemonLDAP::NG lui-même (voir lemonldap-ng.ini) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prerequisites:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151725Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pré-requis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/index.php\?.*access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100350Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/index.php\?.*access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG rely on a session mechanism with the session ID as a shared secret between the user (in SSO cookie) and the session database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T161838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG utilise un mécanisme de session basé sur un identifiant de session secret partagé entre l'utilisateur (dans un cookie SSO) et la base des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password policy control: enable to use LDAP password policy.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165501Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrôle de politique de mot-de-passe : active l'utilisation de la politique de mots-de-passe LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow only admin and superadmin roles</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102746Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autorisé seulement pour les rôles admin et superadmin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If enabled, if the user group is a member of another group (group of groups), all parents groups will be stored as user's groups.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T115014Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si activé et si le groupe de l'utilisateur est membre d'un autre groupe (groupes de groupes), tous les groupes parents seront considérés comme groupes de l'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rule</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095716Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the Apache server that host the portal to use the Apache Kerberos authentication module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T051839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le serveur Apache qui héberge le portail utilisant le module d'authentification Kerberos d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_archive&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_archive&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Put LemonLDAP::NG tarball in %_topdir/SOURCES</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre l'archive LemonLDAP::NG dans %_topdir/SOURCES</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The encode_base64 subroutine</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonction encode_base64</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_1.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_1.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'manage_template' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'manage_template' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Click on Metadata, and use the OpenID Connect configuration URL to load them: https://accounts.google.com/.well-known/openid-configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cliquer sur Métadonnées, et utiliser l'URL de configuration OpenID-Connect pour les charger : https://accounts.google.com/.well-known/openid-configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure local cache first.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer d'abord le cache local.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Forward logout to applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Propager les déconnexions aux applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache::Session performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performances d'Apache::Session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_enable&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_enable&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>activeTimer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>activeTimer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldap.auth.enabled=true</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldap.auth.enabled=true</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Get UserInfo as JSON or as JWT</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Récupérer UserInfo au format JSON ou JWT</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create database:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer la base de données :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationURL xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;http://www.example.com&lt;/OrganizationURL&gt;
&lt;/Organization&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationURL xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;http://www.example.com&lt;/OrganizationURL&gt;
&lt;/Organization&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Apache configuration depends on the module you choose, you need to look at the module documentation, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration Apache dépend du module choisi, se référer à sa documentation. Exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules, set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220659Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification, choisir :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CDA activation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Activation du CDA</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The OP should publish its metadata in a JSON file (see for example Google metadata).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201128Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'OP peut publier sa métadonnée dans un fichier JSON (voir par exemple la métadonnée Google).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is recommended to create an AD account for each LL::NG server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212037Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est recommandé de créer un compte AD pour chaque serveur LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Location: Access Point for SSO request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Location: Point d'accès pour les requêtes SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>More than one server can be set here separated by spaces or commas.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Plusieurs serveurs peuvent être renseignés séparés par des virgules ou espaces.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Persistent: NameID is restored from previous sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Persistent: le NameID est restoré depuis la session précédente</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reply address: address seen in the “Reply-To” field</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150851Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Adresse pour la réponse : adresse vue dans le champ “Reply-To”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you modify directly the skin files, your modifications will certainly be erased on the next upgrade.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074457Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les modifications apportées directement sur les fichiers thèmes risquent d'être perdus à la prochaine mise-à-jour.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default skin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114330Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Thème par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the OpenID Connect provider only uses symmetric encryption, JWKS data is not useful.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201622Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le fournisseur OpenID-Connect n'utilise qu'une clef symétrique de chiffrement, la donnée JWKS n'est pas nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063704Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Filters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114121Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Filters</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no value, will use first NameID Format activated in metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060518Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si aucune valeur n'est indiquée, le premier format de NameID activé dans les métadatas sera utilisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Kinematics</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cinématique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HyperText Markup Language</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>HyperText Markup Language</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>exported variables collected from UserDB backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les variables exportées collectées depuis le backend utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_dateend&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_dateend&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'samlIDPSSODescriptorSingleSignOnServiceHTTPPost' =&gt; 'urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST;#PORTAL#/saml/singleSignOn;',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'samlIDPSSODescriptorSingleSignOnServiceHTTPPost' =&gt; 'urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST;#PORTAL#/saml/singleSignOn;',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194631Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration is displayed as a big Perl Hash, that you can edit:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075713Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est affichée en une grande table de hachage Perl, qu'on peut éditer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can propose a password reset form, for users who loose their password (this kind of application is also called a self service password interface).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145439Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LL::NG peut proposer un formulaire de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe pour les utilisateurs qui ont perdu leur mot-de-passe (ce type d'application est également appelée interface de mot-de-passe self-service).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can deal with both SP and IdP initiated modes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221251Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il peut utiliser les modes initiés par le SP ou l'IdP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUser: DBI user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053354Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUser : utilisateur DBI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uid eq “root”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$uid eq “root”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay is an enterprise portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liferay est un portail d'entreprise.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070253Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.linux-ha.org/wiki/Heartbeat</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.linux-ha.org/wiki/Heartbeat</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This avoid to have to many datas stored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ce dispositif évite de stocker trop de données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function will check the day and the hour of current request, and compare it to allowed days and hours.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121710Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction examine le jour et l'heure de la requête courante et la compare aux jours et heures autorisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[manager]
;protection = manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202723Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>[manager]
;protection = manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>fileNameSeparator: file name separator.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053157Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>fileNameSeparator : séparateur de nom de fichier.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now you can log in with a simple HTTP header.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut ensuite se connecter avec un simple en-tête HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change it:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170632Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le Changer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you manage different timezones, you have to take the jetlag into account in ssoLogonHours values, or use the $_timezone parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181905Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si plusieurs fuseaux sont utilisés, le jetlag doit être introduit dans le compte dans la valeur ssoLogonHours, ou utiliser le paramètre $_timezone.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>type = SOAP
proxy = https://auth.example.com/index.pl/config</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170704Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>type = SOAP
proxy = https://auth.example.com/index.pl/config</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailOnPasswordChange</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065853Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailOnPasswordChange</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:latest:ssocookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:latest:ssocookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~mart/Net-OpenID-Consumer/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~mart/Net-OpenID-Consumer/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity Provider Logout URL: the logout location on the IdP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223623Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identity Provider Logout URL : l'URL de déconnexion de l'IdP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>caPath</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070231Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>caPath</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;admin0\@global.virt&quot; : $uid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;admin0\@global.virt&quot; : $uid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>remoteCookieName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063931Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>remoteCookieName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It compiles enabled components on-the-fly.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163334Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il compile les composants activés à la volée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/overlays.html#Reverse%20Group%20Membership%20Maintenance</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/overlays.html#Reverse%20Group%20Membership%20Maintenance</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can also request proxy tickets for its protected services.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155742Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut également requérir des tickets de proxy pour les services qu'il protège.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Prénom</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Once OpenID Connect service is configured, you need to register to France Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une fois le service OpenID-Connect configuré, on peut s'enregistrer dans France Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Renew authentication: force authentication renewal on CAS server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160449Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Renouveler l'authentification : force le renouvellement de l'authentification sur le serveur CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in SSL parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans Paramètres SSL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User found from login process</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084127Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom d'utilisateur trouvé dans le processus d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>127.0.0.1:6379</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>127.0.0.1:6379</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/bean&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080218Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/bean&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthLDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>AuthLDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Password column</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061356Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Colonne du mot-de-passe DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connection settings can be configured differently for authentication process and user process.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paramètres de connexion peuvent être configurés différemment pour les processus d'authentification et de recherche d'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use an LDAP directory to:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T163902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser un annuaire LDAP pour :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-authentication-2_0.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-authentication-2_0.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>user</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Old sessions are deleted by a cron script.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les anciennes sessions sont effacées par un script cron.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>They can be set by environment variables (read by startup script) or by command line options.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163627Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il peuvent être définis par variables d'environnement (lues par le script de démarrage) ou ar des options de la ligne de commande.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example of a protected virtual host for a local application:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple d'hôte virtuel protégé pour une application locale :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no value, disable group searching.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114524Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La recherche des groupes est désactivé si cette valeur est vide.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Only uid, cn and mail attributes are available.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135401Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Seuls les attributs uid, cn et mail sont disponibles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Drop post datas</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Ignorer les données postées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can create a special virtual host and use Apache rewrite module to switch between open and protected hosts:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182123Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vous pouvez créer un hôte virtuel particulier et utiliser le module rewrite d'Apache pour choisir entre le site ouvert et le protégé :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Version: LDAP protocol version.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165251Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Version : version du protocole LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Entry Identifier</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Identifiant d'entrée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Documentation below explains how set index on ipAddr and _whatToTrace.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La documentation ci-dessous explique comment fixer les index à ipAddr et _whatToTrace.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/identite-pivot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191040Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/identite-pivot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[portal]
portalSkin = dark</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[portal]
portalSkin = dark</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064512Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification de Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS Session backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options du module de stockage CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_local&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112310Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_local&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/docs/3.0.x/reference/preauth.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T075947Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/docs/3.0.x/reference/preauth.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/config&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064210Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/config&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapAttributeId: RDN attribute of configuration entry (optional)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061017Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapAttributeId : attribut RDN de l'entrée de configuration (optionnel)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Captcha is a security mechanism aimed to prevent robots to submit forms.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Captcha est un mécanisme de sécurité utilisé pour éviter des des robots ne soumettent des formulaires.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>“static-value”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061202Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>“static-value”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>proxy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070252Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>proxy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can be configured to restrict OpenID exchange using a white or a black list of domains.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut être configuré pour restreindre les échanges OpenID en utilisant les listes blanches ou noires de domaines.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions module options:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Options du module de sessions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication table: authentication table name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200820Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Table d'authentification : nom de la table d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose DBI type (RDBI, CDBI or DBI)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T095938Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choisir le type DBI (RDBI, CDBI or DBI)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fichier local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use the binary value from the logonHours attribute of Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T152213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La valeur binaire de l'attribut logonHours d'Active Directory peut également être utilisée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When LL::NG is configured as OpenID identity provider, users can share their authentication using [PORTAL]/openidserver/[login] where:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque LL::NG est configuré en fournisseur d'identité OpenID, les utilisateurs peuvent partager leur authentification en utilisant [PORTAIL]/openidserver/[login] où :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have then to install all the downloaded packages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut ensuite installer tous les paquets téléchargés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication Authorization Accounting</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Authentification Autorisation Traçabilité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sympaMailKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064435Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>sympaMailKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>----</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>----</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ID Token signature algorithm: Select one of none, HS256, HS384, HS512, RS256, RS384, RS512</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203147Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Algorithme de signature des jetons d'identité : Choisir entre none, HS256, HS384, HS512, RS256, RS384, RS512</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler Redirections</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143403Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redirections des agents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Once SAML cinematics are working, you can then put your domain, and delete the login form, and you'll have an automatic redirection to your Identity Provider (no need for the user to click).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une fois que la cinématique SAML fonctionne, mettre le domaine, et supprimer le formulaire de connexion, la redirection se fera alors automatiquement vers le fournisseur d'identité (plus besoin de cliquer pour l'utilisateur).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailConfirmBody</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063331Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailConfirmBody</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is a security point, to prevent someone to create a session by sending custom headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T161416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il s'agit d'un élément de sécurité pour éviter à quelqu'un de créer une session en envoyant des en-têtes personnalisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID login: the session key used to match OpenID login.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082734Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identificant OpenID : la clef de session utilisée pour correspondre au login OpenID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/exit.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/exit.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check XSS Attacks</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065933Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Recherche les attaques XSS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Xavier GUIMARD</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Xavier GUIMARD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Scope: Value of scope parameter (example: openid profile).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202557Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Portée : valeur du paramètre de portée (exemple : profil openid).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_fax&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_FACSIMILETELEPHONENUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112313Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_fax&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_FACSIMILETELEPHONENUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>nickname</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050449Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>nickname</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Superadmin: no one can stop him!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101826Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Superadmin : personne ne peut l'arrêter !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, the main session module is used to store SAML temporary data (like relay-states), but SAML sessions need to use a session module compatible with the sessions restrictions feature.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Par défautBy, le module de session principal est utilisé pour stocker les données temporaires SAML (tel les états de relais), mais les sessions SAML doivent disposer d'un module compatible avec les fonctionnalités de restrictions des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>update-alternatives --config editor</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>update-alternatives --config editor</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Thursday, 25-Apr-1999 00:40:33 GMT: at the indicated time and date (but this is probably a bad idea)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Thursday, 25-Apr-1999 00:40:33 GMT : jusqu'à la date indiquée (généralement une mauvaise idée)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SAML2 Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité SAML2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171643Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The menu is displayed if authentication is successful.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134326Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le menu est affiché si l'authentification est réussie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FastCGI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FastCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>uid: coudot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163046Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>uid: coudot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This part is based on SimpleSAMLPHP documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette section est basée sur la documentation SimpleSAMLPHP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-handler: contains Apache Handler implementation (agent)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-handler : contient l'implémentation de l'agent pour Apache (handler)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://wiki.zimbra.com/index.php?title=Preauth#Preparing_a_domain_for_preauth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T173632Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://wiki.zimbra.com/index.php?title=Preauth#Preparing_a_domain_for_preauth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is currently unsupported in LemonLDAP::NG because every policy must be computed with their precedence to know which maximum password age to apply.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111938Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce n'est actuellement pas supporté par LemonLDAP::NG car toute politique doit etre calculée avec sa priorité pour connaître l'âge maximum à appliquer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will force conversion from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1 of user and password data.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elle force la conversion de UTF-8 en ISO-8859-1 du nom de compte et du mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name: internal name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Name: nom interne</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>proxy: SOAP sessions end point (see SOAP session backend documentation)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>proxy: point d'accès SOAP (voir la documentation du backend de session SOAP)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can name your module as you want, for example SSOExtensions.pm:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module peut être appelé à la diligence du rédacteur, par exemple SSOExtensions.pm :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum install mod_auth_kerb</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum install mod_auth_kerb</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/Safe.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121409Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/Safe.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SLO binding: force binding to use for SLO (http-redirect, http-post, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Méthode SLO : force la méthode à utiliser pour le SLO (http-redirect, http-post, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This page can be browsed for example by MRTG using the MRTG monitoring script.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083710Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette page peut être parcourue par exemple par MRTG en utilisant le script de surveillance MRTG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User Header: Auth-User (case sensitive)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User Header: Auth-User (case sensitive)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Port</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074024Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Port</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If not Go on Manager, and declare Manager as a new virtual host, for example manager.example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203120Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si non, aller dans le manager et déclarer le manager comme un nouvel hôte virtuel, par exemple manager.example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Yubikey parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162410Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Yubikey:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Internal call to FastCGI server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Appe interne au serveur FastCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>language</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>language</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLOptions: set to +StdEnvVars to get certificate fields in environment variables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070551Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLOptions : mettre à +StdEnvVars pour obtenir les champs du certificat dans les variables d'environnement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirect policy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La politique de redirection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>employeeNumber</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>employeeNumber</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also get the LemonLDAP::NG archive and make the package yourself:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095051Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également construire les paquets à partir de l'archive LemonLDAP::NG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In LDAP filters, $user is replaced by user login, and $mail by user email.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165335Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans les filtres LDAP, $user est remplacé par le nom du compte et $mail par l'adresse email.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>touch /tmp/pgt.txt</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>touch /tmp/pgt.txt</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A known problematic is that many browser (Firefox, Chrome) remembers the fact that the certificate is not available at a certain time.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Problème connu : de nombreux navigateurs (Firefox, Chrome) enregistrent le fait qu'un certificat n'est pas disponible un certain temps.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>auth.example.com: DNS of the LL::NG portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>auth.example.com : DNS du portail LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>FastCGI support</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T122941Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Support FastCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protect your application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protéger une application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Configuration reload mechanism (only 1 per physical server is</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Mécanisme de rechargement de la configuration (un seul par serveur physique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>en</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>fr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL (recommended for best performances)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051532Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL (recommandé pour de meilleures performances)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthApache authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T150224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification AuthApache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In other cases which result on impossibility to authenticate user, to retrieve data or to create a session, nothing is stored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172744Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans les autres cas résultant de l'impossibilité d'authentifier l'utilisateur ou de récupérer les données pour créer la session, rien n'est stocké.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal Redirections</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144704Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redirections du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail sender: address seen in the “From” field (default: noreply@[DOMAIN])</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150822Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Expéditeur : adresse vue dans le champ “From” (défaut : noreply@[DOMAINE])</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose SSL for authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir SSL pour l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/notification&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/notification&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The convertConfig utility reads 2 LL::NG configuration files (lemonldap-ng.ini):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'utilitaire convertConfig lit 2 fichiers de configuration LL::NG (lemonldap-ng.ini) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For apache configuration, you may have to remove the old symbolic link, if not done by the RPM:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour la configuration apache, il faut peut-être supprimer l'ancien lien symbolique si ce n'est pas fait par le RPM:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All SSL options are documented in Apache mod_ssl page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Toutes les options SSL sont documentées dans la page mod_ssl d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yubikeySecretKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064908Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>yubikeySecretKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you can not access the Manager anymore, you can unprotect it by editing lemonldap-ng.ini and changing the protection parameter:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075218Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SI l'accès au manager est perdu, on peut le déprotéger en éditant lemonldap-ng.in et en changeant le paramètre protection :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See OpenID Connect service configuration chapter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître de configuration du service OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Nick name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nick name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check SSO message signature: check SSO message signature</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérification de la signature des messages SSO : vérifie la signature des messages SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you don't know jQuery selector, just be aware that they are similar to css selectors: for example, button#foo points to the html button whose id is “foo”, and .bar points to all html elements of css class “bar”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si vous ne connaissez pas les sélecteurs jQuery, sachez juste qu'ils sont similaires aux sélecteurs CSS : par exemple, button#foo pointe sur le bouton dont l'« id » est « foo », and « .bar » identifie tous les éléments HTML de la classe “bar”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The client Kerberos configuration is the same as a single LL::NG server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214306Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration du client Kerberos est la même qie pour un serveur LL::NG unique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=password</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All Perl modules are in the VENDOR perl directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205930Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les modules Perl se trouvent dans le répertoire VENDOR de Perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, “Virtual Hosts” » virtualhost » “Form replay” and click on “New form replay”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, “Hôtes virtuels” » virtualhost » “Rejeu de formulaires” et cliquer sur “Nouveau rejeu”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-manager-perl: Manager files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-manager-perl : fichiers du manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use then the Multiple authentication module, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T125808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser alors le module d'authentification multiple, exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ID Token signature (HS256/HS384/HS512/RS256/RS384/RS512)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signature du jeton identifiant (HS256/HS384/HS512/RS256/RS384/RS512)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use rule comments to order your rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100019Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser les commentaires pour ordonner les règles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>samlStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064040Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>samlStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>xguimard</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>xguimard</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UserName -&gt; ...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>UserName -&gt; ...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://fr.lutece.paris.fr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153724Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://fr.lutece.paris.fr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-force: set it to 1 to save a configuration earlier than latest.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-force: mettre à 1 pour sauver une configuration plus ancienne que la dernière.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register on France Connect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173418Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'enregistrer dans France Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So write your rules using normal characters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134435Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut donc écrire les règles en utilisant les caractères normaux.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just need to choose if the authenticated user will be a “user” or a “guest”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165038Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffit de choisir si l'utilisateur authentifié sera un &quot;utilisateur&quot; ou un &quot;invité&quot;.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>createdb -O lemonldap-ng lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>createdb -O lemonldap-ng lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapPwdEnc</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062310Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapPwdEnc</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then go to trunk directory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans le répertoire trunk :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>specification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100735Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>spécification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires to request user old password (see portal customization).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T143351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nécessite de requérir l'ancien mot-de-passe (voir personnalisation du portail).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To change it, go in General Parameters &gt; Advanced Parameters &gt; Notifications &gt; Wildcard for all users, and set for example alluserscustom.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053700Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour le changer, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Notifications &gt; Carte blanche pour tous les utilisateurs, et mettre par exemple alluserscustom.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fournisseur OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to provide the callback URLs, for example https://auth.domain.com/?openidcallback=1.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut fournir les URLs de rappel, par exemple https://auth.domain.com/?openidcallback=1.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Save the configuration and exit the Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203342Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Sauver la configuration et quitter le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP server can check password strength, and LL::NG portal will display correct errors (password too short, password in history, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T164121Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le server LDAP server peut vérifier la solidité du mot de passe et le portail LL::NG affichera les erreurs correctes (mot-de-passe trop court, dans l'historique, etc…)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_email&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_MAIL&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112306Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_email&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_MAIL&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG requires at least Red Hat/CentOS 7</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205712Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG nécessite Red Hat/CentOS 7</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use extended functions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser les fonctions étendues</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protocol:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protocole :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Alfresco is an ECM/BPM software.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Alfresco est un logiciel ECM/BPM.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration is stored as JSON.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est stockée au format JSON.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install the new lemonldap-ng.ini file at the place of the old file in all LL::NG servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163151Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer le nouveau fichier lemonldap-ng.ini à la place de l'ancien dans tous les serveurs LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To do this, use the Manager, and go in Virtual Hosts branch.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073423Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour ce faire, utiliser le manager, et aller dans la branche Virtual Hosts.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Role-based_access_control</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Role-based_access_control</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-Mail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065417Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Attribut du jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Userlogout =&gt; logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Userlogout =&gt; logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>twitterAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064512Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>twitterAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/Microsoft-Server-ActiveSync</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/Microsoft-Server-ActiveSync</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:configuration-ldap.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:configuration-ldap.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Assertion decryption Certificate: choose a certificate only if you want to cipher your assertion.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Assertion decryption Certificate : choisir un certificat seulement si on veut chiffrer les assertions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061624Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>https</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reader URL: URL used by SAML SP to read the cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>URL de lecture : URL utilisée par le SP SAML pour lire le cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>APACHEGROUP: group running Apache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161544Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>APACHEGROUP: groupe de fonctionnement d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This can be useful to allow an third party application to access a virtual host with users credentials by sending a Basic challenge to it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce peut être pratique pour autoriser une application cliente à accéder à un hôte virtuel avec un authentifiant en envoyant un en-tête basique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Uniform Resource Locator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Uniform Resource Locator</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_rewrite.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_rewrite.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG uses Perl Authen::Radius as a simple authentication backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG utilise Authen::Radius de Perl comme simple backend d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The LDIF view of such entry can be:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La vue LDIF d'une telle entrée ressemble à :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can force here another session key that will be used as NameID content.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T204829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut forcer ici une autre clef de session qui sera utilisée comme contenu sde NameID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkDate($ssoStartDate, $ssoEndDate)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182815Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkDate($ssoStartDate, $ssoEndDate)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ LemonLDAP::NG uses a key to crypt/decrypt some datas.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112517Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ LemonLDAP::NG utilise une clef pour chiffrer/déchiffrer certaines données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Date of session last modification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date de la dernière modification de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># For performances, you can delete the previous RewriteRule line after</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080630Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Pour de meilleures performances, on peut effacer la ligne RewriteRule après</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:personal.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>icons:personal.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can import a certificate containing the public key instead the raw public key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouver importer un certificat contenant la clef publique au lieu d'une simple clef.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The upgrade process will also have migrate old configuration files into /etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094037Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le processus de mise-à-jour va également migrer les anciens fichiers de configuration dans /etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUserTable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061542Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUserTable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If a user does not comply with any condition, he is prompted a customized message.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162346Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si un utilisateur ne remplit pas une condition, il est averti par un message personnalisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>using external identity provider (SAML, OpenID, CAS, Twitter, other LL::NG system, …)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072052Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>utilisant un fournisseur d'identité externe (SAML, OpenID, CAS, Twitter, autres systèmes LL::NG, …)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute to store: the session key that will be stored in Memcached.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205432Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut à stocker : la clef de session qui doit être stockée dans Memcached.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052151Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Activation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>STORAGECONFFILE: location of default storage configuration file (default: /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/lemonldap-ng.ini)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>STORAGECONFFILE : emplacement du du fichier de configuration du stockage par défaut (défaut : /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/lemonldap-ng.ini)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_location&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112334Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_location&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorization</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Autorisations</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>How to change configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120222T130207Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comment changer le backend de configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use the same Facebook access token in your applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T062005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut réutiliser le même ticket d'accès Facebook dans les applications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>No parameters needed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aucun paramètres n'est requis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The PasswordDBDemo will allow you to change the password with some basic checks, but as the data are hard coded, the password will never be really changed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PasswordDBDemo permet de changer de mot-de-passe avec quelques tests de base, mais comme les données sont codées en dur, le mot-de-passe ne sera jamais réellement changé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can delegate authentication to an OpenID server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045221Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut deleguer l'authentification à un serveur OpenID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This feature can be enabled and configured in Manager, in General Parameters » Advanced Parameters » Login History.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonctionnalité peut être activée et configurée dans le manager dans Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Historique de connexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_issuerDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_issuerDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra can be deployed on-premises or as a hosted email solution.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra peut être déployé sur site ou hébergé telle une messagerie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To protect the manager, you have to choose one or both of :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T183400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour protéger le manager, il faut choisir l'une où les deux solutions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Siteminder_Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074627Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Siteminder_Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>macros are used to extend (or rewrite) exported variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>les macros sont utilisées pour étendre (ou réécrire) les variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yubikeyClientID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064859Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>yubikeyClientID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>On your main server, configure a File, SQL or LDAP backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sur le serveur principal, configurer un backend File, SQL or LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>you've restart all Apache server after having change cookie name or domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tous les serveurs Apache ont été rechargés après un changement du nom de cookie ou du domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Databases (DBI)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081257Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bases de données (DBI)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RBAC stands for Role Based Access Control.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141417Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>RBAC signifie contrôle d'accès basé sur les rôles (Role Based Access Control).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The statistics are collected trough a daemon launched by the Handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces statistiques sont collectées via un démon lancé par l'agent.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1 if user is superadmin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102256Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1 si l'utilisateur est super-administrateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, Tomcat provides a file called users.xml to manage authentication:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, Tomcat fournit un fichier nommé users.xml pour gérer l'authentification :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The extension is presented here: http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:AutomaticREMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165629Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'extension est présentée ici : http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:AutomaticREMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter application key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064521Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef d'application de Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>when pwdLastSet = 0 in the user entry, it means that password has been reset, and a form is presented to the user for him to change his password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T110839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque le paramètre pwdLastSet est positionné à 0 dans l'entrée utilisateur, ça signifie que le mot de passe a été réinitialisé et qu'un formulaire est présenté à l'utilisateur pour qu'il change son mot de passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:xeyes.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>icons:xeyes.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is recommended to secure the channel between reverse-proxies and application to be sure that only request coming from the LL::NG protected reverse-proxies are allowed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est donc recommandé de sécurisé le canal entre le proxy inverse et l'application pour être sûr que seules les requêtes issues des proxies inverses protégés par LL::NG sont autorisées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>echo &quot;127.0.0.1 reload.example.com&quot; &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>echo &quot;127.0.0.1 reload.example.com&quot; &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Radius server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065910Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Serveur Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>qw(delete header cache read_from_client cookie redirect unescapeHTML));</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064546Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>qw(delete header cache read_from_client cookie redirect unescapeHTML));</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>X509</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>X509</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal URL must be inside SSO domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080708Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'URL du portail doit être dans le domaine SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use comment to correct this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095850Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser des commentaires pour corriger ça :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Code snippet</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140705Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple de code</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable::LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable::LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Error messages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112410Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Messages d'erreur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check if URL asked is valid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073502Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Vérifie que l'URL demandée est validée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay administration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073609Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Administration Liferay</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name: SAML attribute name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T055859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom: Nom de l'attribut SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::File</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T191916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::File</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IDPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;IDPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All Perl modules are in the VENDOR perl directory (/usr/share/perl5/)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les modules Perl se trouvent dans le répertoire VENDOR de Perl (/usr/share/perl5/)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Slave for authentication or users module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T160845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Slave) pour les modules authentification ou utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performances du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># 2) FastCGI engine
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># 2) Moteur FastCGI
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_lastname&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_SN&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_lastname&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_SN&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS login: the session key used to fill user login (value will be transmitted to CAS clients).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identifiant CAS : la clef de session à utiliser pour compléter le login (valeur transmise au clients CAS).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>API secret key: API secret key from Yubico</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162610Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef secrète de l'API : clef secrète de l'API obtenue auprès de Yubico</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display Name: should be displayed on IDP, this is often your society name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom affiché (display name) : peut être affiché par le fournisseur d'identité (IDP), this is often your society name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_dir.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_dir.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_gid&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GID&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_gid&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GID&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>user login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102209Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>nom de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Require old password (change)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Impose la présentation de l'ancien mot-de-passe dans les changements</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restart fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redémarrer fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_domain_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_domain_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GLPI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153613Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GLPI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display change password module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche le module de changement de mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With YUM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec YUM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Declare France Connect in your LL::NG server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déclarer France Connect dans le serveur LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie expiration time: by default, SSO cookie is a session cookie, which mean it will be destroyed when the browser is closed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée de vie du cookie : par défaut, le cookie SSO est un cookie de session, ce qui signifie qu'il n'est pas conservé lorsque le navigateur est clos.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Macros and groups are calculated during authentication process by the portal:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les macros et les groupes sont calculées pendant le processus d'authentification par le portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using &quot;make install&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163424Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En utilisant &quot;make install&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you need it, you can rebuild RPMs:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100729Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si besoin, on peut reconstruire les RPMs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationName xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;Example&lt;/OrganizationName&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;OrganizationName xml:lang=&quot;en&quot;&gt;Exemple&lt;/OrganizationName&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Encryption types must be the same</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Encryption types doit être identique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to install mod_ssl for Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065557Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer mod_ssl pour Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Leave blank to deactivate the feature.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Laissez vide pour désactiver cette fonctionnalité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Informix</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204645Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Informix</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Pivot from user table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064628Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pivot DBI pour la table utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connection login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Login de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logout_app https://auth.example.com/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logout_app https://auth.example.com/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/search?query=DBD%3A%3A&amp;mode=module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/search?query=DBD%3A%3A&amp;mode=module</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access Control List</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste de contrôle d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RDBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RDBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalUserAttr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063844Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalUserAttr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Django is a high-level Python Web framework that encourages rapid development and clean, pragmatic design.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182632Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Django est un framework web de haut niveau écrit en Python qui favorise le développement rapide et propre et un design pragmatique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061329Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>valeur</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>valeur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example for groups:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Exemples de groupes:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect Service: OpenID Connect service configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075501Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Service OpenID-Connect: configuration du service OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example: interoperability between 2 organizations</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200218Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple : interoperabilité entre 2 organisations</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Table utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom de la clef</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Commit</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Commit</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailReplyTo</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063340Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailReplyTo</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Global performance</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Performance globale</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It means that if the IDP propose to close session earlier than the default LemonLDAP::NG timeout, the session _utime will be modified so that session is erased at the date indicated by the IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062750Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Celà signifie que si l'IDP propose de clore la session au-delà de la durée de vie par défaut dans LemonLDAP::NG, la valeur de _utime sera modifiée afin que la session ne soit effacée qu'au moment indiqué par l'IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Other requests</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Autres requêtes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Security Assertion Markup Language</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Security Assertion Markup Language</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is because the client often need to request directly the IDP, and the Apache authentication will block the request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130449Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En effet, le client doit souvent interroger directement l'IDP et l'authentification Apache va bloquer la requête.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>NameID format: force NameID format here (email, persistent, transient, etc.).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060426Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Format du NameID : force le format du NameID (email, persistent, transient, etc.).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cp lemonldap.class.php inc/auth/
cp lemonldapuserdatabackend.class.php inc/auth/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cp lemonldap.class.php inc/auth/
cp lemonldapuserdatabackend.class.php inc/auth/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'configurator' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'configurator' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can change default parameters using the “notificationStorage” and “notificationStorageOptions” parameters with the same syntax as configuration storage parameters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052619Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut changer les paramètres par défaut en utilisant les paramètres “notificationStorage” et “notificationStorageOptions” avec la même syntaxe que les paramètres de stockage de la configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Be careful with URL parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100039Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attention aux paramètres des URL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The basic function will also force conversion from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1, which should be accepted by most of HTTP servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La fonction basic force la conversion des caractères UTF-8 en ISO-8859-1, qui peut être accepté par la plupart des serveurs HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; ref=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/bean&gt;
 
&lt;bean id=&quot;preauthAuthProvider&quot; class=&quot;org.springframework.security.web.authentication.preauth.PreAuthenticatedAuthenticationProvider&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080210Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; ref=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/bean&gt;
 
&lt;bean id=&quot;preauthAuthProvider&quot; class=&quot;org.springframework.security.web.authentication.preauth.PreAuthenticatedAuthenticationProvider&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password is not a common attribute.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070531Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le mot-de-passe n'est pas un attribut commun.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailLDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063359Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailLDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Postgres</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Postgres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Download the plugin and copy the files in dokuwiki inc/auth/ directory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115225Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Télécharger le plugin et le copier dans le répertoire dokuwiki inc/auth/ :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Basic Authentication relies on a specific HTTP header, as described above.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'authentification basique est portée par un en-tête HTTP spécifique, tel que décrit ci-dessous.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step4.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145743Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step4.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache SetEnvIf module will let you transform the Auth-User HTTP header in REMOTE_USER environment variable:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module SetEnvIf d'Apache peut transformer l'en-tête HTTP Auth-User en variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These parameters can be configured in Manager, in General Parameters &gt; Advanced parameters &gt; Handler redirections:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144444Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ces paramètres peuvent être configurés dans le manager, dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Redirections des agents:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will be prompted.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060525Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le message sera affiché.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuring the virtual hosts is not sufficient to display an application in the menu.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134908Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Configurer les hôtes virtuels n'est pas suffisant pour afficher une application dans le menu.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG use 2 internal databases to store its configuration and sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG utilise 2 bases de données interne pour stocker ses configuration et sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to find the following files in your Alfresco installation:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les fichiers suivants sont nécessaires dans l'installation Alfresco :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you upgraded LL::NG, check all upgrade notes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour mettre à jour LL::NG, lisez toutes les notes de mise à jour.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>package SSOExtensions;
 
sub function1 {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>package SSOExtensions;
 
sub function1 {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These options are used to build redirection URL (when user is not logged, or for CDA requests).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces options sont utilisées dans la construction des URL de redirection (lorsque l'utilisateur n'est pas connecté ou pour les requêtes CDA).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:remote-principle.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050028Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:remote-principle.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Main DNS domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Domaine DNS principal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SP Initiated Binding: chose any of the supported binding (every one listed there is currently supported on LemonLDAP::NG) HTTP POST is a good choice</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SP Initiated Binding : choisir n'importe quel protocole supporté (ils le sont actuellement tous par LemonLDAP::NG), HTTP POST est un bon choix</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>syntax (optional): hexadecimal (default) or octetstring</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181528Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>syntax (optionnel) : hexadecimal (défaut) ou octetstring</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secured cookie: 4 options:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cookie sécurisé : 4 options :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin customization</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074409Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Personnalisation du thème</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you must deploy this domain in order to go on with the configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite deployer ce domaine pour accéder à sa configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Compatible password modification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Compatibilité des modifications de mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form replay allows you to open a session on a protected application by filling a HTML POST login form and autosubmitting it, without asking anything to the user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T171808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le rejeu de formulaire permet d'ouvrir une session dans une application protégée par un formulaire POST sans rien demander à l'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These parameters can be configured in Manager, in General Parameters &gt; Advanced parameters &gt; Handler redirections.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143903Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cesparamètres peuvent être configurés dans le manager, dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Redirections des agents.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do this in the control panel or in the configuration file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Faire ceci dans le panneau de contrôle ou dans le fichier de configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLCertificateKeyFile: Server private key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLCertificateKeyFile : clef privée du serveur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Radius secret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065916Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Secret Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_auth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$_auth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Header</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En-tête</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To see available actions, do:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour connaître les actions possibles, lancer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the Manager, select node SAML identity providers and click on Add SAML IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le Manager, selectionner le noeud Fournisseurs d'identité SAML et cliquer sur Ajouter un IdP SAML :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Code to replace:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Code à remplacer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The SSO cookie is build by the portal (as described in the login kinematic), or by the Handler for cross domain authentication (see CDA kinematic).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le cookie SSO est construit par le portail (tel que décrit dans la cinématique de connexion) ou par l'agent (handler) lors des authentification inter-domaines (voir la cinématique de l'authentification inter-domaine).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You may want to failback to another authentication backend in case of the Apache authentication fails.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T125728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut choisir de basculer sur un autre backend d'authentification en cas d'échec de l'authentification Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This page do not reference all error messages, but only the frequentest</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette page ne référence pas tous les messages d'erreur, mais simplement les plus fréquents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Last name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112905Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapRaw</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062322Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapRaw</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Get the tarball</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120307T122150Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Récupérer l'archive</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variable name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de Variable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session-ID =&gt; $_session_id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T103518Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Session-ID =&gt; $_session_id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If exportedAttr is set, only those attributes are copied in the session database of the secondary LL::NG structure.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si exportedAttr est défini, seuls ces attributs sont copiés dans la base des sessions du système LL::NG secondaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is recommended to use NTP to do this.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est recommandé d'utilisé NTP à cet effet.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064140Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS (authentication module)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140913Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS (module d'authentification)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fichiers</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must come back later to fill this parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faudra revenir plus tard pour adapter ce paramètre.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>email</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050452Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>email</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Select the key, and export it (button Download).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190953Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Selectionner la clef, et l'exporter (bouton Télécharger):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Kerberos configuration is quite complex.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration Kerberos est assez complexe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication level: level of authentication to associate to this module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195904Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification : niveau d'authentification associé à ce module</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/SPSSODescriptor&gt;
&lt;/md:EntityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/SPSSODescriptor&gt;
&lt;/md:EntityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As DBI is a login/password based module, the authentication level can be:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme DBI est un module de type login/mot-de-passe, le niveau d'authentification peut être :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just have to install lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server package, it will be started automatically.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffit d'installer le package lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server, il démarre automatiquement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Nginx configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form replay</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Rejeu de formulaires</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Yubikey for authentication module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162359Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, allez dans Paramètres generaux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisissez Yubikey comme module d'authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Can be overridden by an LDAP URI in server host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165153Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Peut être surchargé par une URI LDAP dans le nom du serveur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To protect a virtual host in Nginx, the LemonLDAP::NG FastCGI server must be launched (see LemonLDAP::NG FastCGI server).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143511Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour protéger un hôte virtuel dans Nginx, le serveur FastCGI de LemonLDAP::NG doit être lancé (voir Serveur FastCGI de LemonLDAP::NG).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>customhead.tpl : HTML header markups (like CSS, js inclusion)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182814Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>customhead.tpl : en-têtes HTML (tels les inclusions CSS, js)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Indeed, this variable is set by the Handler on the physical server hosting the Handler, and not on other servers where the Handler is not installed.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T194928Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Toutefois, cette variable est renseignée par l'agent dans le serveur physique l'hébergeant mais pas dans les autres serveurs sans agents.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/openidserver/foo.bar</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082408Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/openidserver/foo.bar</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that this feature is interesting only for the Lemonldap::NG systems protecting a high number of applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Notez que cette fonctionnalité n'est intéressante que pour les systèmes Lemonldap::NG protégeant un grand nombre d'applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So you can configure it to authenticate users using a federation protocol and simultaneously to provide identities using other(s) federation protocols.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183459Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi on peut le configurer pour authentifier les utilisateurs en utilisant un protocole de fédération et simultanément pour fournir les identités en en utilisant en autre.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>country</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>country</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires Perl OpenID consumer module with at least version 1.0.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci requiert le module client OpenID pour Perl, version au moins supérieure ou égale à 1.0.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KERB_NODE1: AD account to generate the keytab for the first LL::NG server (in cluster mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211643Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KERB_NODE1 : compte AD pour générer la table de clefs du premier serveur LL::NG (en mode cluster)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Specific default values for filters to match AD schema</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052818Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeurs spécifiques par défaut des filtres pour correspondre au schéma AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Log format
include /path/to/lemonldap-ng/nginx-lmlog.conf;
server {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Format des journaux
include /path/to/lemonldap-ng/nginx-lmlog.conf;
server {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If CAS login is not set, it uses General Parameters » Logs » REMOTE_USER data, which is set to uid by default</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081837Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le login CAS n'est pas défini, la donnée Paramètres généraux » Journalisation » REMOTE_USER est utilisée, mise à uid par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># ELSE</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># SINON</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070049Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ServerName auth.example.com
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ServerName auth.example.com
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The normal portal has a link included in the authentication form pointing to the remote portal for the users of the other organization</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail normal dispose d'un lien dans le formulaire d'authentification pointant vers le portail destiné aux utilisateurs de l'autre organisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exported variables are the variables available to write rules and headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les variables exportées sont des variables disponibles pour écrire des règles d'accès et des en-têtes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'directory_umask' =&gt; '007',?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'directory_umask' =&gt; '007',?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSL authentication (https) does not seem to be checked anyway.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222847Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;SSL authentication (https)&quot; ne semble pas devoir être sélectionné.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Subject for password mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Sujet du message de changement de mot de passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will be the link between the SAML assertion coming from LemonLDAP::NG (the IdP) and a given user in Salesforce.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce sera le lien entre l'assertion SAML provenant de LemonLDAP::NG (l'IdP) et l'identifiant Salesforce.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Setup</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Mise en marche</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The value will be use in metadata main markup:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cette valeur est utilisé dans les metadatas :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Several IDPs are allowed, in this case the user will choose the IDP he wants.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220242Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Plusieurs IDPs peuvent être autorisés, dans ce cas l'utilisateur peut choisir l'IDP qu'il souhaite.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache is not configured to authenticate users !</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Apache is not configured to authenticate users !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install rpm-build package</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Install rpm-build package</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print &quot;Connected user: &quot;.$ENV{HTTP_AUTH_USER};</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140811Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>print &quot;Connected user: &quot;.$ENV{HTTP_AUTH_USER};</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://wiki.zimbra.com/index.php?title=Preauth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155043Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://wiki.zimbra.com/index.php?title=Preauth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DNSDOMAIN: Main DNS domain (default: example.com)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161626Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DNSDOMAIN : domaine DNS proncipal (défaut : example.com)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To use this feature only locally, edit lemonldap-ng.ini in section [all]:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120222T125946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité seulement localement, éditer lemonldap-ng.ini dans la section [all]:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notificationStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063705Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notificationStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Client requests</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082314Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Requêtes clients</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>File session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185340Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de sessions File</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then fill all inputs to create the notification.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T055520Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Remplir ensuite tous les champs pour créer la notification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>There is a time tolerance of 60 seconds in &lt;Conditions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205201Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il y a une tolérance de 60 seconds dans les &lt;Conditions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>New code:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nouveau code:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler performance</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performance des agents (handlers)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation in register form: set to 1 to display captcha in register form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060752Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation dans le formulaire d'enregistrement : mettre à 1 pour activer le captcha dans ce formulaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>File location</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Emplacement du fichier</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If some of your servers are not in the same (secured) network than the database, it is recommended to use SOAP access for those servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si certains des serveurs ne se trouvent pas sur le même réseau (securisé) que la même base de données, il est recommandé d'utiliser l'accès SOAP pour ces serveurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for configuration access (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour accéder à la configuration (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So you have just to declare this header for the virtual host in Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il suffit donc de déclarer cet en-tête pour l'hôte virtuel dans le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>VHOSTLISTEN: how listen parameter is configured for virtual hosts in Apache (default: *:80)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>VHOSTLISTEN : comment est configuré le paramètre d'écoute des hôtes virtuels dans Apache (défaut : *:80)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/saml/singleSignOn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to give access to status path in the Handler Apache configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084123Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut autoriser l'accès au chemin du statut dans le configuration Apache de l'agent :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061635Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notifications: prompt users with a message if found in the notification database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073109Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Notifications : interrompt les utilisateurs avec un message s'il est trouvé dans la base de données des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters » Authentication modules and choose Remote for authentication and users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Remote pour les modules authentification et utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirect on error: use 302 instead 500 or 503</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144655Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redirection pour les erreurs : utilise 302 au lieu de 500 ou 503</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Known problems</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T150214Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Problèmes connus</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Clone</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140851Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clone</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here you can go in API Manager and get new credentials (client_id and client_secret).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans « API Manager » et récupérer les nouveaux éléments (client_id and client_secret).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fast CGI support</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075202Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Support FastCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:dokuwiki_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:dokuwiki_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalDisplayAppslist</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063838Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalDisplayAppslist</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you want to refuse access when a data is missing, just add a “!” before the key name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135423Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour imposer qu'une valeur soit renseignée, ajouter un ”!” devant le nom de clef</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout forward</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T195432Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Propagation de déconnexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to get an client ID and a secret key from Yubico.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162329Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un identifiant client et une clef secrète doivent être obtenues auprès de Yubico.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ACR values: Value acr_values parameters (example: loa-1)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202950Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeurs ACR : valeur des paramètres acr_values (exemple : loa-1)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install Authen::Radius</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer Authen::Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Hide old password in reset form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065005Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Masquer l'ancien mot-de-passe dans le formulaire de réinitialisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will get the user identity trough an ID Token, and grab user attributes trough UserInfo endpoint.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T193223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'identité utilisateur sera récupérée via in jeton d'identification, et les attributs utilisateurs via le point d'accès UserInfo.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also delete some notifications with SOAP, once SOAP is activated:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062046Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également effacer certaines notifications avec SOAP, si SOAP est activé :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So, to keep user password in session, you cannot just export the password variable in session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070715Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Donc pour conserver le mot-de-passe utilisateur dans la session, on ne peut seulement exporter la variable mot-de-passe dans la session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL contains a non protected host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114627Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL contains a non protected host</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All Perl scripts/pages are in /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205629Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les scripts/pages Perl se trouvent dans /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID secret token</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063833Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Secret OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/index.php?access=admin&amp;access=other</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134127Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/index.php?access=admin&amp;access=other</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG is highly scalable, so easy to insert behind a load-balancer:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192654Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG est hautement scalable, donc facile à insérer derière un répartisseur de charge :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you can take any virtual host, and simply add this line to protect it:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072511Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi n'importe quel hôte virtuel peut être protégé en ajoutant cette ligne :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use Null backend to bypass some authentication process steps.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080620Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend Null peut être utilisé pour sauter des étapes du processus d'authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can grab them automatically if jwks_uri is defined in metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201459Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut les récupérer autoatiquement si jwks_uri est défini dans la métadonnée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In “External authentications” click “Others” and in “Field holding the login in the _SERVER array” select “REMOTE_USER”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190148Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans “External authentications” cliquer sur “Others” et dans “Field holding the login in the _SERVER array” choisir “REMOTE_USER”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User ID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in CAS parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160247Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans Paramètres CAS :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::X509</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140849Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::X509</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to set the PHP_AUTH_USER variable to have the Webserver authentication mode working.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut renseigner la variable PHP_AUTH_USER pour faire fonctionner le mode d'authentification par serveur web.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>deleteSession: delete a session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>deleteSession : efface une session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Config::IniFiles</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140847Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Config::IniFiles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CDA is set if the handler is not in the same domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le CDA ne fonctionne que si l'agent n'est pas dans le même domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Headers are used to give user datas to the application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les en-têtes sont utilisés pour donner aux applications les données utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login field name: name of authentication table column hosting login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du champ de compte : nom de la colonne de la table d'authentification contenant le login</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LWP::UserAgent</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140829Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LWP::UserAgent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you run Debian testing or unstable, the packages are directly installable:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les utilisateurs de Debian testing ou unstable, les paquets sont directement installables :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Single Sign On cookie, domain and portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040225Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cookie SSO, URL du portail et domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MediaWiki is a wiki software, used by the well known Wikipedia.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>MediaWiki est un logiciel wiki utilisé par le très connu Wikipedia.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/minig</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172003Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/minig</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>phpLDAPadmin local configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173628Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration locale phpLDAPadmin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register LL::NG to an OpenID Connect Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer LL::NG dans un fournisseur d'identité OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP proxy mechanism</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125407Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SOAP proxy mechanism</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display reset password form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche le module de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The notifications module uses a wildcard to manage notifications for all users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053518Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le module de notifications utilise une carte blanche pour gérer les notifications destinées à tous les utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-&gt;proxy('http://auth.example.com/index.pl/notification');
 
 
$r = $lite-&gt;deleteNotification('foo.bar', 'ABC');
 
if ( $r-&gt;fault ) {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041628Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-&gt;proxy('http://auth.example.com/index.pl/notification');
 
 
$r = $lite-&gt;deleteNotification('foo.bar', 'ABC');
 
if ( $r-&gt;fault ) {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function convert a string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction convertit une chaîne ISO-8859-1 en UTF-8.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler Status</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Page de statut de l'agent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID authentication can proposed as an alternate authentication scheme using the authentication choice method.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T045742Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'authentification OpenID peut être proposée en choix alternatif en utilisant la méthode d'authentification choice.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Main LL::NG structure</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T051945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Système LL::NG principal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>my $cgi = Lemonldap::NG::Handler::CGI-&gt;new ({});
$cgi-&gt;authenticate();
$cgi-&gt;authorize();
...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>my $cgi = Lemonldap::NG::Handler::CGI-&gt;new ({});
$cgi-&gt;authenticate();
$cgi-&gt;authorize();
...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also find on this page the SVN tarball if you want to test latest features.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160118Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi trouver sur cette page l'archive SVN pour tester les dernières évolutions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password max age : number of seconds after the last password change, before it expires.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T112244Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Âge macimum du mot-de-passe : nombre de secondes entre le changement de mot-de-passe et son expiration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you specify port in virtual host, then declare SSL port:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212939Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SI le port est spécifié, déclarer le port SSL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>msmith</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115225Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>msmith</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration (edited by the Manager) is in /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094554Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration LemonLDAP::NG (editée par le manager) se trouve dans /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/conf/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So, if the user is not recognized or HTTP headers not present, a 403 error is sent.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donc, si l'utilisateur n'est pas reconnu ou si l'en-tête HTTP n'est pas présent, une erreur 403 est retournée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example with this rule on the access parameter:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100348Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple avec cette règle sur le paramètre access :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Modify Manager protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modifier la protection du manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote cookie name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063929Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom du cookie distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install it to trust packages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'installer pour certifier les paquets :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142940Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ User does not have Lemonldap::NG cookie, handler redirect it to the portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ L'utilisateur ne dispose pas d'un cookie Lemonldap::NG, l'agent le redirige vers le portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reset value: value to set in reset attribute to activate password reset (default: TRUE).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeur de reset : valeur à mettre dans l'attribut reset pour activer la réinitialisation du mot-de-passe (défaut : TRUE).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>service_name Centralized auth service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>service_name Centralized auth service</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>General parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Paramètres généraux</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Facebook application ID: the application ID you get</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ID de l'application Facebook : l'identifiant d'application obtenu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/public/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055531Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/public/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register LemonLDAP::NG on partner Service Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091821Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer LemonLDAP::NG sur le fournisseur de service partenaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you disallow this, you should also disallow direct login form IDP, because proxy restriction is set in authentication requests.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T061136Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En interdisant ceci, on risque d'interdire aussi les authentification directe des IDP car la restriction est indiquée dans la requête d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can do the same check for the keytab as with the single LL::NG server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214546Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut faire le même contrôle que pour un serveur LL::NG isolé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(adapt the domain if necessary)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221834Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(adapter le domaine si nécessaire)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Cn: $cn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114202Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-Cn: $cn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As you may have guessed, these accounts are famous characters from the TV show Doctor Who.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme on peut le voir, ces comptes sont les fameux caractères du show TV Doctor Who.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dark</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074100Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dark</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Dokuwiki virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115418Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Dokuwiki comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So on each main portal, internal users can access normally, and users issued from the other organization have just to click on the link:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi sur chacun des portails principaux, les utilisateurs internes peuvent accéder normalement et les utilisateurs de l'autre organisation n'ont qu'à cliquer sur le lien :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in the Manager and set the session module (Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL for MySQL) in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T041725Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et mettre le module de session (Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL pour MySQL) dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajouter le paramètre suivant (sensible à la casse) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_mail_quota&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_MAILQUOTA&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_mail_quota&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_MAILQUOTA&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Required parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Paramètres exigés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access to Liferay (first time):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073631Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Accès à Liferay (première connexion):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can find a Docker image for LemonLDAP::NG in this repository: https://hub.docker.com/r/coudot/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151657Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut trouver des images Docker pour LemonLDAP::NG dans ce dépôt : https://hub.docker.com/r/coudot/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081943Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Base de données des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change mydomain.org into your Google Apps domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre mydomain.org dans le domaine Google Apps</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, the Apache authentication module should not require a valid user and not be authoritative, else Apache server will return an error and not let LL::NG Portal manage the failback authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130032Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, la module d'authentification Apache ne doit pas exiger un utilisateur valide et ne dois pas être impératif, sinon le serveur Apache va retourner une erreur sans passer la main au portail LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-test: contains sample CGI test page</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205821Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-test : contient une simple page CGI de test</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_host_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_host_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A little floating menu can be added to application with this simple Apache configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155823Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un petit menu flottant peut être ajouté aux applications par une seimple configuration Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Only current application is concerned by logout_app* targets.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Seule l'application est concernée par les cibles logout_app*.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password expire warning : number of seconds between password expiration and the date from which user is warned his password will expire.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T112141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Délai d'avertissement d'expiration du mot-de-passe : nombre de secondes entre la date d'avertissement et l'expiration effective.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create a protocol proxy (SAML to OpenID, CAS to SAML ,…)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083152Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer un proxy de protocoles (SAML vers OpenID, CAS vers SAML ,…)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The path to the lock directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192019Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le chemin du répertoire des verrous</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>prompt, display, ui_locales, max_age parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201343Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>paramètres prompt, display, ui_locales et max_age</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112735Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you need to add a template parameter for your customization, then add to lemonldap-ng.ini:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075523Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour ajouter un paramètre de modèle, l'ajouter dans lemonldap-ng.ini:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP server can be a brake when you use LDAP groups recovery.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur LDAP peut être un frein lorsque vous utilisez la récupération des groupes LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need Auth::Yubikey_WebClient package.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le paquet Auth::Yubikey_WebClient est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>REMOTE_USER environment variable (with local Handler or SetEnvIf trick)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER (avec un agent local ou une conversion SetEnvIf)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print &quot;$res notification(s) have been deleted\n&quot;;
}</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041630Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>print &quot;$res notification(s) have been deleted\n&quot;;
}</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login policy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221713Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La politique de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>su - postgres
createuser lemonldap-ng -P</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204850Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>su - postgres
createuser lemonldap-ng -P</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(&amp;(sAMAccountName=$user)(objectClass=person))</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(&amp;(sAMAccountName=$user)(objectClass=person))</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Get attributes (or macros)
my $cn = $cgi-&gt;user-&gt;{cn}
 
# Test if user is member of a Lemonldap::NG group (or LDAP mapped group)
if( $cgi-&gt;group('admin') ) {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141252Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Obtenir des attributs (ou macros)
my $cn = $cgi-&gt;user-&gt;{cn}
 
# Tester si l'utilisateur est membre d'un groupe Lemonldap::NG (ou d'un groupe LDAP translaté)
if( $cgi-&gt;group('admin') ) {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>List of columns to query to fill user session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste de colonnes à interroger pour trouver la session utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Download the Lasso tarball and compile it on your system.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Téléchargez l'archive Lasso et compilez là sur votre système.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>encode_base64($givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>encode_base64($givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Nginx handler is provided by the LemonLDAP::NG FastCGI server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le handler Nginx est fourni par le serveur FastCGI LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Choice Parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194354Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Choice:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should see a krbtgt ticket:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On doit trouver un ticket krbtgt :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>And run the “dist” target:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer la cible “dist” :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Then (if LUA not supported), change cookie header to hide LLNG cookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Ensuite (si LUA n'est pas supporté), changer l'en-tête Cookie pour masquer celui de LLNG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[configuration]
type = RDBI
dbiChain = DBI:mysql:database=lemonldap-ng;host=1.2.3.4
dbiUser = lemonldap
dbiPassword = password
; optional
dbiTable = mytablename</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[configuration]
type = RDBI
dbiChain = DBI:mysql:database=lemonldap-ng;host=1.2.3.4
dbiUser = lemonldap
dbiPassword = password
; optional
dbiTable = mytablename</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, General Parameters » Advanced Parameters » Custom functions and set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Fonctions personnalisées et indiquer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install and launch a Redis server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Installez et lancer un serveur Redis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cache::Cache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140830Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cache::Cache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$conf[authtype] = lemonldap;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$conf[authtype] = lemonldap;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To do this, go in Manager &gt; General Parameters &gt; Advanced Parameters &gt; Security &gt; Use Safe Jail and disable it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204210Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour ce faire, aller dans le manager &gt; Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Sécurité &gt; Utiliser la cage sécurisée et la désactiver.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration is done in config.php:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101911Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est effectuée via config.php:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Nginx is a very fast web server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T170135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nginx est un serveur web particulièrement performant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra local SSO URL pattern</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064834Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Expression d'URL SSO locale pour Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To keep Memcached performance level and LL::NG features, you can replace Memcached by Redis using NoSQL session backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050635Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour maintenir un niveau de performance tel celui de Memcached et préserver les fonctionnalités de LL::NG, on peut remplacer Memcached par Redis en utilisant le backend de sessions NoSQL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Your EntityID, often use as metadata URL, by default #PORTAL#/saml/metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Votre EntityID, souvent utilisé comme URL des métadatas, par défaut #PORTAL#/saml/metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name of IDP used for authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de l'IDP utilisé pour l'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG is compatible with the OpenID Authentication protocol version 2.0 and version 1.0.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG est compatible avec le protocole d'authentification OpenID version 2.0 et version 1.0.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install it to trust RPMs:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095823Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'installer pour certifier les RPMs:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure configuration access</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Securiser l'accès à la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG Cluster / Two AD domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214716Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cluster LL::NG / Deux domaines AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prerequisites and dependencies</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135625Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pré-requis et dépendances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Registered users on Google Apps with the same email than those used by LL::NG (email will be the NameID exchanged between Google Apps and LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer les utilisateurs dans Google Apps avec la même adresse mail que celle utilisée dans LL::NG (l'adresse mail sera le NameID échangé entre Google Apps et LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if you use “File” system and your “dirName” is set to /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/conf/, the notifications will be stored in /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052421Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>si “File” est utilisé et que “dirName” vaut /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/conf/, les notifications seront stockées dans /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to update them by yourself.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut les mettre à jour soi-même.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081401Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration Sympa</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Imported from an LDAP directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165053Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Importés d'un serveur LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Replace MySQL by Apache::Session::Flex</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Remplacer MySQL par Apache::Session::Flex</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions module: set Lemonldap::NG::Common::Apache::Session::SOAP for SOAP session backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module de sessions : mettre Lemonldap::NG::Common::Apache::Session::SOAP pour le backend de session SOAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL used before being redirected to the portal (empty if portal was used as entry point)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL utilisée avant d'être redirigé vers le portail (vide si le portail a été utilisé comme point d'entrée)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082430Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Variables</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T200336Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de sessions SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>After configuring SAML Service, you can export metadata to your partner Identity Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T221010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Après avoir configuré le service SAML Service, exporter les metadatas vers le fournisseur d'identité partenaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give a static value</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061153Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donne une valeur statique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Common</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Common</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example {ldapPort}389.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple {ldapPort}389.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>faketicket: if the user has no access, a fake ticket is built, and the user is redirected to CAS service.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081310Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>faketicket : si l'utilisateur n'a pas accès, un faux ticket est construit, et l'utilisateur est redirigé vers le service CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(see next section)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(voir section suivante)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session expiration: sessions will never expire (server side)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050441Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Expiration des sessions : les sessions n'expirent jamais (du côté serveur)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Connection chain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Chaîne de connexion DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the Manager, go in General Parameters » Issuer modules » CAS and configure:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T053854Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules fournisseurs et configurer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064403Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal will follow in 2.0</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail suivra d'ici la version 2.0</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061622Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>groups</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Facebook parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Facebook:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Utiliser Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Menu modules display</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203835Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Affichage des modules du menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T174303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-authn-context-2.0-os.pdf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-authn-context-2.0-os.pdf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;auto_update_force_group&quot; =&gt; false,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112254Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;auto_update_force_group&quot; =&gt; false,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This concerns all parameters for the Organization metadata section:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ceci concerne tous les paramètres de la section &quot;organization&quot; des métadatas :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Signature</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signature</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Proxy for authentication and users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045629Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Proxy pour les modules authentification et utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect Relying Parties: Registered RP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075641Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clients OpenID-Connect : RP enregistrés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_zipcode&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALCODE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_zipcode&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALCODE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;preAuthenticatedUserDetailsService&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080214Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;property name=&quot;preAuthenticatedUserDetailsService&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Else you can paste the content of the JSON file in the textarea.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201530Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon copier le contenu du fichier JSON dans l'emplacement dédié.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This mechanism can be used to secure access for remote servers that cross an unsecured network to access to LL::NG databases.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce mécanisme peut être utilisé pour sécuriser l'accès des serveurs distants qui traversent des réseaux non sécurisés pour accéder aux bases de données de LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthLoginCol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061317Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthLoginCol</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Control header name: header that contains a value to control.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de l'en-tête de contrôle : en-tête qui contient la valeur à contrôler.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Status module can not be loaded without localStorage parameter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Status module can not be loaded without localStorage parameter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since MySQL performances are very bad using this, if you want to store sessions in a MySQL database, prefer one of the following</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ceci dégrade fortement les performances de MySQL, si vous voulez stocker les sessions dans une base de données MySQL, utilisez l'une des solutions suivantes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password protected transport</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Transport protégé du mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', '+2')</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181801Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', '+2')</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>At least, check if it is not a known application, or try to adapt its source code.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi, vérifier si l'application est connue ou essayer d'adapter le code source.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Once this is completed, click to export the Salesforce metadata and import them into LemonLDAP::NG, into the declaration of the Salesforce Service Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une fois ceci terminé, cliquer pour exporter les métadatas Salesforce et les importer dans LemonLDAP::NG, dans la déclaration du fournisseur de service Salesforce.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authChoiceModules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>authChoiceModules</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_perms&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_PERMS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_perms&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_PERMS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session restrictions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Resctriction d'ouverture de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameSearch</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062005Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameSearch</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>localStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063315Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>localStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042102Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the following headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114200Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les en-têtes suivants.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure attributes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190714Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les attributs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sudo ln -s /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/cron.d/* /etc/cron.d/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162355Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sudo ln -s /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/cron.d/* /etc/cron.d/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the user is not created, or can not be created via LDAP import, the connection to Liferay will be refused.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165129Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le compte n'est pas créé ou ne peut être créé par un import LDAP, la connexion à Liferay sera refusée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;check&gt;: paragraph to display with a checkbox: will be inserted in HTML page enclosed in &lt;p class=“notifCheck”&gt;&lt;input type=“checkbox” /&gt;…&lt;/p&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054856Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>&lt;check&gt; : paragraphe à afficher avec une case à cocher : sera inséré dans la page HTML encadré dans &lt;p class=“notifCheck”&gt;&lt;input type=“checkbox” /&gt;…&lt;/p&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no metadata is available, you need to write them in the textarea.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>À défaut de métadonnée, il faut les écrire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG as federation protocol proxy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG en proxy de fédération de protocoles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When all modifications are done, click on Save to store configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque toutes les modifications sont effectuées, cliquer sur Sauver pour enregistrer la configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:liferay_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073651Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:liferay_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each module can be disabled using the Null backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073413Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Chaque module peut être désactivé en utilisant le backend Null.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Binary attributes: regular expression matching binary attributes (see Net::LDAP documentation).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114114Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs binaires : expression régulière correspondant aux attributs binaires (voir la documentation Net::LDAP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, the RelayState session is deleted when it is read.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, la session RelayState est détruite lorsqu'elle est lue.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To create a variable, you've just to map a user attributes in LL::NG using Variables » Exported variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour créer une variable, il faut simplement associer des attributs utilisateurs dans LL::NG en utilisant Variables » Variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Value (HTTP header name)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeur (nom d'en-tête HTTP)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OAuth2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060900Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OAuth2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>securedCookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064042Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>securedCookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Follow the next steps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suivre les étapes suivantes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session activity timeout requires Handlers to have a write access to sessions database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le délai d'expiration des sessions nécessite que les agents aient un accès en écriture à la base des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, we will use 3 roles:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, en utilisant 3 rôles :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBD::Pg</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205030Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBD::Pg</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give a technical name (no spaces, no special characters), like “sample-rp”;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donner un nom technique (sans espaces ni caratères speciaux), tel “sample-rp” ;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra syncs to smartphones (iPhone, BlackBerry) and desktop clients like Outlook and Thunderbird.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T154415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra se synchronise avec les smartphones (iPhone, BlackBerry) et les clients lourds de bureau tels Outlook et Thunderbird.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GoogleApps =&gt; http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052404Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GoogleApps =&gt; http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/logout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session lifetime for cronjob</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Durée de vie des sessions pour la tâche planifiée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users: will not collect any data (but you can still register environment variables in session)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utilisateurs : ne collecte aucune donnée (mais il est possible d'enregistrer des variables d'environement dans la session)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap-ng.ini parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T095900Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres lemonldap-ng.ini</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy tickets will be collected at authentication phase and stored in user session under the form:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155832Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les tickets de proxy seront collectés lors de la phase d'authentification et stockés dans la session utilisateur sous la forme :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To encode the redirection URL, the handler will use some Apache environment variables and also configuration settings:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T183244Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour encoder l'URL de redirection, l'agent utilise des variables d'environnement Apache et des paramètres de configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;both&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;tomcat,role1&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/tomcat-users&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190306Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;both&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;tomcat,role1&quot;/&gt;
&lt;/tomcat-users&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To allow this, use SOAP for configuration access, or use a network service like SQL database or LDAP directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour contourner ce problème, utiliser SOAP pour l'accès à la configuration ou un service réseau tel une base de donnée SQL ou un annuaire LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To use Active Directory as LDAP backend, you must change few things in the manager :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183059Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour utiliser Active Directory comme serveur LDAP, vous devez effectuer quelques modifications dans le manager :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go on Drupal administration interface and enable the Webserver Auth module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T124816Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans l'interface administration et activer le module Webserver Auth.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Another LL::NG system configured with SAML authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091420Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un autre système LL::NG configuré avec authentification SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Automatic REMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074626Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Automatic REMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:http_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:http_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Dokuwiki</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dokuwiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:remote-interoperability.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:remote-interoperability.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_phone&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_TELEPHONENUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_phone&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_TELEPHONENUMBER&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Safe module is used to eval expressions in headers, rules, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module Safe est utilisé pour évaluer les expressions dans les en-têtes, règles, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_email_nomade&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_email_nomade&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Search base: DN of groups branch.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Base de recherche : DN de la branche des groupes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112344Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some adaptations are needed with other databases.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques adaptations sont nécessaires pour les autres bases de données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-portal: contains authentication portal and menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-portal : contient le portail d'authentification et le menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then Zimbra do the SSO by setting a cookie in user's browser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite Zimbra génère son cookie SSO dans le navigateur de l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just use node1.example.com and node2.example.com instead of auth.example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser simplement node1.example.com et node2.example.com au lieu de auth.example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI UserDB table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061542Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Table UserDB DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/limesurvey/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102646Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/limesurvey/admin/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cache backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module du cache local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drivers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Drivers</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Start</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Commencer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Radius authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065902Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification de Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A click on a key will display the associated value.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un click sur la clef affiche la valeur associée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064405Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To allow the manager to reload the configuration, register the reload virtual host name in the hosts of the server:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042401Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour autoriser le manager à recharger la configuration, enregistrer le nom d'hôte virtuel de rechargement dans le fichier hosts du serveur :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This step should already have been if you installed LL::NG with packages.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061046Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette étape est effectuée automatiquement lorsqu'on installe LL::NG avec les packages.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For Nginx:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Nginx:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Warning: key is not defined, set it in the manager !</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Warning: key is not defined, set it in the manager !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>pastel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074059Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>pastel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.google.com/apps/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.google.com/apps/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password found from login process (only if password store in session is configured)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084236Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe fournit lors du processus d'authentification (seulement si le stockage du mot-de-passe dans la sessions est configuré)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to Portal » Settings:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073729Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans Portal » Settings:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>0 if not</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141630Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>0 sinon</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Open a Kerberos session (like done in the previous step):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ouvrir une session Kerberos (comme effectué dans l'étape précédente) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IBM_Lotus_iNotes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IBM_Lotus_iNotes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLVerifyClient: set to optional to allow user with a bad certificate to access to LL::NG portal page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T040033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLVerifyClient : mettre à optional pour autoriser les utilisateurs ne disposant pas d'un certificat valide à accéder à la page du portail LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GLib</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140859Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>GLib</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, to allow only users with a strong authentication level:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour n'autoriser que les utilisateurs authentifiés fortement :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use &lt;portal&gt;?logout=1 as logout_url to remove LemonLDAP::NG session when “disconnect” is chosen.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052536Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi utiliser &lt;portal&gt;?logout=1 comme URL de déconnexion pour supprimer la session LemonLDAP::NG lorsque la déconnexion est demandée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_authChoice</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185103Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$_authChoice</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CDBI : very simple storage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120421T174446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CDBI : stockage très simple</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>persistentStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>persistentStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>iso2unicode</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>iso2unicode</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Returns cookie(s) name and values</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Retourne nom(s) et valeur(s) du(des) cookie(s)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML connectors</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153735Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Connecteurs SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is run as a FastCGI application:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080516Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'il est lancé comme application FastCGI :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If needed, you can recompile the valve from the sources.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190519Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si besoin, recompiler la valve depuis les sources.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Memcached servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050738Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Serveurs memcached</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra use a specific preauthentication protocol to provide SSO on its application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Zimbra utilise un protocole de pré-authentification pour s'intégrer à un SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache SSL global configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065755Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration globale de ssl dans Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then select Set up single sign-on (SSO):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite sélectionner Set up single sign-on (SSO):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal: parameters only for Portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>portal : paramètres réservés au portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># ...
}</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075556Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># ...
}</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UI locales: Value of ui_locales parameter (example: en-GB en fr-FR fr)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202911Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>UI locales : valeur du paramètre ui_locales (exemple : en-GB en fr-FR fr)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Take a look at http://xmlns.com/foaf/spec/#sec-crossref.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir http://xmlns.com/foaf/spec/#sec-crossref.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>No headers are required.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aucun en-tête n'est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See security chapter to learn more about writing good rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître sécurité pour apprendre comment écrire de bonnes règles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>groups: $hGroups variable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162810Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>groups : variable $hGroups</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075047Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Timestamp of session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084331Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date et heure (timestamp) de la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_portal_libs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_portal_libs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CustomSOAPServices</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061246Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CustomSOAPServices</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Copy the generated keytab on each node (rename it as auth.keytab to have the same Apache configuration on each node).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214509Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Copier les tables de clefs générés sur chaque nœud (en la renommant en auth.keytab pour avoir la même configuration Apache sur chaque nœud).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Path: keep ^/saml/ unless you have change SAML end points suffix in SAML service configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091739Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chemin : laisser ^/saml/ sauf si les suffixes des points d'accès SAML ont été modifiés sans la configuration du service SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Indeed, in most of the cases, it is not stored in clear text in the backend (LDAP or database).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donc dans la plupart des cas, il n'est pas stocké en clair dans le backend (LDAP ou base de données).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>handler-nginx.conf : Handler reload virtual hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>handler-nginx.conf : déclaration du handler, rechargement et exemple d'hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the Manager, select node OpenID Connect Providers and click on Add OpenID Connect Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, choisir Fournisseurs OpenID-Connect et cliquer sur Ajouter un fournisseur OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Declare module in handler server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151200Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Declarer le module dans le serveur « handler »</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A default configuration file can be found in /usr/local/lemonlda-ng/etc/default/llng-fastcgi-server (or /etc/default/lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server in Debian package).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163712Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un fichier de configuratio par défaut se trouve dans /usr/local/lemonlda-ng/etc/default/llng-fastcgi-server (ou /etc/default/lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server dans le package Debian).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>logon_hours: string representing allowed logon hours (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>logon_hours : chaîne représentant les heures autorisées (GMT)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102639Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/index.php?Access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134128Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/index.php?Access=admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202800Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_address2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_address2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access token expiration: Expiration time of Access Tokens</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expiration des jetons d'accès: Délai d'expiration des jetons d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_timezone</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083817Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_timezone</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do not restrict /public/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055530Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ne pas restreindre /public/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, SSO cookie is hidden, so protected applications cannot get SSO session key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T103421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, le cookie SSO est masqué, ainsi les applications protégées ne peuvent accéder à la clef de session SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Current: to extract all configuration history</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123805Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Current : pour extraire tout l'historique de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SHA1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SHA1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LimeSurvey is a web survey software written in PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165355Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LimeSurvey est un logiciel de sondage écrit en PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG needs a storage system to store its own configuration (managed by the manager).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081439Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG a besoin d'un dispositif de stockage de sa propre configuration (gérée par le manager).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>But you will rather prefer to use an Apache authentication module, like for example LDAP authentication module:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202544Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il est souvent souhaitable d'utiliser un module d'authentification Apache, tel par exemple le module d'authentification LDAP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthLDAPBindPassword &quot;secret&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202550Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>AuthLDAPBindPassword &quot;secret&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MediWiki local configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration locale MediaWiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reset attribute: name of password reset attribute (default: pwdReset).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120047Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut reset : nom de l'attribut reset du mot-de-passe (défaut : pwdReset).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Request and Request URI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Requête et URI de requête</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Sybase</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204648Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Sybase</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will then get a client_id and a client_secret.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On obtient ainsi les client_id et client_secret.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First check and install the prerequisites.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>D'abord vérifier et installer les pré-requis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Display, you can set the name and the logo</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Affichage, on peut indiquer le nom et le logo</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Let this parameter empty to disable the checking.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Laisser ce paramètre vide pour désactiver ce contrôle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mod Perl must be loaded before LemonLDAP::NG, so include configuration after the mod_perl LoadModule directive.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mod Perl doit être chargé avant LemonLDAP::NG, donc les inclusions aprèsla directive LoadModule de mod_perl.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local macros</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Macros locales</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure MediaWiki virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074949Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Mediawiki comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Fail2Ban configuration file
#
# Author: Adrien Beudin
#
# $Revision: 2 $
#
[Definition]
# Option: failregex
# Notes.: regex to match the password failure messages in the logfile.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140140Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fail2Ban configuration file
#
# Author: Adrien Beudin
#
# $Revision: 2 $
#
[Definition]
# Option: failregex
# Notes.: regex to match the password failure messages in the logfile.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_enable&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_enable&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Disabling it can lead to security issues.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135832Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La désactiver peut engendrer des trous de sécurité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorization =&gt; basic($uid,$_password)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113430Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authorization =&gt; basic($uid,$_password)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Callback GET parameter: name of GET parameter used to intercept callback (default: openidconnectcallback)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200024Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres GET de rappel : nom du paramètre GET utilisé pour intercepter le rappel (défaut: openidconnectcallback)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#mini_howtos</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#mini_howtos</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict network access to the redis server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Restreignez l'accès réseau au serveur Redis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can force an update of configuration cache with:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075812Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut forcer la mise à jour du cache de la configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PROD=yes makes web interface use minified versions of CSS and JS files.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210125Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PROD=yes impose aux interfaces web d'utiliser les versions compactées des fichiers CSS et JS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can add a link in application menu to display Google Apps to users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T051719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'ajouter un lien dans le menu application pour afficher Google Apps.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sudo make install</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>sudo make install</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:presentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:presentation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirection to the remote type portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045517Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redirection vers le portail de type remote</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLUserName (optional): certificate field that will be used to identify user in LL::NG portal virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070700Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLUserName (optionnel) : champ du certificat à utiliser pour identifier pour identifier un utilisateur dans l'hôte virtuel du portail LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_userDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$_userDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Organization</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Organisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow login from IDP: allow a user to connect directly from an IDP link.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T061618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification depuis le fournisseur autorisée : autorise l'utilisateur à se connecter directement depuis un lien de l'IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML2 implementation is based on Lasso.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>L'implementation SAML est basée sur Lasso.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>hideOldPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065006Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>hideOldPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindDN</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindDN</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication filter: Filter to find user from its login (default: (&amp;(uid=$user)(objectClass=inetOrgPerson)))</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Filtre d'authentication : filtre pour trouver l'utilisateur à partir de son login (défaut : (&amp;(uid=$user)(objectClass=inetOrgPerson)))</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order your rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095445Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ordonner les règles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Timezone of the user, set with javascript from standard login form (will be empty if other authentication methods are used)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083927Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Timezone de l'utilisateur, renseignée par javascript dans le formulaire d'authentification (vide si une autres méthode d'authentification est utilisée)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Database Interface</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200100Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Database Interface</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The IDP name is asked, enter it and click OK.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T221317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le nom d'IDP est demandé, entrer-le et cliquer sur OK.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery URL: http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.1/jquery.min.js</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL jQuery : http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.1/jquery.min.js</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration backend can be set in the local configuration file, in configuration section.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142609Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend de configuration peut être indiqué dans le fichier local de configuration, dans la section configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupRecursive</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062246Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupRecursive</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, anonymous bind is used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184948Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, une connexion anonyme est utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum update</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095557Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum update</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sign SLO message: sign SLO message</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signature des messages SLO : signe les messages de déconnexion SLO (single logout)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Installation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Installation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notOnOrAfter duration: Time in seconds, added to authentication time, to define notOnOrAfter value in SAML response (&lt;Condtions&gt; and &lt;SubjectConfirmationData&gt;):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée notOnOrAfter : durée en secondes, ajoutée à la durée d'authentification, pour définir la valeur notOnOrAfter dans les réponses SAML (&lt;Conditions&gt; et &lt;SubjectConfirmationData&gt;) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache Kerberos module installation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation du module Kerberos d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Datas around the authentication process.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123136Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Données concernant le processus d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Can be left blank for plain text passwords.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Peut être vide pour le stockage des mots-de-passe en clair.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>During this period, user can ask the confirmation mail to be resent (default: session timeout value)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151748Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Durant cette période, l'utilisateur peut demander que le courriel soit ré-émis (défaut : durée de vie de la session)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use caFile and caPath parameters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184733Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également utiliser les paramètres caFile et caPath.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the message contains check boxes, the user has to check all of them else he can not access to the portal and get his session cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051949Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si le message contient des cases à cocher, l'utilisateur doit toutes les cocher, sinon il ne peut obtenir de cookie de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Firefox has detected that the server is redirecting the request for this address in a way that will never complete</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113642Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Firefox has detected that the server is redirecting the request for this address in a way that will never complete</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Forbidden and Server error</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143956Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Accès interdits et erreurs du serveur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T174509Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then each parameter is one value of the attribute description, prefixed by its key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, chaque paramètre est une valeur de l'attribut description, prefixé par sa clef.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This documentation just explains how to set up the SSO part.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette documentation explique seulement comment activer la partie SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the OpenID consumer ask for data, users will be prompted to accept or not the data sharing.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le client OpenID demande des données utilisateurs, ceux-ci sont questionnés pour accepter ou non le partage.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Due to Handler API change in 1.9, you need to set these attributes in lemonldap-ng.ini and not in Manager, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suite au changement de l'API du handler dans la version 1.9, il est nécessaire de définir ces attributs dans le fichier lemonldap-ng.ini et non dans le Manager, par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to register a new application on Twitter to get API key and API secret.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous devez enregistrer votre nouvelle application dans Twitter pour obtenir la clef de l'API et son secret.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use the following rules instead:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134148Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser les règles suivantes à la place :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The cookie $id isn't yet available: Object does not exist in the data store</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113505Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>The cookie $id isn't yet available: Object does not exist in the data store</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_proxy.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_proxy.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local cache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063314Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cache local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Trusted domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Domaines agréés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, the “maximum password age” can have different values.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Alors, la « durée de vie maximum du mot-de-passe » peut avoir des valeurs différentes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_authnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>CAS_authnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG validate the token and propose a password change form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145810Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LL::NG valide la valeur et propose un formulaire de changement de mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server: FastCGI server needed to use Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server : le serveur FastCGI nécessaire pour utiliser Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Format: optional, SAML attribute format.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Format (optionnel) : format de l'attribut SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Import or generate security keys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Importer ou generer les clefs de securité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_direction&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112314Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_direction&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>0_bad</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>0_bad</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbi:Pg:dbname=sessions;host=10.2.3.1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dbi:Pg:dbname=sessions;host=10.2.3.1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Test notification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060439Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Tester les notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict network access to the LDAP directory, and add specific ACL to session branch.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061235Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre l'accès réseau à l'annuaire LDAP et ajouter une ACL spécifique à la branche des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>accept: all authenticated users will access surveys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102950Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>accept : tous les utilisateurs authentifiés peuvent accéder aux surveillances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>That message can contain session data as user attributes or macros.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162422Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce message peut contenir des données de session tels les attributs ou les macros.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example with the portal:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075547Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple avec le portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here are the main options used by LL::NG:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070359Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ci-dessous les principales options utilisées par LL::NG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Register partner Service Provider on LemonLDAP::NG configuration chapter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224547Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir Enregistrer un fournisseur de service dans LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is a well known security framework for J2EE applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T174353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est le très connu framework de sécurité des applications J2EE.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>String::Random</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141001Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>String::Random</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1 if user is authorizated to access to it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1 si l'utilisateur est autorisé à y accéder</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>basic</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182822Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>basic</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PostGreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PostGreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A little macro:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Une petite macro :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS CA file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060845Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fichier d'AC de CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_datebegin&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_datebegin&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All static content (examples, CSS, images, etc.) is in /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094907Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous le contenu statique (exemples, CSS, images, etc...) se trouve dans /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>uid: the user login (it must correspond to the attribute set in whatToTrace parameter, uid by default), or the wildcard string (by default: allusers) if the notification should be displayed for every user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054508Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>uid : le nom de connexion de l'utilisateur (il doit correspondre à l'attribut utilisé dans le paramètre whatToTrace, uid par défaut), ou la carte blanche (par défaut : allusers) si la notification doit être affichée à tous les utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, to protect a standard virtual host, you must insert this (or create an included file):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082208Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour protéger ensuite un hôte virtuel, il faut insérer ceci (ou créer un fichier à inclure) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Domain Name System</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154252Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domain Name System</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use SAML2 to get user identity and grab some attributes defined in user profile on its Identity Provider (IDP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser SAML2 pour obtenir l'identité et d'autres attributs definis dans le profil utilisateur défini chez son fournisseur d'identité (IDP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Single LL::NG Server / Single AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212503Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur LL::NG unique / Domaine AD unique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140852Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SAML2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/core.html#loglevel for more information.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/core.html#loglevel pour plus d'informations.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapObjectClass: structural objectclass of configuration entry (optional)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapObjectClass : objectclass structurel de l'entrée de configuration entry (optionnel)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Page URL: URL of password reset page (default: [PORTAL]/mail.pl)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151501Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>URL de la page : URL de la page de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe (défaut : [PORTAL]/mail.pl)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Stockage de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sub elements:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054604Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Éléments subordonnés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal of the secondary LL::NG structure is configured to delegate authentication to a remote portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail du système LL::NG secondaire est configuré pour déléguer l'authentification à un portail distant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The first rule that matches is applied.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La première règle qui correspond est appliquée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_4.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_4.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142939Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires to configure LL::NG as an SAML Identity Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci nécessite de configurer LL::NG comme fournisseur d'identité SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since MySQL does not have always transaction feature, Apache::Session::MySQL has been designed to use MySQL locks.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Comme MySQL ne dispose pas toujours de dispositif de transaction, Apache::Session::MySQL a été conçu en utilisant les verrous MySQL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache configuration file on application server (hosting the application):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T195303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le fichier de configuration d'Apache sur le serveur d'application (celui qui héberge l'application):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drupal virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T125006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Drupal dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Facebook for authentication module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061312Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, allez dans Paramètres generaux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisissez Facebook comme module d'authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Null authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063751Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification de Null</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The values passed in -crypto and -ptype depend on the Active Directory version and the windows version of the workstations.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les valeurs passées dans -crypto et -ptype dépendent de la version d'Active Directory et de celle des stations de travail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For using SP-initiated mode, you must create your salesforce domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221435Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour utiliser le mode initié par le SP, il faut créer le domaine salesforce.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AD accounts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comptes AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must also install the database connector (DBD::Oracle, DBD::Pg,…)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut également installer le connecteur à la base de données (DBD::Oracle, DBD::Pg,…)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG ships 3 Apache configuration files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T144246Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG fournit 3 fichiers de configuration Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, see how convert header into environment variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073256Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, voir comment convertir les en-têtes en variable d'environnement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login form: where user enters login and password to authenticate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060330Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>formulaire de connexion : où les utilisateurs entrent leurs login/mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for Liferay.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074313Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Liferay.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can skip JWKS data, they are not provided by France Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T174227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Inutile de renseigner les données JWKS, elles ne sont pas fournies par France Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>File configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de configuration File</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doctor_Who</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115250Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doctor_Who</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then choose any other module for users and password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouvez ensuite choisir vos modules d'utilisateurs et de mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As same for groups: a group rule may involve another, previously computed group.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064937Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>De même pour les groupes : une règle de groupe peut en utiliser une autre calculée précédemment.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration will be store under a specific branch, for example ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041702Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est stockée dans une branche spécifique, par exemple ou=conf,ou=applications,dc=example,dc=com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For application BBB:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142710Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour l'application BBB :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Load Handler in Apache memory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064933Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Charger l'agent dans la mémoire d'Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195413Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>password</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lemonldap-ng-cli</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lemonldap-ng-cli</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then fill the two fields;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114746Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Renseigner ensuite les deux champs ;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Command Line Interface (CLI)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Interface en ligne de commande (CLI)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If not set, it will use the latest configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080235Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'il n'est pas défini, la dernière configuration sera utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The user click on the link in the mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145741Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur clique sur le lien dans le courriel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugtracker, Service Management</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bugtracker, gestion de services</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GLPI is the Information Resource-Manager with an additional Administration- Interface.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185748Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GLPI est un gestionnaire d'informations de ressources avec une interface additionnelle d'administration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064211Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>generic_sso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081454Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>generic_sso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Put all custom HTML code in the custom template files.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075050Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Mettre tous les codes HTML personnalisés dans les fichiers modèles personnalisés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions activity timeout: Maximum inactivity duration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162147Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Délai d'expiration des sessions : durée maximale d'inactivité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authentication service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221750Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le service d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Only the condition is not mandatory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T055536Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Seule la condition n'est pas exigée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra preauthentication key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064744Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Clef de pré-authentification Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Backends</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T141653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backends</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To do this in Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Advanced Parameters &gt; Notifications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052658Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>pour ce faire dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Notifications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install prerequisites</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Installer les pré-requis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can for example use openid profile email.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192928Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut par exemple utiliser openid profile email.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Advanced features</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082752Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctionnalités avancées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Macros and groups are stored in session database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les macros et les groupes sont stockées dans la base de données des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, LL::NG acts like an SAML2 Service Provider (SP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220146Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, LL::NG agit comme un fournisseur de service SAML2 (SP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>POD unit tests</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140936Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Tests unitaires POD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Success mail subject: Subject of mail sent when password is changed (default: [LemonLDAP::NG] Your new password)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151054Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Sujet du message de succès : sujet du courriel lorsque le mot-de-passe est changé (défaut : [LemonLDAP::NG] Your new password)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'ldapAuthnLevel' =&gt; '2',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042610Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'ldapAuthnLevel' =&gt; '2',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>clean Handler cache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>nettoyer le cache des agents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Demonstration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T114809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Démonstration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalDisplayResetPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063840Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalDisplayResetPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>wget https://sourcesup.cru.fr/frs/download.php/2476/AuthCAS-1.4.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160105Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>wget https://sourcesup.cru.fr/frs/download.php/2476/AuthCAS-1.4.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail charset</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063357Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Table de caractères des mails</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multi values separator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Séparateur des multiples valeurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This configuration storage can be shared between different hosts using:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T184955Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce type de stockage de configuration peut être partagé entre différents serveurs en utilisant :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Version: check that version 2.0 is used</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222502Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAML Version : vérifier que la version 2.0 est utilisée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then remove the original keytab files and protect the final keytab file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T215118Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut ensuite effacer les tables de clefs originales et protéger la table de clefs finale :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>// ---- Unused values ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112331Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>// ---- Unused values ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSOExtensions::function1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112219Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSOExtensions::function1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The sources are available on download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les sources sont disponibles sur la page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;notification&gt; element(s) :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054208Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>élément(s) &lt;notification&gt; :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use LDAP for configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser LDAP pour la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T094951Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google Apps control panel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182657Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Panneua de contrôle Google Apps</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose WebID for authentication module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063755Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres generaux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir WebID comme module d'authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Python (Django)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182727Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Python (Django)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reverse proxy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155628Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Proxy inverse</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># You can protect it :
# * by Apache itself,
# * by the parameter 'protection' which can take one of the following
# values :
# * authenticate : all authenticated users can access
# * manager : manager is protected like other virtual hosts: you
# have to set rules in the corresponding virtual host
# * rule: &lt;rule&gt; : you can set here directly the rule to apply
# * none : no protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T174521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># You can protect it :
# * by Apache itself,
# * by the parameter 'protection' which can take one of the following
# values :
# * authenticate : all authenticated users can access
# * manager : manager is protected like other virtual hosts: you
# have to set rules in the corresponding virtual host
# * rule: &lt;rule&gt; : you can set here directly the rule to apply
# * none : no protection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_description&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_DESCRIPTION&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112308Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_description&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_DESCRIPTION&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the access rules and define the following headers:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081835Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les règles d'accès et definir les en-têtes suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To bypass this, LL::NG can remember what password was given by user on authentication phase.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070751Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour contourner ce problème, LL::NG peut se souvenir du mot-de-passe utilisé dans la phase d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG cluster linked to two AD domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211054Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un cluster LL::NG lié à 2 domaines AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When you set a parameter in lemonldap-ng.ini, it will override the parameter from the global configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071530Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'un paramètre et fixé dans lemonldap-ng.ini, il surcharge le paramètre issu de la configuration globale.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication protocols</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentication protocols</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>download.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>download.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Schema</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Schéma</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, modify the main portal virtual host to load the Apache Kerberos authentication module :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214014Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modifier ensuite l'hôte virtuel du portail principal pour charger le module d'authentification Kerberos d'Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity provider proxy: LL::NG can be used as proxy translator between systems talking SAML, OpenID, CAS, …</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072444Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Proxy de fournisseurs d'identités : LL::NG peut être utilisé comme traducteur mandataire entre systèmes comprenant SAML, OpenID, CAS, …</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We directly use HTTP headers to fill default user profile.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On utilise les en-têtes HTTP pour trouver le profil utilisateur par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example 2: single table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195446Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Example 2: single table</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.bugzilla.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.bugzilla.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to use the IDP initiated feature of LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185431Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut utiliser la fonctionnalité initiée par l'IDP de LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session identifier (carried in cookie)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084102Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identifiant de session (porté par le cookie)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use an older version, you need to refer to the following documentation: https://wiki.alfresco.com/wiki/SSO</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183340Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les versions plus anciennes, se référer à cette documentation : https://wiki.alfresco.com/wiki/SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RelayState session timeout: timeout for RelayState sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée de vie d'une session RelayState : durée de vie d'une session RelayState.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, and:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T052000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>General options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options générales</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://facebook.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://facebook.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/misc/perf-tuning.html#compiletime</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/misc/perf-tuning.html#compiletime</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ID Token max age: If defined, LL::NG will check the date of ID token and refuse it if it is too old</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée de vie max des jetons : si défini, LL::NG examinera la date du jeton d'identification et refusera les jetons trop anciens</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then it creates the session (with attribute filter)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050525Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il crée la sessions (avec le filtre d'attributs)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>unprotect: no authentication will be asked to access surveys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T103020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>unprotect : aucune authentification n'est nécessaire pour accéder aux surveillances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use rule: a rule to allow user to use this module, set to 1 to always allow.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle d'utilisation : une règle pour autoriser l'usage de ce module, mettre 1 pour toujours l'autoriser.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-ssoconfig.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:googleapps-ssoconfig.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;headers_map&quot; =&gt; Array(</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;headers_map&quot; =&gt; Array(</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also load the JWKS data from the URL https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v3/certs.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi charger les données JWKS depuis l'URL https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v3/certs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to get a keytab for each LL::NG node.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut obtenir une table de clef pour chaque nœud LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dirName: directory where notifications are stored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053143Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dirName : répertoire dans lequel sont stockées les notifications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We will present several architectures:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210953Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On présente ici plusieurs architectures:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Regexp for password generation: Regular expression used to generate the password (default: [A-Z]{3}[a-z]{5}.\d{2})</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151553Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Regexp pour la génération de mot-de-passe : expression régulière utilisée pour générer le mot-de-passe (défaut : [A-Z]{3}[a-z]{5}.\d{2})</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Username control: Regular expression used to check user login syntax.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrôle du nom d'utilisateur : expression régulière utilisée pour vérifier la syntaxe du nom d'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Not shareable between servers except if used in conjunction with SOAP session backend or with a shared file system (NFS,…).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pas partageable entre serveurs sauf si utilisé avec le backend de configuration SOAP ou un système de partage de fichiers (NFS,…).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'key' =&gt; 'q`e)kJE%&lt;&amp;wm&gt;uaA',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042616Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'key' =&gt; 'q`e)kJE%&lt;&amp;wm&gt;uaA',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG does not manage Nginx configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG ne gère pas la configuration de Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The “default” access rule is used if no other access rule match the current URL.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La règle d'accès “default” est utilisée si aucune règle ne correspond à l'URL courante.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Internal portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T050049Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Portail interne</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Problems are generally resolved in up to 72 hours)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221607Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces problèmes sont généralement résolus en moins de 72 heures)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>domain name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le nom de domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>firewalls (but be careful if more than 1 server is behind the firewall)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>pare-feux (attention toutefois si plus d'une application se trouve derrière le pare-feu)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UserName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072314Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>UserName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /root/SSOExtensions.pm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111852Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /root/SSOExtensions.pm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attributes and macros</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112746Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs et macros</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As an OP, LL::NG supports a lot of OpenID Connect features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201223Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme OP, LL::NG supporte de nombreuses fonctionnalités OpenID-Connect :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063802Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification d'OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If a modification is done, the configuration is saved with a new configuration number.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042702Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si une modification est effectuée, la configuration est sauvée avec un nouveau numéro.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MediaWiki virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel MediaWiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This can be used to protect applications relying on REMOTE_USER environment variable in reverse proxy mode.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T195111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci permet de protéger des applications nécessitant la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER en mode reverse-proxy.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf-&gt;compile(</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf-&gt;compile(</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135114Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètres des applications :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Function parameter:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres de la fonction :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064403Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>fullname</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050449Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>fullname</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Dokuwiki local configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration locale Dokuwiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the manager: set Apache::Session::Memcached in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050722Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Dans le manager : indiquez Apache::Session::Memcached dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajoutez les paramètres suivant (sensibles à la casse) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also pass parameters to the make install command, with this syntax:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi passer des paramètres à la commande make install, avec cette syntaxe :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Directory /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/manager/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142938Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Directory /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/manager/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org/download/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org/download/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modules</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User enters his email (or another information) in the password reset form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145638Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur entre son adresse de courriel (ou une autre information) dans le formulaire de réinitialisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Unable to clear local cache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Unable to clear local cache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>multi</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063701Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>multi</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Goal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055355Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>But</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>globalStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061620Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>globalStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Required for PostgreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Requis pour PostgreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># (configuration, sessions, notifications) as manager.html, sessions.html,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># (configuration, sessions, notifications) en manager.html, sessions.html,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG handlers use a local cache to store sessions (for 10 minutes).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les agents (handlers) Lemonldap::NG utilisent un cache local pour stocker les sessions (pour 10 minutes).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install and launch a Memcached server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050653Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Installer et lancer un serveur Memcached.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here are some examples for main databases servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques exemples pour les serveurs principaux.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.omegat.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://www.omegat.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[manager]
 
# Manager protection: by default, the manager is protected by a demo account.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T174515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[manager]
 
# Manager protection: by default, the manager is protected by a demo account.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Memcached session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050301Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Backend de session Memcached</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for Dokuwiki.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Dokuwiki.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This objectClass allow attributes cn and description.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042232Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cet classe d'objet autorise les attributs cn et description.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Follow LDAP session backend doc</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113805Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suivre la documentation backend de sessions LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manager virtual host is used to serve configuration interface and local documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'hôte virtuel du manager est utilisé pour servir l'interface de configuration et la documentation locale.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ref: a reference that can be used later to know what has been notified and when</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054342Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ref : une référence qui peut être utilisée plus tard pour connaître ce qui a été notifié et quand</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalDisplayLogout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063839Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalDisplayLogout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the manager: set Apache::Session::Redis in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Dans le manager : indiquez Apache::Session::Redis dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajoutez les paramètres suivant (sensibles à la casse):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Menu modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134333Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Modules du menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cascading Style Sheets</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094815Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cascading Style Sheets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalDisplayChangePassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063839Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalDisplayChangePassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager and click on SAML 2 Service node.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Allez dans le Manager et cliquez sur le nœud Service SAML 2.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example: http://auth.example.com/?logout=1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183152Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple: http://auth.example.com/?logout=1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Country</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Country</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the packages are stored in a yum repository:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095853Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si les paquets sont stockés dans un dépôt yum :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Load “Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI qw(fastcgi)“ before any other LL::NG library</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163125Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Charger “Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI qw(fastcgi)“ avant toute autre librairie LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To avoid problems, LL::NG decode them using http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache2::URI#unescape_url.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134414Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour éviter les problèmes, LL::NG les décode en utilisant http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache2::URI#unescape_url.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>use any key name you want.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061707Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>utiliser n'importe quel nom de clef.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you will have 2 keytab files for each node, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T215000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On a donc 2 tables de clefs pour chaque nœud, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Be careful with some applications which doesn't verify Lemonldap::NG headers after having created their own cookies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Faire attention avec certaines applications qui ne vérifient pas les en-têtes Lemonldap::NG après avoir créé leurs propres cookies.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, to send it in an header:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071116Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Par exemple, pour l'envoyer dans un en-tête :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to create yourself the directory and set write access to Apache user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052836Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il faut créer soi-même le répertoire et y donner un accès en écriture pour l'utilisateur Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', $_timezone)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', $_timezone)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Entrez le mot de passe pour le nouveau rôle : &lt;PASSWORD&gt;
Entrez-le de nouveau : &lt;PASSWORD&gt;
Le nouveau rôle est-il un super-utilisateur ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Entrez le mot de passe pour le nouveau rôle : &lt;PASSWORD&gt;
Entrez-le de nouveau : &lt;PASSWORD&gt;
Le nouveau rôle est-il un super-utilisateur ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users search base: Base of search in the LDAP directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Base de recherche des utilisateurs : base de recherche de l'annuaire LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Menu modules activation rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121034Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les règles d'activation des modules du menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Change &quot;Location&quot; header in redirections</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170221Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Changer l'en-tête &quot;Location&quot; dans les redirections</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/EPEL/FAQ#howtouse</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141210Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/EPEL/FAQ#howtouse</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T152012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dpkg -i liblemonldap-ng-* lemonldap-ng*</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093742Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dpkg -i liblemonldap-ng-* lemonldap-ng*</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLCACertificateFile: CA certificate to validate client certificates</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070037Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLCACertificateFile : certificat d'autorité pour valider les certificats clients</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'cache_depth' =&gt; 5,?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'cache_depth' =&gt; 5,?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de stockage SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PREFIX: installation directory (default: /usr/local)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161254Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PREFIX : répertoire d'installation (défaut : /usr/local)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># DocumentRoot</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T094952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># DocumentRoot</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_status&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112310Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_status&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, mail content are empty in order to use HTML templates:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151348Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Par défaut, les messages sont vides afin d'utiliser les modèles HTML :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you don't have one, create it with the signing key pair already generated (you could do this with openssl).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222815Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'il n'en dispose pas, en créer un avec la paire de clef déjà générée (on peut le faire avec openssl).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As Handlers keep configuration in cache, when configuration change, it should be updated in Handlers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T065600Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme les agents gardent leur configuration en cache, lorsque la configuration est changée elle doit être mise à jour dans les agents.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG Cluster / Single AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cluster LL::NG / domaine AD unique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DokuWiki is a standards compliant, simple to use Wiki, mainly aimed at creating documentation of any kind.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114712Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DokuWiki est un wiki simple et standard principalement destiné à la création de documents de toute nature.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First steps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Premiers pas</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Preauthentication URL: Zimbra preauthentication URL, either with full URL (ex: http://zimbra.lan/service/preauth), either only with path (ex: /service/preauth) (by default: /service/preauth)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL de pré-authentification : URL de pré-authentification Zimbra, soit l'URL complète (ex : http://zimbra.lan/service/preauth), soit seulement le chemin absolu (ex : /service/preauth) (par défaut : /service/preauth)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;url_logout&quot; =&gt; &quot;https://OBMURL/logout&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;url_logout&quot; =&gt; &quot;https://OBMURL/logout&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI +FollowSymLinks</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053716Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI +FollowSymLinks</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[PORTAL] is the portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082334Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[PORTAIL] est l'URL du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUserChain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061512Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUserChain</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now ldapgroups contains “admin su”</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Maintenant, ldapgroups contient “admin su”</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailConfirmSubject</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063331Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailConfirmSubject</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that all LL::NG components must have access:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les composants de LL::NG doivent avoir accès :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkDate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkDate</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBD::Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205028Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBD::Oracle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then the second rule will be applied first, so every authenticated user will access to /pub/admin directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Alors la seconde règle est appliquée en premier, donc tous les utilisateurs authentifiés pourront accéder au répertoire /pub/admin.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de sessions LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Configuration, register the client_id and client_secret given by Google.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Configuration, enregistrer les client_id et client_secret donnés par Google.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to install Auth_remoteuser in the extensions/ directory of your MediaWiki installation:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut installer Auth_remoteuser dans le répertoire des extensions/ ve votre serveur MediaWiki :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You may rather use standards protocols like SAML, OpenID Connect or CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est préférable d'utiliser des protocoles standards tels SAML, OpenID ou CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114406Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle du thème</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager and click on OpenID Connect Relying Parties, then click on Add OpenID Relying Party.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le Manager et choisir Clients OpenID-Connect, cliquer ensuite sur Ajouter un client OpenID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Detailed configuration backends documentation is available here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration détaillée des backends de stockage est disponible ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It sends an OTP, which is validated against Yubico server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il envoie un mot-de-passe à valeur unique (OTP) qui est validé par un serveur Yubico.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>casStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061219Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>casStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication service of course</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071752Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le service d'authentification bien sûr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do not forget to save your changes!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074226Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ne pas oublier de sauvegarder les changements !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG is designed to be very performant.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lemonldap::NG a été conçu pour être très performant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># mod_fcgid configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># configuration mod_fcgid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://opends.dev.java.net/public/standards/draft-behera-ldap-password-policy.txt</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201551Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://opends.dev.java.net/public/standards/draft-behera-ldap-password-policy.txt</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Multiple backends stack</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T170157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Empiler de multiples backends</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Location: Access Point for SLO request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Location: Point d'accès pour les requêtes de SLO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if you use “LDAP” system, the notifications will be stored in the same directory as configuration and in a branch called “notifications”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061659Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>si “LDAP” est utilisé, les notifications sont stockées dans la même arborescence que la configuration et la branche est nommée “notifications”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure LimeSurvey virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel LimeSurvey comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>a2ensite manager-apache2.conf
a2ensite portal-apache2.conf
a2ensite handler-apache2.conf
a2ensite test-apache2.conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130105T115754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>a2ensite manager-apache2.conf
a2ensite portal-apache2.conf
a2ensite handler-apache2.conf
a2ensite test-apache2.conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'portalSkin' =&gt; 'pastel',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'portalSkin' =&gt; 'pastel',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Functioning</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073121Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fonctionnement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/join.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/join.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Drupal virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T124858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Drupal comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>change password (with server side password policy management)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201520Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>changer les mots-de-passe (avec la gestion de la politique de mot-de-passe côté serveur)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapAttributeContent: attribute used to store configuration values, must be multivalued (optional)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapAttributeContent : attribut utilisé pour stocker la valeur des configurations, doit être multivalué (optionnel)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can now the upload the certificate (cert.pem) on Google Apps.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192556Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Télécharger ensuite le certificat (cert.pem) dans Google Apps.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060153Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access rules and HTTP headers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073742Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règles d'accès et en-têtes HTTP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cp ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar server/lib/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cp ValveLemonLDAPNG.jar server/lib/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to disable default Manager protection in lemonldap-ng.ini to rely only on Apache:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050122Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il faut alors désactiver la protection du manager dans lemonldap-ng.ini pour la confier à Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;&quot; : ($mail =~ /^([^@]+)/)[0] .</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171556Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;&quot; : ($mail =~ /^([^@]+)/)[0] .</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for Bugzilla.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Bugzilla.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use Nonce: If enabled, a nonce will be sent, and verified from the ID Token</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203508Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser Nonce : si activé, un nonce sera envoyé, et vérifié depuis le jeton d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See installation pages to know how install and use it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T170346Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir les pages d'installation pour apprendre à l'installer et l'utiliser.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:kmultiple.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>icons:kmultiple.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yubikeyPublicIDSize</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064925Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>yubikeyPublicIDSize</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display-Name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061220Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Display-Name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server: LL::NG FastCGI server (for Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205509Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fastcgi-server : serveur FastCGI LL::NG (pour Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Twitter parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Allez ensuite dans Paramètres Twitter :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[portal]
notification = 1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>[portal]
notification = 1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;role1&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;role1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;role1&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;role1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203601Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Shared attributes (SREG)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083028Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs partagés (SREG)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set exported variables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Définir les variables exportées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exported attributes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120220T203935Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs exportés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi LocalSettings.php</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074909Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi LocalSettings.php</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/sslok/ is the new LemonLDAP::NG portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213741Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/sslok/ est le nouveau portail LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Roles as simple values of a user attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141734Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Rôles comme simple valeur d'attribut utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For block brute force attack with fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>pour bloquer les attaques en force brute avec fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Declare Google in your LL::NG server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déclarer Google dans le serveur LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout: logout button</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134544Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Déconnexion : bouton de déconnexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-handler-perl: Handler files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-handler-perl : fichiers des agents</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>require Lemonldap::NG::Portal::Menu;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064626Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>require Lemonldap::NG::Portal::Menu;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Core Perl subroutines (split, pop, map, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctions standards de Perl (split, pop, map, etc...)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It means that you manage authorizations to access applications by checking the role(s) of the user, and provide this role to the application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141539Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Celà signifie qu'on gère les autorisations d'accès aux applications en examinant le(s) rôle(s) de l'utilisateur et en fournissant ce(s) rôle(s) à l'application.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SetHandler perl-script</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SetHandler perl-script</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapServer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171759Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapServer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_mail_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>macros are used to extend (or rewrite) exported variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120700Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les macros sont utilisées pour étendre (ou réécrire) les variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For older version, check http://wiki.glpi-project.org/doku.php?id=en:authautoad</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les versions plus anciennes, voir http://wiki.glpi-project.org/doku.php?id=en:authautoad</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use “Active Directory” as authentication, userDB and passwordDBbackends,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T051709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser “Active Directory” comme systèmes d'authentification, de gestion des utilisateurs et des mots-de-passe,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1 if user is admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102245Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1 si l'utilisateur est administrateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_auth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083410Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_auth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Regular expression for random password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Expression rationnelle pour la génération aléatoire des mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Copy the content of this file in the textarea.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Copier le contenu de ce fichie dans l'emplacement dédié.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Often the redirection takes some time because it is user's first access to the protected app, so a new app session has to be created : JavaScript redirection improves user experience by informing that authentication is performed, and by preventing from clicking again on the button because it is too slow.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145217Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Souvent la redirection prend du temps car c'est le premier accès de l'utilisateur à l'application protégée et il faut créer la session applicative ; la redirection JavaScript améliore le ressenti utilisateur en l'informant que l'authentification est réussie et en évitant qu'il clique de nouveau sur le bouton.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is described here: http://openid.net/connect/.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T193025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est décrit ici : http://openid.net/connect/.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:lasso.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>documentation:lasso.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>They are available at the EntityID URL, by default: http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T221056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elles sont disponibles à l'URL EntityID, par défaut : http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can add a rule for logout:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074339Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'ajouter une règle pour la déconnexion :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deploy Apache configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deployer la configuration Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, to override configured skin for portal:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour surcharger l'apparence du portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use LDAP for sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113733Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser LDAP pour les sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'superadmin' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'superadmin' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use accessors (options) to change the behavior:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser des « accessors » (options) pour modifier le comportement :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lasso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Lasso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail content:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150948Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Contenu du courriel :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG portal menu has 4 modules:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134355Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le menu du portail LemonLDAP::NG est composé de 4 modules :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One standard portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un portail standard</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If secured cookie is enabled, the portal URL must be HTTPS.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le cookie sécurisé est activé, l'URL du portail doit être en HTTPS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapPort</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapPort</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ The host is not known by LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ L'hôte n'est pas connu de LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_bin (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/bin)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160848Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_bin (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/bin)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be used just to share authentication or to share user's attributes following the OpenID Simple Registration Extension 1.0 (SREG) specification.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082219Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce peut être utilisé pour partager l'authentification et pour partager les attributs utilisateurs en suivant les spécifications OpenID Simple Registration Extension 1.0 (SREG).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fill this field accordingly.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224059Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Remplir ce champ en conséquence.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some options are available:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques options sont disponibles :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google supports these claims:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google supporte ces champs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Can't locate /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/configStorage.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Can't locate /usr/share/lemonldap-ng/configStorage.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User tries to access to an application in the secondary LL::NG structure without having a session in this area</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050218Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un utilisateur essaie d'accéder à une application du système LL::NG secondaire sans avoir de session dans cette aire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You may also create these macros to manage OBM administrator account (Variables » Macros):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est également possible de créer ces macros pour gérer le compte administrateur OBM (Variables » Macros):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de stockage des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables can be used in rules and headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les variables peuvent être utilisées dans les règles et en-têtes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ You tried to activate Status module without localStorage.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112905Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Le module Status est activé sans localStorage.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If your function is not compliant with Safe jail, you will need to disable the jail.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T175239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si la fonction n'est pas compatible avec la cage saine, il faut désactiver la mise en cage.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can intercept the logout with this rule: ^/share/page/dologout ⇒ logout_app_sso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184131Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut intercepter les déconnexions avec cette règle : ^/share/page/dologout ⇒ logout_app_sso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-yes: do not prompt for confirmation before saving new configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-yes: pour ne pas demander la confirmation avant sauvegarde.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If not authenticated (or authentication is forced) try to find it (userDB module) and to authenticate it (auth module), create session, calculate groups and macros and store them.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T041925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si ce n'est pas le cas (ou si l'authentification est forcée) tente de le trouver (module userDB) et de l'authentifier (module d'authentification), crée la session, calcule les groupes et macros et les stocke</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The chosen logo file must be in portal applications logos directory (portal/skins/common/apps/).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135443Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le logo choisi doit se trouver dans le répertoire des logos des applications (portal/skins/common/apps/).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IssuerDB use</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utilisation de IssuerDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Digest::HMAC</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140848Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Digest::HMAC</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lasso identity dump</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131340Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dump de l'identité Lasso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Sympa dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_url</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061141Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_url</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables defined in the exported variables node of the module will be used only for that module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Celle définies dans le nœud « variables exportées » du module ne e seront que pour celui-ci.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name: should be filled automatically with your organization or domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Name : devrait être automatiquement renseigné avec votre domaine</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal host must be configured to use SSL and must ask for client certificate.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T054751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'hôte du portail doit être configuré pour utiliser SSL et doit demander un certificat client.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To summary available options:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053122Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour résumer les options disponibles :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>one with read/write rights for servers hosting the manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204418Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>une avec des droits en lecture/écriture pour les serveurs hébergeant le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You just have to activate Notifications in the Manager (General Parameters &gt; Advanced Parameters &gt; Notifications &gt; Activation) or in lemonldap-ng.ini:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052251Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il suffit d'activer les notifications dans le manager (Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres avancés &gt; Notifications &gt; Activation) ou dans lemonldap-ng.ini :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Header value</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeur d'en-tête</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Here are some examples, witch their specific documentation:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques exemples, avec leur documentation :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_pgtFile</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061032Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_pgtFile</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to disable mod_deflate to use the floating menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T142956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut désactiver mod_deflate pour utiliser le menu flottant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Interactive management of user passwords:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072624Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Gestion interactive des mots-de-passe des utilisateurs:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that if the user is already authenticated on the first portal, all redirections are transparent.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050633Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Noter que si l'utilisateur est déjà authentifié sur le premier portail, toutes les redirections sont transparentes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>radiusAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065903Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>radiusAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apt-get install libauthen-radius-perl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120508Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apt-get install libauthen-radius-perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>remoteGlobalStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064030Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>remoteGlobalStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$auth_kind = 'LemonLDAP';
 
$lemonldap_config = Array(</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112252Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$auth_kind = 'LemonLDAP';
 
$lemonldap_config = Array(</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In production environment for network performance, prefer using minified versions of javascript and css libs: use make install PROD=yes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062804Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En environnement de production et pour de meilleures performances réseau, utiliser les versions compactées des librairies javascript et css : utiliser make install PROD=yes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#google_apps_control_panel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#google_apps_control_panel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>... other SSL parameters ...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>... autres paramètres SSL ...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use features like SAML (authentication and issuer), CAS (issuer) and password reset self-service, you also need to index some fields.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T113621Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'on utilise des fonctionnalités telles SAML (authentification ou fournisseur d'identité), CAS (fournisseur d'identité) ou le service de réinitialisation de mots-de-passe, il faut également indexer quelques champs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can define more than one form replay URL per virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193801Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de définir plusieurs URL de rejeu de formulaires par hôte virtuel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can modify the default behavior for people without value in ssoLogonHours.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de modifier le comportement par défaut pour les utilisateurs ne disposant pas d'une valeur ssoLogonHours.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It should works on every browser:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182015Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ça doit marcher avec tous les navigateurs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change mycompanyid (in AssertionConsumerService markup, parameter Location) into your CSOD company ID and put the certificate value inside the ds:X509Certificate markup</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer mycompanyid (dans AssertionConsumerService markup, parameter Location) avec l'ID CSOD de l'entreprise et mettre la valeur du certificat dans ds:X509Certificate markup</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;AssertionConsumerService Binding=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST&quot; Location=&quot;https://www.google.com/a/mydomain.org/acs&quot; index=&quot;1&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194854Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;AssertionConsumerService Binding=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST&quot; Location=&quot;https://www.google.com/a/mydomain.org/acs&quot; index=&quot;1&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, DNS domain is example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, le domaine DNS est example.com.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>server based restriction (like Apache “allow/deny” mechanism)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135232Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>restrictions basées sur le serveur (tel le mécanisme “allow/deny” d'Apache)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>my $res = $r-&gt;result();</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060427Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>my $res = $r-&gt;result();</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bugzilla</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, you will have a manager virtual host define in configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203037Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Par défaut, il existe un hôte virtuel défini dans la configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_logon_script&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112329Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_logon_script&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Data to store as REMOTE_USER (used also in Apache logs)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064711Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Donnée à utiliser comme REMOTE_USER (également utilisée dans les journaux d'Apache)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The openid scope is mandatory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La portée openid est exigée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is possible to store any additional session data.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible de stocker d'autres données de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The plugin will check the REMOTE_USER environment variable to get the connected user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115132Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce plugin utilise la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER pour récupérer le nom d'utilisateur connecté.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>But as Google rotate their keys, we will also configure a refresh interval on JKWS data.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192636Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mais comme Google change régulièrement ses clefs, il faut configurer un intervalle de rafraîchissement des données JKWS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This parameter is set by the portal and use javascript to get the connected user timezone.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181956Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce paramètre est géré par le portail et utilise javascript pour obtenir le fuseau de l'utilisateur connecté.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will use the authentication level registered in user session to match the SAML authentication context.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Il utilise le niveau d'authentification enregistré dans la session de l'utilisateur pour établir le contexte d'authentification SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SMTPServer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064048Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SMTPServer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in General Parameters » Issuer modules » OpenID Connect and configure:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules fournisseurs » OpenID-Connect et configurer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Database (DBI) for authentication, users and/or password modules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir &quot;base de données&quot; (DBI) pour les modules authentification, utilisateurs et/ou mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration of LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154702Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID protocol is deprecated, you should now use OpenID Connect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le protocole OpenID est obsolète, il faut maintenant utiliser OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_url</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083936Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_url</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OTP public ID part size: Part of Yubikey OTP that will be used as the media identifier (default: 12)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Taille de la partie publique de l'OTP : Partie du mot-de-passe unique Yubikey utilisée pour identifier les matériels (défaut: 12)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:obm_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T111713Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:obm_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>is a cloud computing company.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221057Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>est une entreprise d'infonuagique (cloud).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>require Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064541Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>require Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Server host: LDAP server hostname or URI (by default: localhost).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de serveur : nom du serveur LDAP ou URI (par défaut : localhost).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The logout request will be sent even if the user did not use the application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200206Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>La requête de déconnexion est envoyée même si l'utilisateur ne s'est pas connecté à l'application.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Role</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115217Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Rôle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Insertion example in Perl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060405Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Exemple d'insertion en Perl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See also</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir aussi</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Apache::Session::Memcached for optional parameters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050801Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Voir Apache::Session::Memcached pour les paramètres optionnels.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We will use the following values in our examples</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nous utilisons les valeurs suivantes dans nos exemples</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>require SOAP::Lite;
&lt;/Perl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064708Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>require SOAP::Lite;
&lt;/Perl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Radius for authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Radius pour l'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorized domains: white list or black list of OpenID client domains (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082817Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Domaines autorisés : liste blanche ou noire des domaines clients OpenID (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With aptitude</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec aptitude</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:1.0:ldapconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:1.0:ldapconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GRR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153621Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GRR</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A request to the main session database is done (trough SOAP session backend) to be sure that the session exists.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une requête à la base de données des sessions principale est effectuée (via le backend de session SOAP) pour être sûr que la session existe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Django connector is available on GitHub: https://github.com/9h37/django-lemonldap</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182658Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le connecteur Django est disponible sur GitHub : https://github.com/9h37/django-lemonldap</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to run this command on Active Directory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut lancer cette commande dans Active Directory:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Language</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T103548Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Langue</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HTTPS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>HTTPS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Probe </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153727Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Probe </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>radiusSecret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065918Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>radiusSecret</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://sourcesup.cru.fr/projects/perlcas/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://sourcesup.cru.fr/projects/perlcas/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This file is called lemonldap-ng.ini and has the following sections:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le fichier est nommé lemonldap-ng.ini et dispose des sections suivantes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DN of sessions branch</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DN de la branche des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/print.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060407Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/print.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/obm-sync</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/obm-sync</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To switch to another authentication backend, use the Multi module, for example: Multi SSL;LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213039Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour basculer vers un autre backend d'authentification, utiliser le module Multi, par exemple : Multi SSL;LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS authentication will automatically add a logout forward rule on CAS server logout URL in order to close CAS session on LL::NG logout.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160040Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'authentification CAS ajoute automatiquement une règle de renvoi après déconnexion sur l'URL de déconnexion du serveur CAS afin de clore la session CAS lors de la déconnexion LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mandatory fields are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les champs obligatoires sont :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal-nginx.conf: Portal virtual host, with SOAP and Issuer end points</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>portal-nginx.conf : hôte virtuel du portail, incluant les points d'accès SOAP et fournisseur d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>};</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042624Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>};</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache::Session::Browseable is a wrapper for other Apache::Session modules that add the capability to manage indexes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Apache::Session::Browseable est une surcouche d'autres modules Apache::Session qui ajoute des capacités d'indexation.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Salesforce Login URL: generated automatically.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Salesforce Login URL : générée automatiquement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>insert a label “LMAUTH” ahead of the loop</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075736Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>insérer le label “LMAUTH” en tête de la boucle</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>+3M: three months from session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>+3M : trois mois après la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no proxied services defined, CAS authentication will not activate the CAS proxy mode.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si aucun service proxifié n'est défini, l'authentification CAS n'activera pas le mode proxy CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-common-perl: configuration and common files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-common-perl : fichiers communs et de configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Max age: Value of max_age parameter (example: 3600)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Âge max : valeur du paramètre max_age (exemple : 3600)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML service providers: Registered SP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fournisseurs de service SAML : SP enregistrés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handlers check rights and calculate headers for each HTTP hit.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062648Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les agents vérifient les droits et calculent les en-têtes pour chaque requête HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de gestion de mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notifyDeleted</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063740Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notifyDeleted</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Informix</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Informix</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Uniform Resource Identifier</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Uniform Resource Identifier</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>email_http_header HTTP_MAIL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>email_http_header HTTP_MAIL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Open links in new window</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ouvre les liens dans une nouvelle fenêtre</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example of status page:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple de page de statut :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Store user password in session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070517Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Stocker le mot-de-passe utilisateur dans la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171637Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Allow from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check last logins: displays a checkbox on login form, allowing user to check his login history right after opening session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075825Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Vérifier l'historique : affiche une case à cocher sur le formulaire d'authentification permettant à l'utilisateur d'examiner son historique de connexion après l'ouverture de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://github.com/coudot/apache-session-ldap</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120617T065341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://github.com/coudot/apache-session-ldap</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Modify password if asked</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073741Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Modifie le mot-de-passe si demandé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for phpLDAPadmin.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour phpLDAPadmin.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG provides a script to change configuration backend easily keeping history.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG fournit un script pour changer aisément de backend de configuration en conservant l'historique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can define exported variables for each module in the module configuration itself.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161127Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut définir des variables exportées pour chaque module dans sa propre configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:gpg.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>icons:gpg.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Artifact Resolution</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Résolution des artifacts</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires at least Net::LDAP 0.38.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nécessite une version de Net::LDAP égale ou supérieure à 0.38.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User name session field</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Champ de session stockant le nom d'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authorization Code, Implicit and Hybrid flows</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Flux de codes d'authorisation, implicites et hybrides</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For CentOS/RHEL:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065604Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour CentOS/RHEL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JWKS data</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201350Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donnée JWKS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T062047Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>multiValuesSeparator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063702Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>multiValuesSeparator</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions timeout: Maximum lifetime of a session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée de vie maximale des sessions : durée de vie maximale des sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Debian Lenny upgrade.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112723Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir la mise à jour de Debian Lenny.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://drupal.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061403Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://drupal.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;dwho&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203202Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;dwho&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameGroup</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061943Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupAttributeNameGroup</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If a user is redirected from handler to portal for authentication and once he is authenticated, portal redirects him to the redirection URL.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144828Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si un utilisateur est redirigé depuis un agent vers le portail pour s'authentifier et s'il est déjà authentifié, le portail le redirige vers l'URL de redirection.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication: will create session without prompting any credentials (but will register client IP and creation date)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification : créé une session sans demander quoi que ce soit (mais enregistre l'adresse IP cliente et la date de création)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Either checkout or export the SVN repository, or extract the SVN tarball to get the SVN files on your disk.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210031Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Au choix, importer le dépôt SVN ou extraire l'archive SVN pour importer les fichiers.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSO cookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cookie SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Search user: select row in user table matching user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195710Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Recherche de l'utilisateur : selectionne la ligne de la table utilisateurs correspondant à l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since version 1.9 of LLNG, old Auto-Login feature has been removed since it works only with Sympa-5 which has been deprecated</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis la version 1.9 of LLNG, la fonctionnalité de connexion automatique a été supprimée car elle ne fonctionnait qu'avec la version 5 de Sympa, elle-même dépréciée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use Redis and set up the database like explained in Redis session backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'utiliser Redis comme expliqué dans Backend de sessions Redis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Body for confirmation mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Corps du message de confirmation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The IDP Initiated URL is the SSO SAML URL with GET parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205359Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'URL initiée par l'IdP est l'URL SAML du SSO avec les paramètres GET :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You cannot use the unprotect rule because Drupal navigation is based on query strings (?q=admin, ?q=user, etc.), and unprotect rule only works on URL patterns.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser la règle unprotect car la navigation Drupal est basée sur des requêtes basées sur des attributs (?q=admin, ?q=user, etc.), et la règle unprotect ne fonctionne que sur des correspondances d'URL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>on: always display</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135236Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>on : toujours afficher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Advanced</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Avancé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redis session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de stockage des sessions Redis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_lassoIdentityDump</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_lassoIdentityDump</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Self service reset (send a mail to the user with a to change the password)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072803Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Self-service de réinitialisation (envoie un mail à l'utilisateur pour changer son mot-de-passe)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Encryption key: key used to crypt some data, should not be known by other applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef de chiffrement : clef utilisée pour chiffrer certaines données, ne doit être connue d'aucune autre application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Debian/Ubuntu, install the library through apt-get command</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Debian/Ubuntu, installer la librairie via la commande apt-get</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that if you use FastCGI, you must restart Apache to enable changes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Noter que si on utilise FastCGI, il faut redémarrer Apache pour activer les changements.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:ha-apache.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:ha-apache.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fr-doc: French translation for HTML documentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205540Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-fr-doc : traduction en français de la documentation HTML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070048Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Mot-de-passe DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To post user's password, you must enable password storing.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192802Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour envoyer le mot-de-passe utilisateur, il faut activer le stockage du mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for sessions management (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Gestion des fonctions SOAP functions pour la gestion des sessions (désactivée par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local SSO URL pattern: regular expression to match the SSO URL (by default: ^/zimbrasso$)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181723Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expression de correspondance de l'URL SSO : expression régulière de correspondance de l'URL SSO (par défaut : ^/zimbrasso$)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220531Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Service SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When using IDP modules (like CAS or SAML), the activation of Apache authentication can alter the operation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T130346Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'on utilise des modules IDP (tels CAS ou SAML), l'activation de 'authentification Apache peut altérer l'operation.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, for a full access, excepted week-end:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T122027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour un accès total excepté le week-end:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PHP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140813Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PHP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This works like File backend, except that data are serialized in JSON.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T203016Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il fonctionne comme le backend File, si ce n'est que les données sont sérialisées au format JSON.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use the following form: https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/inscription.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173747Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser le formulaire suivant : https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/inscription.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to include them in Nginx main configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083437Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut les inclure dans la configuration de Nginx, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Validity time of a password reset request: number of seconds for password reset request validity.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151701Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Durée de validité de la requête de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe : nombre de secondes pour la validité de la requête de réinitialisation.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG can be used as a proxy between those protocols</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082644Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG peut être utilisé comme proxy entre ces protocoles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194613Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module d'authentication</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Directory index</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Directory index</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As administrator, go in Google Apps control panel and click on Advanced tools:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182810Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme administrateur, aller dans le panneau de contrôle Google Apps et cliquer sur les outils avancés click (Advanced tools) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It has a simple but powerful syntax which makes sure the data files remain readable outside the Wiki and eases the creation of structured texts.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il dispose d'une syntaxe simple mais puissante qui fait que les fichiers de données restent lisibles en dehors du Wiki, et facilite la création de textes structurés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_access_authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_Authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, General Parameters » Sessions » Store user password in session data and set to On.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071024Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stocker le mot-de-passe dans les données de session et le mettre à Activer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use MySQL for Lemonldap::NG configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051343Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser MySQL pour la configuration de Lemonldap::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attributes from user backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Attributs récupérés du module utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Server port: TCP port used by LDAP server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Port du serveur : port TCP du serveur LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example 1: two tables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple 1 : deux tables</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Slave</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T160133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Slave</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG has a logout forward mechanism, that will add a step in logout process, to send logout requests (indeed, GET requests on application logout URL) inside hidden iframes.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T195805Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LL::NG dispose d'un dispositif de propagation de déconnexion qui ajoute une étape à ce processus pour envoyer des requêtes de déconnexion (en pratique, des requêtes GET vers des URL de déconnexion) dans des iframes cachées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL: optional, can be used to redirect on another URL (for example https://authssl.example.com).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL : optionnel, peut être utilisée pour rediriger l'utilisateur vers une autre URL (par exemple https://authssl.example.com).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>when computed virtual attribute 'msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed' as 6th flag set to 8, the password is considered expired.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T110958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lorsque l'attribut virtuel compilé 'msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed' a le drapeau 6th positionné à 8, le mot de passe est considéré comme expiré.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If your LDAP server do not manage this objectClass, configure other objectclass and attributes (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060748Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le serveur LDAP ne gère pas cette classe d'objet, il faut étendre le schéma.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[portal]
 
# Custom template parameters
tpl_myparam = world</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075525Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>[portal]
 
# Custom template parameters
tpl_myparam = world</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google Apps does not support Single Logout (SLO).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google Apps ne supporte pas le Single Logout (SLO).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-authentication-1_1.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://openid.net/specs/openid-authentication-1_1.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login History</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Historique de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Dates</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dates</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PerlResponseHandler ModPerl::Registry</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063922Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PerlResponseHandler ModPerl::Registry</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Postal code</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Postal code</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Declare the OpenID Connect Provider in LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200740Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déclarer le fournisseur OpenID Connect dans LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Send mail on password change</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065852Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Envoyer des courriels lors des changements de mots-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Easy import/export through LDIF files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041631Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Import/export facilité via les fichiers LDIF</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>declare secondary portal in General Parameters » Advanced Parameters » Security » Trusted domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T052132Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>declarer le second portail dans Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Sécurité » Domaines approuvés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;server_ip_address&quot; =&gt; &quot;localhost&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;server_ip_address&quot; =&gt; &quot;localhost&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration of Relying Party in LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration du client (Relying Party) dans LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With tarball installation, Nginx configuration files will be installed in /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/, else they are in /etc/lemonldap-ng.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083424Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis une installation par les sources, les fichiers de configuration de Nginx se trouvent dans /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/, sinon, ils sont dans /etc/lemonldap-ng.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The AuthBasic Handler is a special Handler that will us AuthBasic to authenticate to a virtual host, and then play authorizations rules to allow access to the virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T040839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'agent AuthBasic est un agent spécial qui utilise l'authentification web basique pour authentifier dans un hôte virtuel et qui utilise ensuite les règles d'autorisation pour valider les accès à l'hôte virtuel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example of a protected reverse-proxy:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143811Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple de reverse-proxy protégé :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Web browser configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212238Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration du navigateur web</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for configuration access (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064209Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour accéder à la configuration (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UTF8 metadata conversion: set to On to force partner's metadata conversion.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Conversion des métadatas un UTF8 : mettre à « activé » pour forcer la conversion des métadata des partenaires.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>globalStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061620Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>globalStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no encryption keys are defined, signature keys are used for signature and encryption.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Si aucune clef de chiffrement n'est définie, la clef de signature est aussi utilisée pour le chiffrement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The faster.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le plus rapide.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables that can be used in rules and headers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082422Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Variables qui peuvent être utilisées dans les règles et en-têtes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Another LL::NG system configured with OpenID authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081957Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un autre système LL::NG configuré avec authentification OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To be able to forward password to RoundCube, see how to store password in session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour savoir comment transmettre les mots de passe à RoundCube, voir comment stocker le mot de passe dans la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Web sites install :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer les sites web :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ Your browser loops between portal and handler, it is probably a cookie problem.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113908Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ le navigateur boucle entre le portail et l'agent, il s'agit probablement d'un problème.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use SOAP for Lemonldap::NG sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser SOAP pour les sessions Lemonldap::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxied services: list of services for which a proxy ticket is requested:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Services Proxifiés : liste des services pour lesquels un ticket de proxy est requis :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can act as an OpenID Connect Relying Party (RP) towards multiple OpenID Connect Providers (OP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T204428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut agir comme un client OpenID-Connect (« Relying Party » RP), ce qui permet de fédérer LL::NG avec :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Single LL::NG server linked to one AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211017Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un seul serveur LL::NG lié à un seul domaine AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>twitterSecret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064531Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>twitterSecret</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extended Functions List</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste des fonctions étendues</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Headers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En-têtes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Comments can be used to order your rules: rules are applied in the alphabetical order of comment (or regexp in there is no comment).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les commentaires peuvent être utilisés pour ordonner les règles : elles sont appliquées dans l'ordre alphabétique des commentaires (ou des expressions régulières à défaut de commentaire).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Remote</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change configuration in lemonldap-ng.ini :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer la configuration dans lemonldap-ng.ini :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114041Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Bugzilla dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Launch that:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T124806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer ceci :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># OR in the corresponding block</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># OU dans le bloc correspondant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>openIdAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063803Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>openIdAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules &gt; OpenID Connect parameters, you can set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Paramètres d'authentification &gt; Paramètres OpenID-Connect , on peut indiquer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When receiving the request, the real authentication context will be mapped ton an internal authentication level (see how configure the mapping), that you can check to allow or deny session creation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>À la réception de la requête, le contexte d'authentification réel est traduit en un niveau d'authentification interne (voir comment configurer la translation), utilisable pour accorder ou non la création de session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG Portal can be used under a FastCGI system very easily.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail LL::NG peut être utilisé dans un système FastCGI très facilement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;role rolename=&quot;tomcat&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;role rolename=&quot;tomcat&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can choose to install only one component by choosing the package lemonldap-ng-portal, lemonldap-ng-handler or lemonldap-ng-manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut n'installer qu'un seul composant en choisissant le paquet lemonldap-ng-portal, lemonldap-ng-handler ou lemonldap-ng-manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the virtual host like other protected virtual host but use Secure Token Handler instead of default Handler.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205151Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Sympa comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé mais utiliser l'agent jeton sécurisé au lieu de l'agent par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Perl-CAS module installation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation du module Perl-CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Please refer to Liferay documentation to enable LDAP provisionning.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165149Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Se reporter à la documentation Liferay pour activer l'alimentation LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>useSafeJail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064606Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>useSafeJail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First, configure your real backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Premièrement, configurer le backend réel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Syslog</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Syslog</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User XXXX was not granted to open session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114244Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User XXXX was not granted to open session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>proxyOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070305Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>proxyOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Else, all data are copied in the session database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon, toutes les données sont copiées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then go in Manager, General Parameters » Advanced Parameters » Password management:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150408Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Gestion des mots-de-passe :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To summarize, to get the user connected trough the Auth-User HTTP Header, use this Sping Security configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224624Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En résumé, pour connecter les utilisateurs vie l'entête HTTP Auth-User, utiliser cette configuration de Spring Security :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module de stockage des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UserInfo end point, as JSON or as JWT</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201558Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Point d'accès UserInfo, en JSON ou JWT</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>USEEXTERNALLIBS: use files from public CDN</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>USEEXTERNALLIBS : utiliser les fichiers des CDN publics</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>if($cgi-&gt;testUri('http://test3.example.com/') {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141706Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>if($cgi-&gt;testUri('http://test3.example.com/') {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sp: SP entity ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sp: identifiant du SP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example of corresponding LDAP attribute</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202039Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple de correspondance d'attributs LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The ProxyPreserveHost directive will forward the Host header to the protected application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073044Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La directive ProxyPreserveHost transfère l'en-tête Host à l'application protégée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow requests in error: allow a request that has generated an error in token generation to be forwarded to the protected application without secure token (default: yes)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205727Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autorise les requêtes en cas d'erreur : autorise la requête qui a généré une erreur dans la génération du jeton à être transféré à l'application protégé sans jeton sécurisé (défaut : oui)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/adminSessions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064057Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Location /index.pl/adminSessions&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>passThrough (optional): Allow anonymous access or not.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>passThrough (optionnel) : Autorise ou non l'accès anonyme.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;IfModule mod_rewrite.c&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To add these attributes, go in Manager, Variables » Exported Variables.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T113006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour ajouter ces attributs, aller dans le manager, Variables » Variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Net::OpenID::Server &gt; 1.00</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140920Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Net::OpenID::Server &gt; 1.00</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uidR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172104Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$uidR</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_message&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_vacation_message&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable::Redis</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable::Redis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-1 if this URL is not known by LL::NG configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141655Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-1 si cette URL n'est pas connue de la configuration de LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Mail: $mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114202Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-Mail: $mail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need a Google developer account to access to https://console.developers.google.com/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut un compte développer Google pour accéder à https://console.developers.google.com/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use reset attribute: enable to use the password reset attribute.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser l'attribut reset : activé pour utiliser l'attribut reset du mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The request validity time is a configuration parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150249Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>La durée de validité de la requête est un paramètre de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-Cn</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-Cn</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Bugzilla can authenticate a user with HTTP headers, and auto-create its account with a few information:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184643Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bugzilla peut authentifier un utilisateur par en-tête HTTP et auto-générer son compte avec quelques informations :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication contexts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Contextes d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Datas concerning the first connection to the portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123131Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Données concernant la première connexion au portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Common Domain Cookie is also know as WAYF Service.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Le domaine commun de cookie est également connu comme service WAYF.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication: how check user credentials</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073226Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Authentification : comment examiner les données utilisateur d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you just have to define the mapping of this new attributes, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202751Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut ensuite définir la correspondance de ces nouveaux attributs, par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>start.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>start.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also configure jetlag (if all of your users use the same timezone):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi configurer jetlag (si tous les utilisateurs utilisent le même fuseau):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSO on OBM web interface</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSO sur l'interface web d'OBM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiUserPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061530Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiUserPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If not set, the secret token is calculated using the general encryption key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'il n'est pas renseigné, le jeton secret est calculé en utilisant la clef de chiffrement générale.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.w3.org/wiki/WebID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.w3.org/wiki/WebID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>customFunctions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061229Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>customFunctions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Allow only users with a LimeSurvey role</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102831Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autorise seulement les utilisateurs avec un rôle LimeSurvey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to create the table by yourself:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053324Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il faut créer soi-même la table :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL doesn't use locks so performances are keeped.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL n'utilise pas les locks pour conserver les performances.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://modauthkerb.sourceforge.net/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://modauthkerb.sourceforge.net/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Metadata</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201011Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Métadonnée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Confirmation mail content (optional): Content of mail sent when password change is asked</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151312Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Contenu du message de confirmation (optionnel) : contenu du courriel envoyé lorsque le changement de mot-de-passe est demandé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie name: name of the cookie, can be changed to avoid conflicts with other LemonLDAP::NG installations</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040541Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom de cookie : nom du cookie, peut être changé pour éviter les conflits avec d'autres installations LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add reload.example.com to /etc/hosts in the container (option –add-host)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151904Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter reload.example.com dans /etc/hosts du container (option –add-host)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To define keys, you can:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour définir les clefs, vous pouvez :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to include them in Apache main configuration, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162023Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut les inclure dans la configuration d'Apache, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://code.google.com/googleapps/domain/sso/saml_reference_implementation.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://code.google.com/googleapps/domain/sso/saml_reference_implementation.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS attribute for login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061157Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Attribut CAS pour le nom de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to obtain a keytab for each node on each domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut obtenir une table de clefs pour chaque nœud dans chaque domaine.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Javascript protection: set httpOnly flag, to avoid cookie been caught by javascript code</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041623Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protection Javascript : active le drapeau httpOnly pour éviter que le cookie ne soit accessible par code javascript</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example: http://auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183225Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple: http://auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>External user clicks to be redirected to the remote type portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'utilisateur externe clique pour être redirigé vers le second portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy backend to be used in conjunction with another session backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend proxy à utiliser avec un autre backend de sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-doc: contains HTML documentation and project docs (README, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-doc : contient la documentation HTML et celle du projet (README, etc...)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can not start with an empty configuration, so read how to change configuration backend to convert your existing configuration into another one.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On ne peut démarrer avec une configuration vide, il faut donc lire comment changer de backend de configuration pour convertir une configuration existante en une autre.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Accept some specificities:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120101T184409Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autres possibilités :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example to store authentication mode, you can set in Session data to store a new key $_auth with value Authentication mode.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T173048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple pour stocker le mode d'authentification, on peut créer une nouvelle clef dans données de session à stocker nommée $_auth avec comme valeur mode d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The real user identifier is stored in a Memcached server and the protected application can the request the Memcached server to get user identifier.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'identifiant utilisateur réel est stockédans un serveur Memcached et l'application protégée peut requérir le serveur Memcached pour obtenir l'identifiant utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User attribute: session field that with be used as main identifier (sub)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203109Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attribut utilisateur : attribut de session à utiliser comme identifiant principal (sub)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Name of the cookie</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom du cookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>locationRules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063327Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>locationRules</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler: user is redirected if he has no SSO cookie (or in CDA mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080543Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les agents (handlers) : l'utilisateur y est redirigé s'il n'a pas de cookie SSO (ou en mode CDA)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When using this module, LL::NG portal will be called only if Apache does not return “401 Authentication required”, but this is not the Apache behaviour: if the auth module fails, Apache returns 401.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T150416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En utilisant ce module, le portail LL::NG est appelé uniquement si Apache ne retourne pas “401 Authentication required”, aucune bascule n'est donc possible.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So Apache::Session module is not a problem for handlers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ainsi, les modules Apache::Session ne posent pas de problèmes aux agents.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drupal is a CMS written in PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Drupal est un CMS écrit en PHP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Searched attributes: name(s) of the attribute storing the name of the group, spaces separated (default: cn).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20161126T062423Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attributs recherchés : nom(s) de l'attribut stocké dans le nom du groupe, séparés par des espaces (défaut: cn).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;SPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;SPSSODescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Fournisseur d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Configuration, register the client_id and client_secret given by France Connect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191117Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Configuration, enregistrer les client_id et client_secret donnés par France Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[portal]
globalStorage = Apache::Session::File
globalStorageOptions = { 'Directory' =&gt; '/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/', 'LockDirectory' =&gt; '/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock/', }</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T201517Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[portal]
globalStorage = Apache::Session::File
globalStorageOptions = { 'Directory' =&gt; '/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/', 'LockDirectory' =&gt; '/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock/', }</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://portal/index.pl/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://portal/index.pl/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS force authentication renewal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061120Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Forcer le renouvellement d'authentification CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI UserDB connection chain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061512Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Chaîne de connexion UserDB DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See also exported variables configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir aussi la configuration des variables exportées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using LL::NG in reverse proxy mode, you will not have the REMOTE_USER environment variable set.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T194816Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsque LL::NG est utilisé en mode reverse-proxy, la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER n'est pas renseignée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Headers are associations between an header name and a perl expression that returns a string.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les en-têtes sont des associations entre un nom d'en-tête et une expression perl qui retourne une chaîne.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(see ppolicy workflow below)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T170137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(voir le procédé de politique de mots-de-passe ci-dessous)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1f777a6581e478499f4284e54fe2d4a4e513dfff</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1f777a6581e478499f4284e54fe2d4a4e513dfff</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache::Session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140817Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Apache::Session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One user by IP address: 2 users can not open a session with the same IP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un utilisateur par adresse IP : 2 utilisateurs ne peuvent ouvrir de sessions avec la même adresse IP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just set the Auth-User header with the attribute that carries the user login, for example $uid.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Renseigner simplement l'en-tête Auth-User avec l'attribut qui contient le nom de login, par exemple $uid.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AD password policy does not follow the LDAP RFC, but Microsoft has implemented its own policy.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La politique de mots-de-passe AD ne respecte pas les RFC LDAP, mais Microsoft a implementé sa propore politique.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These rules can be set trough Manager: General Parameters &gt; Portal &gt; Menu &gt; Modules activation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134659Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ces règles peuvent être modifiées via le manager : Paramètres généraux &gt; Portail &gt; Menu &gt; Activation des modules.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User password is now available in $_password variable.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071059Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le mot-de-passe utilisateur est désormais disponible dans la variable $_password.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MediaWiki</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074419Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>MediaWiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is mandatory if you want to use an Apache authentication module, which is run by Apache before showing the LemonLDAP::NG portal page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Obligatoire toutefois si on veut utiliser un module d'authentification Apache, qui sont lancés par Apache avant d'afficher la page du portail LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:bugzilla_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:bugzilla_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you choose to use MySQL, read how to increase MySQL performances.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205228Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si MySQL est choisi, lire comment augmenter les performances de MySQL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portal-apache2.conf: Portal virtual host, with SOAP and Issuer end points</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>portal-apache2.conf : hôte virtuel du portail, incluant les points d'accès SOAP et fournisseur d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apacheAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>apacheAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Lutece</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lutece</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG is compatible with the CAS protocol versions 1.0, 2.0 and part of 3.0 (attributes exchange).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200417Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG est compatible avec le protocole CAS versions 1.0, 2.0 et en partie 3.0 (echange d'attributs).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ The configuration cannot be loaded.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112931Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ La configuration ne peut être chargée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Examples for LDAP:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120353Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemples pour LDAP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options du module de stockage des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires to configure LL::NG as an SAML Identity Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci nécessite de configurer LL::NG comme fournisseur d'identité SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secret token: a secret token used to secure transmissions between OpenID client and server (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082650Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Jeton secret : le jeton secret utilisé pour sécuriser les transmissions entre le client et le server OpenID (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052614Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An apache virtual host protected by LemonLDAP::NG Handler must be registered in LemonLDAP::NG configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un hôte virtuel apache protégé par un agent LemonLDAP::NG doit être enregistré dans la configuration LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cache backend options</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Options du module du cache local</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP server can force password change on first connection, and LL::NG portal will display a password change form before opening SSO session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T164902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur LDAP peut imposer le changement de mot-de-passe à la première connexion et le portail LL::NG affichera le formulaire de changement de mot-de-passe avant d'ouvrir la session SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User owns SSO cookies on the main domain (see Login kinematics)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120222T125811Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les utilisateurs possèdent des cookies SSO dans le domaine principal (voir la cinématique de connexion)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Encoded characters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Caractères encodés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step3.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145716Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step3.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure user and password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le nom de compte et le mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSO binding: force binding to use for SSO (http-redirect, http-post, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Méthode SSO : force la méthode à utiliser pour le SSO (http-redirect, http-post, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These options override service signature options (see SAML service configuration).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063024Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces options surchargent les options de signature du service (voir la configuration du service SAML).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Of course, you need to store password in session to fill PHP_AUTH_PW.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bien sûr, il faut stocker le mot-de-passe dans la session pour renseigner PHP_AUTH_PW.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>FastCGI server (Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveur FastCGI (Nginx)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Your module has to be loaded by Apache (for example after Handler load):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112112Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module doit être chargé par Apache (par exemple après le chargement de l'agent) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:limesurvey_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:limesurvey_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some can be mandatory, so if they are not returned by IDP, the session will not open.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220423Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Certains peuvent être obligatoires, et s'ils ne sont pas retournés par l'IDP, la session n'est pas ouverte.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/openidserver/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/openidserver/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MRTG monitoring</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051038Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Supervision MRTG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>node1.example.com: DNS of the first LL::NG portal server (in cluster mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>node1.example.com : DNS du second portail LL::NG (en mode cluster)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can do it either by uploading the file, or get it from SP metadata URL (this require a network link between your server and the SP).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci peut être fait soit en téléchargeant le fichier, soit en l'obtenant par l'URL de métadatas du SP (à condition d'avoir un lien réseau entre le serveur et le SP):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secured cookie: the cookie can only be sent over HTTPS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cookie sécurisé : le cookie peut être envoyé via HTTPS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>*.partner.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>*.partenaire.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KERB_NODE2: AD account to generate the keytab for the second LL::NG server (in cluster mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211724Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KERB_NODE2 : compte AD pour générer la table de clef du second serveur LL::NG (en mode cluster)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enable sites:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T083555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activer les sites :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mandatory: if set to “On”, then this attribute will be sent in authentication response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Obligatoire : si activé, cet attribut sera envoyé dans les réponses d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mini howtos</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mini howtos</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_session_id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084040Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_session_id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiTable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070056Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiTable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Tomcat Valve is only available for tomcat 5.5 or greater.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T185945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La valve Tomcat est uniquement disponible pour les versions 5.5 et supérieures de Tomcat.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>handler-apache2.conf : Handler declaration, reload and sample virtual hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T144438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>handler-apache2.conf : déclaration du handler, rechargement et exemple d'hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>newSession: create a session (return attributes)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172248Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>newSession : crée une session (retourne les attributs)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google does not support logout trough OpenID Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191713Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google ne supporte pas la déconnexion via OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SREG permit the share of 8 attributes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083040Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SREG permet le partage de 8 attributs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User table: where user data are stored (mail, name, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La table utilisateurs : où les données utilisateurs sont stockées (mail, nom, etc.)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>protect the manager by Apache configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T094842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>protéger le manager par configuration d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yubikeyAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064938Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>yubikeyAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Deny from all</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Chain: DBI chain, including database driver name and database name (for example: dbi:mysql:database=lemonldapng;host=localhost).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200714Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaîne : chaîne DBI, contenant le nom de driver et le nom de la base de données (par exemple : dbi:mysql:database=lemonldapng;host=localhost).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IBM Lotus iNotes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>IBM Lotus iNotes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User provisioning (account auto creation at first connection)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112220Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Importation des comptes utilisateurs (auto-création à la première connexion)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register what module was used for authentication, user data, password, …</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083404Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistre les modules utilisés pour l'authentification, les données utilisateurs, les mots-de-passe, …</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Set REMOTE_USER (for FastCGI apps only)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Définir REMOTE_USER (pour les applications FastCGI seulement)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit lemonldap-ng.ini, and activate status in the handler section:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084431Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer lemonldap-ng.ini, et activer le statut dans la section handler :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://packages.debian.org/search?keywords=lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://packages.debian.org/search?keywords=lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This requires Perl CAS module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155606Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci nécessite un module Perl CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobom_phone2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112312Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobom_phone2&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token protected URLs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065808Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>URL protégées du jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(&amp;(mail=$mail)(objectClass=person))</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114426Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(&amp;(mail=$mail)(objectClass=person))</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A “password warning time before password expiration” variable can be specified in LemonLDAP::NG to do so.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111524Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une variable “délai d'avertissement pour mot de passe avant expiration de celui-ci” peut être indiquée dans LemonLDAP::NG pour le faire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>exportedHeaders</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061618Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>exportedHeaders</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail charset: Charset used for the body of the mail (default: utf-8)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150939Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Jeu de caractères du courriel : jeu de caractère utilisé pour le corps du message (défaut : utf-8)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Email::Date::Format</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140959Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Email::Date::Format</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session explorer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Explorateur de sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>unicode2iso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>unicode2iso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171611Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra parameters are the following:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060304Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paramètres Zimbra sont les suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This concerns all parameters for the Service Provider metadata section:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ceci concerne tous les paramètres de la section « fournisseur de service » des metadatas :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Active Directory module is based on the LDAP module, with these features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052733Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le module Active Directory est basé sur le module LDAP, avec ces caractéristiques :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>10.0.0.1:20000 10.0.0.2:20000</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050742Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>10.0.0.1:20000 10.0.0.2:20000</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is also used by SAML SP to fill the authentication level in user session, based on authentication response authentication context.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Il est également utilisé par le SP SAML pour définir le niveau d'authentification dans la session de l'utilisateur en se basant sur la réponse d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>to the sessions storage backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T141847Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>au système de stockage des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>date: creation date (format YYYY-MM-DD)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054249Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>date : date de création (format AAAA-MM-JJ)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For application AAA:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142701Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour l'application AAA :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Simple usage example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181626Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple d'usage simple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>radiusServer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065911Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>radiusServer</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'create_survey' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_ADMIN'] || $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'create_survey' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_ADMIN'] || $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KrbServiceName HTTP/auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053001Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KrbServiceName HTTP/auth.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:mediawiki_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074439Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:mediawiki_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can check that Kerberos is working by trying to get a ticket for a user of the domain (for example coudot):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut vérifier que Kerberos fonctionne en essayant d'obtenir un ticket pour un utilisateur du domaine (par exemple coudot) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Description</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102201Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Description</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use this authentication module to link your LL::NG server to any OpenID Connect Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195504Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser ce module d'authentification pour lier un serveur LL::NG à n'importe quel fournisseur OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Connection password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061343Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Mot-de-passe de connexion DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The important things to check are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les points importants à vérifier sont :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Verify that:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113914Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Verifier que :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalAntiFrame</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063836Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalAntiFrame</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lmConfigEditor</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lmConfigEditor</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access Token Hash generation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201520Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Génération de hash de jeton d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSLCertificateFile: Server certificate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T065936Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SSLCertificateFile : certificat serveur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Memcached</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050654Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Memcached</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For tests with example.com, launch the following :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094359Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les tests avec example.com, lancer ce qui suit :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailSubject</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063359Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailSubject</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Facebook is a famous social network service.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Facebook est un célèbre réseau social.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(?i) means case no sensitive.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(?i) signifie insensible à la casse.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailR</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>mailR</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra application in menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T173711Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Application Zimbra dans le menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Handler build the preauth request and redirect user on Zimbra preauth URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le handler construit la requête de pré-authentification et redirige l'utilisateur sur l'URL de pré-authentification de Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_account_dateexp&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112307Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_account_dateexp&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T110948Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal does not store any data outside the session database, so you can have many portal servers using the same HTTP host name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T200315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail ne stocke aucune donnée en dehors de la base de données des sessions, ainsi on peut avoir plusieurs serveurs utilisant le même nom d'hôte HTTP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>is user required to click on a button, for example in order to perform some script ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>l'utilsiateur doit-il cliquer sur un bouton, par exemple pour déclencher un script ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Installation from the tarball</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T101356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation depuis l'archive</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The digit will not be shown on portal page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le chiffre ne sera pas affiché sur la page portail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_lassoSessionDump</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_lassoSessionDump</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Federation ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'identifiant de fédération</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you use WebID as user database, declare values in exported variables :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T054738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si on utilise WebID comme base de données utilisateurs, déclarer les valeurs dans les variables exportées :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then set the access rule.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203138Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Définir ensuite les règles d'accès.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can write rules matching any component of URL to protect including GET parameters, but be careful.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100236Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut écrire des règles qui examine n'importe quel composant de l'URL à protéger y compris les paramètres GET, mais il faut faire attention.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_handler_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/handler)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_handler_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/handler)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Role Based Access Control (RBAC)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082814Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrôle d'accès basé sur les rôles (RBAC)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID allowed domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063818Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Domaines autorisés pour OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redis server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Serveur Redis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose Null for authentication, users or password module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir Null) pour les modules authentification, utilisateurs et/ou mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, click on SAML service providers and the button New service provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192829Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, cliquer sur fournisseurs de service SAML puis sur le bouton Nouveau fournisseur de service.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See also Debian/Ubuntu installation documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir aussi la documentation d'installation Debian/Ubuntu.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>internal_email_by_netid 1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>internal_email_by_netid 1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'email' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_MAIL'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'email' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_MAIL'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.php.net/array</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.php.net/array</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protect the Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085728Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protéger le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to %_topdir</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100949Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans %_topdir</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in the Manager and set the LDAP session module (Apache::Session::LDAP) in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et mettre le module de session (Apache::Session::LDAP) dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajouter les paramètres suivant (sensible à la casse) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Three options:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Trois options :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:colors.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>icons:colors.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapConfBase</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171810Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapConfBase</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Click on a column header to sort table.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cliquez sur un en-tête de colonne pour trier le tableau.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IP of the user (can be the X Forwarded For IP if trusted proxies are configured)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083815Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>IP de l'utilisateur (peut être celle de l'en-tête X-Forwarded-For si des proxies agréés ont été configurés)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To edit SSO cookie parameters, go in Manager, General Parameters &gt; Cookies:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120424T040459Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour modifier les paramètres du cookie SSO, aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux &gt; Cookies :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation: set to On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082459Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation : mettre à Activé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The SP name is asked, enter it and click OK.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092050Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le nom de SP est demandé, entrer-le et cliquer sur OK.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;AttributeAuthorityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>&lt;AttributeAuthorityDescriptor&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>APACHEUSER: user running Apache</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161537Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>APACHEUSER : utilisateur de fonctionnement d'Apache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Disable all signature flags in Options » Signature, except Sign SSO message which should be to On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194801Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Désactiver toutes les cases dans Options » Signature, excepté Signer les messages SSO qui doit être activée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LimeSurvey virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102129Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel LimeSurvey dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>remotePortal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064038Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>remotePortal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is advised to use separate session backends for standard sessions, SAML sessions and CAS sessions, in order to manage index separately.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est préférable d'utiliser des bases de sessions séparées pour les sessions standard, SAML et CAS afin de gérer séparemment les index.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>New Service Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192613Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nouveau fournisseur de service</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can close the Kerberos session:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213357Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La session Kerberos peut être fermée :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It has enhanced functions to make the daily life for the administrators easier, like a job-tracking-system with mail-notification and methods to build a database with basic information about your network-topology.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190038Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il dispose de functions avancées pour faciliter la vie des administrateurs, telle un détecteur de tâches avec notification par mail et des méthodes pour construire la base de données avec des informations minimales sur la topologie du réseau.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need Net::Facebook::Oauth2 package.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061149Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La paquet Net::Facebook::Oauth2 est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extract and build the module:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160124Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Extraire et compiler le module:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User attribute: which session attribute will be used to display Connected as in the menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075908Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Attribut utilisateur : attribut de session à utiliser pour afficher Connecté en tant que dans le menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can not be used to share sessions between different servers except if you share directories (with NFS,…) or if you use SOAP proxy.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T175618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il ne peut être utilisé pour partager les sessions entre serveurs sauf si les répertoires sont partagés (avec NFS,…) ou en utilisant le proxy SOAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If not, grab a jQuery URL reachable by user (any version over jQuery 1.0 is suitable)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sinon, indiquer une URL jQuery joignable par l'utilisateur (toute version supérieure à 1.0)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can inspect a user session with the sessions explorer (in Manager)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut inspecter une session utilisateur avec l'explorateur de sessions (accessible depuis le manager)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061329Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URL: URL of your society</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>URL: URL de votre organisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then click on New variable and add all data with their values, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cliquer ensuite sur Nouvelle variable et ajouter toutes les noms de champ et leurs valeurs, par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>get user attributes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201420Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>obtenir les attributs utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use the certificate instead of public key in SAML metadata, see SAML service configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T191229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi utiliser le certificat au lieu de la clef publique dans les métadatas SAML, voir configuration du service SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then close the Kerberos session:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212805Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut alors fermer la sessions Kerberos :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cat /etc/lemonldap-ng/for_etc_hosts &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cat /etc/lemonldap-ng/for_etc_hosts &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>off: never display</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135248Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>off : ne jamais afficher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You've simply to insert a notification and connect to the portal using the same UID.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060511Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il suffit d'insérer une notification et de se connecter au portail en utilisant le même UID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The authentication level given to users authenticated with this module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le niveau d'authentification accordé aux utilisateurs authentifiés par ce module.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The value will be used to display the data.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T173110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette valeur sera utilisée pour afficher les données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://xmlns.com/foaf/spec/#sec-crossref</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064022Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://xmlns.com/foaf/spec/#sec-crossref</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Response Location: Access Point for SSO response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Response Location : Point d'accès pour les réponses SSO.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This mode must not be used for other purpose than test and demonstration!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces mode ne doit pas être utilisé pour autre chose que des tests et démonstrations !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This attribute is set by LemonLDAP::NG when password was reset by mail and the user choose to generate the password (default: enabled).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cet attribut est activé par LemonLDAP::NG lorsque le mot-de-passe a été réinitialisé par mail et que l'utilisateur a choisi de générer le mot-de-passe (défaut : activé).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>value</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>valeur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can define how many logins and failed logins will be stored.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172541Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut définir le nombre de connexions et d'échecs à stocker.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create new notifications with notifications explorer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T055344Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Créer de nouvelles notifications avec l'explorateur des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>none: no access control, the server will answer without checking if the user is authorized for the service (this is the default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>none : pas de contrôle d'accès, le serveur répond sans contrôler si l'utilisateur est autorisé à accéder au service (c'est la valeur par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OAuth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/OAuth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With index, LL::NG wil be able to get only wanted sessions from the backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec index, LL::NG ne récupère que les sessions demandées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be used to host the portal or the manager through its FastCGI support and can be used to protect applications using the auth_request module (dialing with a FastCGI authorization server).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T170309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il peut être utilisé pour héberger le portail ou le manager au travers de son support FastCGI et peut être utilisé pour protéger des applications en utilisant le module auth_request (qui dialogue avec un serveur d'autorisations FastCGI).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/login.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053603Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/login.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Adapt it to configure the index you need.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>À adapter pour configurer les index voulus.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Confirmation mail subject: Subject of mail sent when password change is asked (default: [LemonLDAP::NG] Password reset confirmation)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151227Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Sujet du message de confirmation : sujet du courriel envoyé lorsque le changement de mot-de-passe est demandé (défaut: [LemonLDAP::NG] Password reset confirmation)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM is shipped with a LL::NG plugin with these features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112057Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM est livré avec un composant LL::NG apportant les fonctionnalités suivantes :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure your SQL database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100107Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer la base de données SQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use it to build up a database with an inventory for your company (computer, software, printers…).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut construire une base de données contenant un inventaire de l'entreprise (ordinateurs, logiciels, imprimantes,…).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/index/ is an unprotected page to display a SSL test button</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213654Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/index/ est une page non protégée pour afficher un bouton de test SSL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This configuration is usable if you want to expose your internal SSO portal to another network (DMZ).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045510Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette configuration est utilisable l'on soujaite exposer un portail SSO interne à une autre réseau (DMZ).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:zimbra_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T112608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:zimbra_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>useRedirectOnError</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064553Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>useRedirectOnError</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The next time you will access Manager, it will be trough LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203428Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>En retournant vers le manager, ce sera via LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG is compatible with LDAP password policy:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201621Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG est compatible avec la politique de mots-de-passe LDAP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapChangePasswordAsUser</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061709Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapChangePasswordAsUser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mkdir /tmp/MyNamespace/2: Permission denied ...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>mkdir /tmp/MyNamespace/2: Permission denied ...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>basic($uid,$_password)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183009Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>basic($uid,$_password)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>configStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061226Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>configStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration of portal virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de l'hôte virtuel du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can enter a password to protect private key with a password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouvez entrer un mot de passe de protection de la clef privée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T180809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend de configuration LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google Apps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182234Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Google Apps</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/release/Net-Facebook-Oauth2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/release/Net-Facebook-Oauth2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-conf: contains default configuration (DNS domain: example.com)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>lemonldap-ng-conf : contient la configuration par défaut (domaine DNS : example.com)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindDN: DN used to bind LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060902Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindDN : DN utilisé pour se connecter au serveur LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secondary LL::NG structure</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T052148Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Systèe LL::NG secondaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Of course, integration will be full if you use the LDAP directory as users backend for LL::NG and Liferay.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T165116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Bien sûr, l'integration est complète si le serveur LDAP est utilisé comme base de données des utilisateurs dans LL::NG et Liferay.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Body for password mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Corps du message de changement de mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use 0 or 1 to disable/enable the module, or use a more complex rule.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134736Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut utiliser 0 ou 1 pour activer/désactiver chaque module ou utiliser une règle plus complexe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail From address</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Adresse source des messages</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>c:/my hardisk/tomcat/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T110949Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>c:/my hardisk/tomcat/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cross Site Scripting</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Cross Site Scripting</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For databases like PostgreSQL, don't forget to add “Commit” with a value of 1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121018T040042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les bases de données telles PostgreSQL, ne pas oublier d'ajouter “Commit” avec une valeur de 1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>macro and groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082953Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les macro et groupes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout rule: catch OBM logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle logout : intercepter la déconnexion OBM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.lambdaprobe.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.lambdaprobe.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each account will hold the Service Principal Name (SPN) of the LL::NG server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaque compte tiendra le nom principal de service (SPN) du serveur LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Format (optional): SAML attribute format.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060005Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Format (optionnel) : format de l'attribut SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create a redirection script, called login.pl:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T053600Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer un script de redirection, appelé login.pl:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T215943Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cookieExpiration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061227Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>cookieExpiration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extract from the Wikipedia article:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T100043Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Extrait de l'article Wikipedia:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It means that if you modify some settings here, you will have to share again the metadata with other providers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ceci signifie que si vous modifiez quelque chose ici, vous devez ré-exporter les metadatas aux autres fournisseurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-SuperAdmin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102247Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-SuperAdmin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When a user access a Handler without a cookie, he is redirected on portal, and the target URL is encoded in redirection URL (to redirect user after authentication process).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143528Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Lorsqu'un utilisateur accède à un agent sans cookie, il est redirigé vers le portail, et l'URL cible est encodée dans l'URL de redirection (pour rediriger l'utilisateur après authentification).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User database: where collect user information</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Base de données utilisateurs : où collecter les informations utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/config/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055520Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/config/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>First configuration steps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093750Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Premiers pas de configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Next run ant command:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T111053Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer ensuite la commande ant :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The only change in Apache configuration is in the KrbServiceName, it should be set to Any:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214656Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le seul chagement dans la configuration d'Apache est le the KrbServiceName qui doit être mis à Any:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use '*' character.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063944Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser le caractère '*'.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>API secret: API secret from Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Secret d'API: secret d'API donné par Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_3.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073709Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_3.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Memcached servers: addresses of Memcached servers, separated with spaces.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Serveurs Memcached : adresses des serveurs Memcached, separés par des espaces.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This will download the public and the private key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T191034Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci télécharge les clefs publique et privée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, login time and IP address are stored in history, and the error message prompted to the user for failed logins.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, le tampon de date et l'adresse IP sont stockés dans l'historique et le message d'erreur affiché à l'utilisateur en cas d'échec.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Token expiration: time in seconds for token expiration (remove from Memcached server).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T205407Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expiration du jeton : délai en secondes pour l'expiration du jeton (effacement du serveur Memcached).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>and edit /etc/fail2ban/filter.d/lemonldap.conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140136Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>et editer /etc/fail2ban/filter.d/lemonldap.conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>.css: CSS (styles)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074252Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>.css: CSS (styles)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Email</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Email</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access Token Hash verification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195243Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérification de hashage des jetons d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration is in /etc/lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration se trouve dans /etc/lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can set them the same way:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T195406Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut les renseigner par la même voie :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(if it is superior to 1h, then there is a problem.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221531Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(au-dessus d'1h, il y a un problème.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form replay parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203814Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres de rejeu de formulaires</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay can use LL::NG as an SSO provider but you have to manage how users are created:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073832Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liferay peut utiliser LL::NG comme fournisseur SSO mais il faut gérer la création des comptes utilisateurs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The security relies on the symmetric key client_secret.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T174259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La sécurité repose sur la clef symétrique client_secret.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>caFile</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070218Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>caFile</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Keep original request (LLNG server will received /llauth)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143701Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Conserver la requête originale (le serveur LLNG va recevoir /llauth)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Index list</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055931Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste d'index</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IssuerDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091526Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>IssuerDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For full install:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour une installation complète :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout on EndSession end point</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195358Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déconnexion via point d'accès EndSession</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Main parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Paramètres principaux</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can find all suitable information here: http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/docs/3.0.x/reference/preauth.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les informations appropriées se trouvent ici : http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/docs/3.0.x/reference/preauth.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG wiki uses Dokuwiki!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le wiki LemonLDAP::NG est un Dokuwiki !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>URI of the server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URI du serveur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Jquery (javascript framework) is included in tarball and RPMs, but is a dependency on Debian official releases</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T183120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Jquery (framework javascript) est inclus dans l'archive et les RPMs, mais est une dépendance des versions officielles Debian</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalOpenLinkInNewWindow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063841Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalOpenLinkInNewWindow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cross Domain Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045510Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification inter-domaines</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Certificate authorities directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070230Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Répertoire des autorités de certification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Template parameters are defined in source code.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075426Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Des paramètres modèles sont définis dans le code source.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for notification insertion (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour insérer des notifications (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Debian/Ubuntu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Debian/Ubuntu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/index.pl/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T201116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/index.pl/sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>YUM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141140Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>YUM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restart Apache to purge it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113216Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redémarrer Apache pour le purger.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/sessions/lock</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use authpwd server name for this virtual host:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213822Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser le nom de serveur authpwd pour cet hôte virtuel :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG implements partially the policy:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060749Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG implémente partiellement cette politique :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>port</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063836Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>port</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#!/usr/bin/perl
use Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI qw(fastcgi);
use Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf;
# ...
LMAUTH: while ( my $portal = Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf-&gt;new({}) ) {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#!/usr/bin/perl
use Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI qw(fastcgi);
use Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf;
# ...
LMAUTH: while ( my $portal = Lemonldap::NG::Portal::SharedConf-&gt;new({}) ) {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See SAML security parameters to know how generate a certificate from you SAML private key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165337Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir les paramètres de sécurité SAML pour générer un certificat avec une clef privée SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::Bignum</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140850Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Crypt::OpenSSL::Bignum</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add a floating menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155743Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter un menu flottant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:jabber_protocol.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083021Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>icons:jabber_protocol.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User table: user table name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200837Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Table utilisateurs : nom de la table utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>IDP resolution cookie name: by default, it's the LL::NG cookie name suffixed by idp, for example: lemonldapidp.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom du cookie de résolution de l'IDP: par défaut, c'est le nom du cookie LL::NG auquel est adjoint idp, par exemple: lemonldapidp.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Anti frame protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Protection anti-frame</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI connection string</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070031Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Chaîne de connexion DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity Provider Login URL: the user/password SAML portal location on the IdP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223557Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identity Provider Login URL : l'emplacement du portail utilisateur/mot-de-passe SAML dans l'IdP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application menu: display authorized applications in categories</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073012Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Menu des applications : affiche les applications autorisées dans les catégories</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure LemonLDAP::NG to use SOAP proxy mechanism</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T170807Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer LemonLDAP::NG pour utiliser le mécanisme mandataire SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_password&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_USERPASSWORD&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_password&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_USERPASSWORD&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This script must be run as root, it will then use the Apache user and group to access configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce script doit être lancé par root, il utilisera ensuite le compte et le groupe d'Apache pour accéder à la configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To change it:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120410T042433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour le changer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;debug_level&quot; =&gt; &quot;NONE&quot;,
// &quot;debug_header_name&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_UID&quot;,
// &quot;group_header_name&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GROUPS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112257Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;debug_level&quot; =&gt; &quot;NONE&quot;,
// &quot;debug_header_name&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_UID&quot;,
// &quot;group_header_name&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_GROUPS&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install the module:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer le module :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Package GPG signature</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095748Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Signature GPG des paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-sep: separator of hierarchical values (by default: /).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080150Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-sep : séparateur des valeurs hiérarchiques (par défaut: /).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># 1) URI management</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080534Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># 1) Gestion de l'URI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>in HTTP headers, you need Auth-User ($mail) and Auth-Pw ($_password).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220750Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans les en-têtes HTTP, ajouter Auth-User ($mail) and Auth-Pw ($_password).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also get groups in $hGroups which is a Hash Reference of this form:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161606Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également définir des groupes dans $hGroups qui est une référence à une table de hashage de la forme :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Control header content: value to control.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contenu de l'en-tête de contrôle : valeur à contrôler.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Check JWT signature: Set to 0 to disable JWT signature checking</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203125Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérifier la signature JWT : mettre à 0 pour désactiver la signature JWT</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no value, the default NameID format is Email.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092619Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si aucune valeur n'est indiquée, le format de NameID par défaut est Email.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Export sAMAccountName in a variable declared in exported variables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T095640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exporter sAMAccountName dans la liste des variables exportées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Don't forget to create an index on the field used to find users (uid by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>N'oubliez pas de créer un index sur le champ utilisé pour trouver les utilisateurs (uid par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>General Parameters: Authentication modules, portal, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres généraux : modules d'authentification, portail, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS PGT temporary file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061027Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fichier temporaire PGT de CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Path: keep ^/oauth2/ unless you need to use another path (in this case, you need to adapt Apache configuration)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201802Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Path : conserver ^/oauth2/ sauf s'il faut un autre chemin (dans ce cas, adapter la configuration Apache)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since 1.1.0, a notification explorer is available in Manager, and notifications can be done for all users, with the possibility to display conditions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052100Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Depuis la version 1.1.0, un explorateur de notifications est disponible dans le manager, et les notifications peuvent être faites pour tous les utilisateurs, avec possibilité d'affichage conditionnel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default rule: who can access to the application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle default : qui peut accéder à l'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Any SAML Service Provider, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tout fournisseur de service SAML, par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>XML file is no more accepted.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les fichiers XML ne sont plus acceptés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User has no access authorization: FORBIDDEN (403)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144042Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur ne dispose pas de droits d'accès : FORBIDDEN (403)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choice URL parameter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Paramètre d'URL pour &quot;Choice&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The path to the main directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192004Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le chemin du répertoire principal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is not the case of Memcached for example.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>C'est par exemple le cas de Memcached.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://manager.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://manager.example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change default DNS domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093805Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer le domaine DNS par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># rule
admin -&gt; $admin ||= ($uid eq 'foo' or $uid eq 'bar')
# header
Display-Name -&gt; $displayName ||= $givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg># règle
admin -&gt; $admin ||= ($uid eq 'foo' or $uid eq 'bar')
# en-tête
Display-Name -&gt; $displayName ||= $givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for LimeSurvey.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour LimeSurvey.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HTTP Basic Authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T100013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification basique HTTP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For MySQL, you need to set additional parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour MySQL, il faut ajouter quelques paramètres :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The “default” rule is only applied if no other rule match</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La règle “default” n'est appliquée que si aucune autre règle ne correspond</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prerequisites</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pré-requis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>number</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>numero</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://deb.entrouvert.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://deb.entrouvert.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI UserDB connection password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061530Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Mot-de-passe de connexion UserDB DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS force gateway authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060958Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Forcer l'authentification de passerelle CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># IF LUA IS SUPPORTED</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082433Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># SI LUA EST SUPPORTÉ</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Value: application logout URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200414Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Valeur : URL de déconnexion de l'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064351Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteRule ^/saml/.* /index.pl</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lemonldap-ng-cli help</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>/usr/share/lemonldap-ng/bin/lemonldap-ng-cli help</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache authentication module will set the REMOTE_USER environment variable, which will be used by LL::NG to get authenticated user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154026Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les modules d'authentification Apache renseignent la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER, qui sera utilisée par LL::NG pour obtenir le nom d'utilisateur authentifié.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since version 1.90 of Apache::Session, you can use Apache::Session::MySQL::NoLock instead</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis la version 1.90 d'Apache::Session, on peut utiliser Apache::Session::MySQL::NoLock à la place</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Web::ID::Certificate::Generator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Web::ID::Certificate::Generator</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in Radius parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120533Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres Radius:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration interface access is not protected by Apache but by LemonLDAP::NG itself (see lemonldap-ng.ini).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'accès à l'interface de configuration n'est pas protégée par Apache mais par LemonLDAP::NG lui-même (voir lemonldap-ng.ini) :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can for example use RC4-HMAC-NT as crypto protocol if DES is not supported by workstations (this the case by default for Window 8 for example).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut par exemple utiliser RC4-HMAC-NT comme protocole de chiffrement si DES n'est pas supporté par les stations de travail (c'est le cas par défaut sur Window 8 par exemple).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T080724Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Menu du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Uncomment this if status is enabled</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Décommenter ceci si le module de statut est activé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application Programming Interface</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Interface de programmation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;bean id=&quot;LemonLDAPNGFilter&quot; class=
&quot;org.springframework.security.web.authentication.preauth.header.RequestHeaderPreAuthenticatedProcessingFilter&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;bean id=&quot;LemonLDAPNGFilter&quot; class=
&quot;org.springframework.security.web.authentication.preauth.header.RequestHeaderPreAuthenticatedProcessingFilter&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_manager_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/manager)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_manager_site (/usr/local/lemonldap-ng/htdocs/manager)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can delegate authentication to a CAS server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155512Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut déléguer l'authentification à un serveur CAS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Client ID: Client ID given by OP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identifiant client : identifiant client donné par l'OP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Before installing the packages, install all dependencies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avant d'installer les paquets, installer toutes les dépendances.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://vhost.example.com/appli1</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134833Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://vhost.example.com/appli1</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/property&gt;
&lt;/bean&gt;
 
&lt;security:authentication-manager alias=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080220Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/property&gt;
&lt;/bean&gt;
 
&lt;security:authentication-manager alias=&quot;authenticationManager&quot; /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Disabling Safe jail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203937Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Désactiver la cage sécurisée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This parameter is used by SAML IDP to fill the NameID in authentication responses.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ce paramètre est utilisé par l'IdP SAML pour construire le NameID dans les réponses d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://vhost.example.com/appli2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T134835Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://vhost.example.com/appli2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Full name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom complet</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The result of the command should be:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le résultat de la commande doit être :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter application secret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064530Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Secret d'application Twitter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204636Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>######################################################################
# Multi Router Traffic Grapher -- Sample Configuration File
######################################################################
# This file is for use with mrtg-2.5.4c
 
# Global configuration
WorkDir: /var/www/mrtg
WriteExpires: Yes
 
Title[^]: Traffic Analysis for
 
# 128K leased line
# ----------------
#Title[leased]: a 128K leased line
#PageTop[leased]: Our 128K link to the outside world
#Target[leased]: 1:public@router.localnet
#MaxBytes[leased]: 16000
Target[test.example.com]: `/etc/mrtg/lmng-mrtg 172.16.1.2 https://test.example.com/status OK OK`
Options[test.example.com]: nopercent, growright, nobanner, perminute
PageTop[test.example.com]: Requests OK from test.example.com
MaxBytes[test.example.com]: 1000000
YLegend[test.example.com]: hits/minute
ShortLegend[test.example.com]: &amp;nbsp; hits/mn
LegendO[test.example.com]: Hits:
LegendI[test.example.com]: Hits:
Legend2[test.example.com]: Hits per minute
Legend4[test.example.com]: Hits max per minute
Title[test.example.com]: Hits per minute
WithPeak[test.example.com]: wmy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051220Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>######################################################################
# Multi Router Traffic Grapher -- Sample Configuration File
######################################################################
# This file is for use with mrtg-2.5.4c
 
# Global configuration
WorkDir: /var/www/mrtg
WriteExpires: Yes
 
Title[^]: Traffic Analysis for
 
# 128K leased line
# ----------------
#Title[leased]: a 128K leased line
#PageTop[leased]: Our 128K link to the outside world
#Target[leased]: 1:public@router.localnet
#MaxBytes[leased]: 16000
Target[test.example.com]: `/etc/mrtg/lmng-mrtg 172.16.1.2 https://test.example.com/status OK OK`
Options[test.example.com]: nopercent, growright, nobanner, perminute
PageTop[test.example.com]: Requests OK from test.example.com
MaxBytes[test.example.com]: 1000000
YLegend[test.example.com]: hits/minute
ShortLegend[test.example.com]: &amp;nbsp; hits/mn
LegendO[test.example.com]: Hits:
LegendI[test.example.com]: Hits:
Legend2[test.example.com]: Hits per minute
Legend4[test.example.com]: Hits max per minute
Title[test.example.com]: Hits per minute
WithPeak[test.example.com]: wmy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SREG mapping: link between SREG attributes and session keys (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Associations SREG : liens entre les attributs SREG et les clefs de session (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/package.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T111854Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/package.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the context of an HTTP transaction, the basic access authentication is a method designed to allow a web browser, or other client program, to provide credentials – in the form of a user name and password – when making a request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le contexte d'une transaction HTTP, l'authentification basique est une méthode qui permet au navigateur ou un autre programme client de fournir des éléments d'authentification – sous la forme d'un nom et d'un mot de passe – à chaque requête.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_delegation_target&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112307Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_delegation_target&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication table: where login and password are stored</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195045Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La table d'authentification : où les logins and et mots-de-passe sont stockés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://www.djangoproject.com/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182527Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://www.djangoproject.com/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connectors</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153639Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Connecteurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For CentOS/RHEL, We advice to disable the default SSL virtual host configured in /etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour CentOS/RHEL, il est recommandé de désactiver l'hôte virtuel SSL par défaut configuré dans /etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>American Standard Code for Information Interchange</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T111758Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>American Standard Code for Information Interchange</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Convert existing configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T113722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Convertir la configuration existante</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure the user identifier in access log, go in Manager, General Parameters &gt; Logging &gt; REMOTE_USER.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T201237Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour configurer l'identifiant utilisateur dans les journaux d'accès, aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux &gt; Journalisation &gt; REMOTE_USER.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notificationStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063706Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notificationStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Null</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120121T080232Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Null</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Uncomment this to activate status module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084131Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Uncomment this to activate status module</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secret token: used to check integrity of OpenID response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Secret token : utilisé pour vérifier l'integrité des réponses OpenID.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>FastCGI server has few parameters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163540Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur FastCGI a peu de paramètres.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LimeSurvey virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165623Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel LimeSurvey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restart Apache and try to log on Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203622Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redémarrer Apache et tenter de se connecter au manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Without index, LL::NG will have to retrieve all sessions stored in backend and parse them to find the needed sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055040Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sans index, LL::NG doit récupérer toutes les sessions stockées dans le backend et les examiner pour trouver les sessions demandées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Known supported applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181739Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Applications connues pour être supportées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step5.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145906Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step5.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User Provisioning Enabled: should create automatically the user in Salesforce (not functionnal right now)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223953Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>User Provisioning Enabled : création automatique des utilisateurs dans Salesforce (pas fonctionnel à l'heure actuelle)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logout rule (for example logout_app_sso)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T102404Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle de déconnexion (par exemple logout_app_sso)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notifications system</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051649Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Systèmes de notification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then use this default SSL configuration, for example in the head of /etc/lemonldap-ng/portal-apache2.conf:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212925Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est possible d'utiliser cette configuration SSL par défaut, par exemple en tête de /etc/lemonldap-ng/portal-apache2.conf :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>get groups where user is registered</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>obtenir les groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access rules: check user's right on URL patterns</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073559Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Des règles d'accès : examine les droits de l'utilisateur via des expressions sur les URL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remember to change the access rule in Manager virtual host to allow new administrators.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ne pas oublier de changer la règle d'accès à l'hôte virtuel du manager pour autoriser les nouveaux administrateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For the certificate, you can build it from the signing private key registered in Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour le certificate, vous pouvez le construire en signant la clef privée enregistrée dans le Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Optional parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055941Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres optionnels</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;role rolename=&quot;role1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190304Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;role rolename=&quot;role1&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then configure the options like in LDAP session backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055744Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer ensuite les options comme dans le backend de sessions LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Safe jail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203706Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cage sécurisée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The AuthDemo and UserDBDemo will allow you to log in and get the standard attributes (uid, cn and mail).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115404Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>AuthDemo et UserDBDemo permettent de se connecter et d'avoir les attributs standards (uid, cn et mail).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ Check grantSessionRule parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114301Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Vérifier le paramètre grantSessionRule.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, user will be redirected on portal if no URL defined, or on the specified URL if any.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060656Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, l'utilisateur est redirigé vers le portail si aucune URL n'est définie ou vers l'URL indiquée sinon.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Security parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Paramètres de sécurité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can be done via direct access to the session database or using SOAP access.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce peut être fait par accès direct à la base des sessions principale ou en utilisant une requête SOAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Hello &lt;TMPL_VAR NAME=&quot;myparam&quot;&gt;!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075551Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Hello &lt;TMPL_VAR NAME=&quot;myparam&quot;&gt;!</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Client secret: Client secret for this RP (can be use for symmetric signature)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202954Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe : secret partagé avec ce RP (peut être utilisé pour la signature symétrique)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Obtain keytab file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212825Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Obtenir un fichier table de clef</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Skin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074043Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>thème</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AD password policy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060618Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Politique de mots-de-passe AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery form selector: #loginForm (if you let this parameter empty, browser will fill and submit any html form)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sélecteur de formulaire jQuery : #loginForm (si vide, le navigateur prendra un formulaire de la page)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, go in General Parameters &gt; Authentication modules and choose LDAP for authentication, users and/or password modules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T164919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules d'authentification et choisir LDAP) pour les modules authentification, utilisateurs et/ou mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Single Logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Single Logout (SLO)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is mandatory that LL::NG servers and AD servers have the same time.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211820Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est impératif que les serveurs LL::NG et AD soient à la même heure.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Uncomment this line if you use Lemonldap::NG menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Décommenter cette ligne si le menu Lemonldap::NG est utilisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration can be stored in several formats (SQL, File, LDAP) but must be shared over the network if you use more than 1 server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration peut être stockée sous plusieurs formats (SQL, File, LDAP) mais doit être partégée via le réseau si on utilise plus d'un serveur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should now use the Manager to configure all applications and categories, and then comment or remove the applicationList parameter from /etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094257Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est désormais possible d'utiliser le manager pour configurer toutes les applications et catégories, ensuite commenter ou supprimer le paramètre applicationList de /etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Friendly Name: optional, SAML attribute friendly name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T055942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom alternatif: optionnel, nom alternatif de l'attribut SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># needed): choose your URL to avoid restarting Apache when</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># est nécessaire): choisir une URL pour éviter d'avoir à redémarrer Apache lorsque</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication table</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Table d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose for example http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso as SSO URL and set it in application menu.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T174032Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choisir par exemple http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso comme URL SSO et insérer la dans le menu application.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[manager]
protection = manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203450Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>[manager]
protection = manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>adminSessions/: read/write access to sessions (required for distant Portal, distant Manager or distant Handlers which modify sessions)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121018T040155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>adminSessions/ : accès en lecture/écriture aux sessions (nécessaire pour les portails ou manager distants ou les handlers distants qui modifient les sessions)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Signed Authentication Request: set to On to always sign authentication request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Requête d'authentification signée : mettre à « activé » pour toujours signer les requêtes d'authentifications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If so, you can redirect users to a HTML page that explain that it is safe to close browser after disconnect.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, il faut rediriger les utilisateurs vers une page HTML qui explique qu'il est préférable de clore son navigateur après déconnexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy cookie name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063948Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom du cookie du proxy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>NTLM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>NTLM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ant</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191507Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldap://localhost</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldap://localhost</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$givenName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172101Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$givenName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200656Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Journaux</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Central Authentication Service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Central Authentication Service</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML service configuration is a common step to configure LL::NG as SAML SP or SAML IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>La configuration du service SAML est une étape commune pour configurer LL::NG comme fournisseur de service SAML (SP) ou fournisseur d'identité SAML (IDP).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112933Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force port in redirection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Force le port dans les redirections</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>trustedDomains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064451Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>trustedDomains</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># OpenID Connect Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Proxy LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See OpenIDConnect service configuration chapter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître de configuration du service OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drupal virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165424Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Drupal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So the above example can also be written like this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113428Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi l'exemple ci-dessous peut être écrit simplement :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JWT signature verification</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Vérification de signature JWT</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case you will have two Apache configuration files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T195141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas 2 fichiers de configuration Apache doivent être renseignés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Feature</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T113718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctionnalité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Datas related to SAML protocol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donnée relative au protocole SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Deny access to /config/ directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055520Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Interdire l'accès au répertoire /config/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Subject for confirmation mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Sujet du message de confirmation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KrbAuthRealms EXAMPLE.COM</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155342Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KrbAuthRealms EXAMPLE.COM</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Auth-User: $uid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114201Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Auth-User: $uid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add an Apache access control to avoid other access.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050248Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Ajouter un contrôle d'accès Apache pour éviter les autres accès.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function builds the Authorization HTTP header used in HTTP Basic authentication scheme.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162520Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction contruit l'en-tête HTTP Authorization utiisée dans le schéma d'authentification basique HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some-Thing</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061201Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Some-Thing</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG provides these packages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093114Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG fournit ces paquets :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Spring Security (ACEGI)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T174259Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sécurité Spring (ACEGI)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Redis</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Redis</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135202Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Affichage :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This module is a LL::NG specific identity federation protocol.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce module fournit un protocole de fédération d'identité spécifique à LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This page presents the SP initiated mode.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette page présente le mode initié par le SP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-&gt;uri('urn:Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI::SOAPService')</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060412Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>-&gt;uri('urn:Lemonldap::NG::Common::CGI::SOAPService')</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>yum install lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095856Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>yum install lemonldap-ng</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use different user/password for your servers by overriding parameters globalStorage and globalStorageOptions in lemonldap-ng.ini file.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072613Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser différent login/mot-de-passe pour les serveurs en surchargeant les paramètres globalStorage et globalStorageOptions dans le fichier lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Spring Security provides a default pre-authentication mechanism that can be used to connect your J2EE application to LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T075944Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Spring Security fournit un mécansime de pre-authentification par défaut qui peut être utilisé pour connecter une application J2EE à LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DataSource</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072232Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DataSource</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_company&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_O&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112314Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_company&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_O&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>+10y: ten years from session creation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>+10y : dix ans après la création de la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Hosted application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155539Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Application hébergée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Please always try to find another solution to protect your application with LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est en général préférable de trouver une autre solution pour protéger les applications avec LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is the entry point of our login cinematic.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est le point d'entrée de la cinématique de connexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Status module activation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064415Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Activation du module de statut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Apache Tomcat</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Apache Tomcat</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token allow requests in error</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065402Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le jeton sécurisé autorise les requêtes en cas d'erreur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration is build around Apache or Nginx virtual hosts.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T142859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration de LemonLDAP::NG est construite autour des hôtes virtuels Apache ou Nginx.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CSOD control panel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Panneau de configuration CSOD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All other elements will be removed including HTML elements like &lt;b&gt;.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054934Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Tous les autres éléments seront supprimés y compris les balises HTML telles &lt;b&gt;.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Build your packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Construire les paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>in the value field, set the field name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061820Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>dans le champ valeur, mettre le nom du champ.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114430Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Groupes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ The specified virtual host was not configured in Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113055Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ L'hôte virtuel utilisé n'est pas configuré dans le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, to forward login ($uid) and password ($_password if password is stored in session):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113257Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, pour exporter l'identifiant ($uid) et le mot-de-passe ($_password si le mot-de-passe est stocké dans la session):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For now, the authentication service parameter has no domain available.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour l'instant, le paramètre du service d'authentification ne dispose pas d'un domaine disponible.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>MediaWiki virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T075017Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Mediawiki dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using this, we can do a very simple interoperability system between 2 organizations using two LL::NG structures:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T200318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En utilisant ce système, on peut avoir une simple interopérabilité entre 2 organisations utilisant chacune leur système LL::NG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It should be the same value as the organization domain url, displayed on the previous section</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224146Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce devrait être la même valeur que l'URL du domaine indiqué dans la section précédente</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SMTP / Reset password by mail</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140957Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>SMTP / réinitialisation de mot-de-passe par courriel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mediawiki</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mediawiki</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>casAttr</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061158Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>casAttr</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to change it to match your admin user (or use other conditions like group membership, or any other rule based on a session variable).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203325Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il faut la changer pour correspondre au nouvel administrateur (ou utiliser une autre conditions telle l'appartenance aux groupes ou tout autre règle basée sur des variables de session).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache2::URI#unescape_url</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134307Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache2::URI#unescape_url</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>names and values of the fields you want to control</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172647Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>noms and valeurs des champs à contrôler</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Gateways authentication: force transparent authentication on CAS server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160523Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification des passerelles : force l'authentification transparente sur le serveur CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The secondary portal is declared in the Manager of the main LL::NG structure (else user will be rejected).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T045650Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le portail secondaire est declaré dans le Manager du système LL::NG principal comme une application (sinon les utilisateurs seront rejetés).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Validation of the session: external user has now a local session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045550Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Validation de la session : l'utilisateur externe dispose ainsi d'un session locale</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access rule</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203749Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règle d'accès</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>1_admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095851Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>1_admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>decreased (-1) if the portal autocompletion is allowed (see portal customization)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200316Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>diminué (-1) si l'autocompletion est autorisée sur le portail (voir Personnalisation du portail)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>match with the correct values.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T221822Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>correspondent aux bonnes valeurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Module d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need Web::ID package.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063706Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le paquet Web::ID est nécessaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthPasswordCol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061356Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthPasswordCol</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'manage_label' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN']
);</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'manage_label' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN']
);</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_photo_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_photo_id&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG will operate some SQL queries:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T134959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG exécutera quelques requêtes SQL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://memcached.org/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050301Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://memcached.org/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change mydomain.org (in AssertionConsumerService markup, parameter Location) into your Google Apps domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194935Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer mydomain.org (dans AssertionConsumerService markup, parameter Location) en votre domaine Google Apps.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is also true for:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est disponible pour :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, if these rules are used without comments:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095703Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, si ces règles sont utilisées sans commentaires :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To register LL::NG, you will need to give some information like application name or logo.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour enregistrer LL::NG, il faut renseigner quelques informations telles le nom d'application ou le logo.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some applications need the REMOTE_USER environment variable to get the connected user, which is not set in reverse-proxy mode.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073220Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Certaines applications ont besoin de la variable d'environnement REMOTE_USER pour connaître le nom d'utilisateur connecté, qui n'est pas renseignée en mode reverse-proxy.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;security:custom-authentication-provider /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080212Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;security:custom-authentication-provider /&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Binding</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063330Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Méthode</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML identity providers: Registered IDP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143357Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fournisseurs d'identité SAML : IDP enregistrés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some applications using it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153717Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Quelques applications l'utilisant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T042012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://lasso.entrouvert.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must also install the EPEL repository for non-core dependencies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205914Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut également installer le dépôt EPEL pour les dépendances ne faisant pas partie du core.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Facebook application secret: the corresponding secret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Secret de l'application Facebook : le secret correspondant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As this may be a security hole, password store in session is not activated by default</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070823Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Comme ce peut être un trou de sécurité, ce stockage en session n'est pas activé par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to restrict access to Alfresco to LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184000Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut restreindre l'accès à Alfresco à LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sessionNotOnOrAfter duration: Time in seconds, added to authentication time, to define sessionNotOnOrAfter value in SAML response (&lt;AuthnStatement&gt;):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T205003Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée sessionNotOnOrAfter : durée en secondes, ajoutée à la durée d'authentification, pour définir la valeur sessionNotOnOrAfter dans les réponses SAML (&lt;AuthnStatement&gt;):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exported variables</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Variables exportées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiPassword: DBI password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053404Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiPassword : mot-de-passe DBI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Access control possible by creating one user for Manager (write) and another for portal and handlers (read)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T041549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrôle d'accès possible en créant un compte pour le manager (écriture) et un autre pour le portail et les agents (lecture)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for sessions management (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081700Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour la gestion des sessions (désactivée par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Yubikey public ID size</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064924Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Taille de l'ID public Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120501Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>nom</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_datebegin&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_DATEBEGIN&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112306Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_datebegin&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_DATEBEGIN&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This works with every LDAP v2 or v3 server, including Active Directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T163942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci fonctionne avec tout serveur LDAP v2 ou v3, dont Active Directory.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>grantSessionRule</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061621Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>grantSessionRule</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:1.0:fileconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:1.0:fileconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Content Management System</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061422Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Système de gestion de contenu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the user do a new password reset request but there is already a request pending, the user can ask the confirmation mail to be resent.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T150225Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si l'utilisateur effectue une nouvelle demande de réinitialisation mais qu'une requête est déjà en attente, il peut demander une ré-expédition du courriel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Options +ExecCGI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID Connect Providers: Registered OP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075655Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fournisseurs OpenID-Connect : OP enregistrés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example of a protected virtual host with LemonLDAP::NG as reverse proxy:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple d'hôte virtuel protégé avec Lemonldap::NG en proxy-inverse :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Tests</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tests</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Add auth.example.com/manager.example.com/test1.example.com/test2.example.com to /etc/hosts on the host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter auth.example.com/manager.example.com/test1.example.com/test2.example.com dans /etc/hosts de la machine hôte</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>notificationWildcard</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063738Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>notificationWildcard</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/index.php\?logout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060321Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/index.php\?logout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>samlStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064040Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>samlStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Set manually your headers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082453Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Définir manuellement les en-têtes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install Apache::Session::Redis Perl module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061644Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installez le module Perl Apache::Session::Redis.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DESTDIR: only for packaging, install the product in a jailroot (default: “”)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DESTDIR : seulement pour la création de paquets, installe le produit dans une cage (default: “”)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ Local cache cannot be cleard, check the localStorage and localStorageOptions or file permissions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Le cache local ne peut être effacé, regarder les options localStorage and localStorageOptions ou les droits associés à ces fichiers</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'htmleditormode' =&gt; 'inline',</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'htmleditormode' =&gt; 'inline',</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choice modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Modules de &quot;Choice&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can check the validity of the keytab file by trying to request a service ticket, and compare the result with the keytab content.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut vérifier la validité du fichier table de clefs en essayant de demander un ticket de service, et en le comparant au contenu de la table de clefs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Required attributes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054218Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Attibuts requis :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(support from Windows Server 2003) It is too late for the user to do anything.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T111056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(support depuis la version Windows Server 2003) Il est trop tard pour l'utilisateur pour faire quoi que ce soit.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Perl libraries install :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer les librairies Perl :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Header for user login: header that contains the user main login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T161024Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En-tête identifiant l'utilisateur : en-tête contenant le nom de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User choice done if authentication choice was used</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T123120Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choix de l'utilisateur si le backend d'authentification Choice a été utilisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg></seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg></seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>File session backend is the more simple session database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T185411Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend de sessions File est la plus simple des bases de données.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071646Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Any OpenID consumer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>N'importe quel client OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Get the tarball from download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120307T122213Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Récupérer l'archive depuis la page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(o/n) n</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204900Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(o/n) n</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Manage virtual hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Gérer les hôtes virtuels</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_utime</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_utime</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Can be used to secure another backend for remote servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T081836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Peut être utilisé pour sécuriser un autre backend pour des serveurs distants.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can modify location of default storage configuration file in configure target:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut modifier l'emplacement du fichier de configuration du stockage par défaut dans la cible configure :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, only the configured authentication backend is available for users.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T184529Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, seul le backend configuré est accessible aux utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG cluster linked to one AD domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211038Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un cluster LL::NG lié à un seul domaine AD</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification activation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Activation des notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>twitterAppName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064500Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>twitterAppName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Under heavy loads, that can generated hundred of DNS queries and many errors on LDAP connexions (timed out) from IO::Socket.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062412Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sous forte charge, ça peut générer des centaines de requêtes DNS et des erreurs sur les connexions LDAP (timed out).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>manager: parameters only for Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>manager : paramètres réservés au manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Issuer module (can be multivalued)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083436Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module fournisseur (peut-être multivalué)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It can works with external modules to extends its functionalities.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061532Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il peut utiliser des modules externes pour étendre ses fonctionnalités.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://blog.zimbra.com/blog/archives/2010/06/using-saml-assertions-to-access-zimbra.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://blog.zimbra.com/blog/archives/2010/06/using-saml-assertions-to-access-zimbra.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Timestamp of last authentication time</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084438Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date et heure (timestamp) de la dernière authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Define here:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194537Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Definir ici :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute Authority</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Autorité d'attributs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Build the tarball from SVN</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160327Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Construire l'archive depuis SVN</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The difference with remote authentication is that the client will never be redirect to the main LL::NG portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120215T045418Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La différence avec l'authentification &quot;Remote&quot; est que le client n'est jamais redirigé vers le portail LL::NG principal.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Account type: for Zimbra this can be name, id or foreignKey (by default: id)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Type de compte : pour Zimbra, ce peut être name, id ou foreignKey (par défaut : id)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register partner Service Provider on LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091930Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer le fournisseur de service dans LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JWKS data timeout: After this time, LL::NG will do a request to get a fresh version of JWKS data.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202329Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Durée de vie de la donnée JWKS : au delà de ce délai, LL::NG effectuera une requête pour rafraîchir la donnée JWKS.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.zimbra.com/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T112611Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.zimbra.com/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See How to change configuration backend to known how to change this.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir Comment changer le backend de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Login</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112932Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>login</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The redirection script is needed if you use a failaback authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214109Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le script de redirection est nécessaire si l'authentification de secours est utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The database password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le mot de passe de la base de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Preauthentication key: the one you grab from zmprov command</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef de pré-authentification key : celle récupérée de la commande zmprov</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;auto_update&quot; =&gt; true,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;auto_update&quot; =&gt; true,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sympa is a mailing list manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sympa est un gestionnaire de listes de diffusion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-cfgNum: the configuration number.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080215Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-cfgNum : le numéro de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drupal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Drupal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then, go in OpenID parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ensuite, aller dans les paramètres OpenID :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;tomcat&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;tomcat&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;user username=&quot;tomcat&quot; password=&quot;tomcat&quot; roles=&quot;tomcat&quot;/&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change password: update password column in authentication table matching user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changement de mot-de-passe : met à jour le champ mot-de-passe de la table d'authentification correspondant à l'utilisateur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>xguimard@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195444Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>xguimard@example.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create table:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204917Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer la table:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token header</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065444Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>En-tête du jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072044Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Apache::Session::Browseable::MySQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064859Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration de LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LockDirectory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T192006Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LockDirectory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Headers sent</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>En-têtes envoyés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapServer: LDAP URI of the server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060848Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapServer: URI LDAP du serveur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>),</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112335Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>),</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>casStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061221Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>casStorageOptions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML settings</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222247Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So a simple user can have admin rights on the LDAP directory if your access rules are too lazy.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi un simple utilisateur aura un accès administrateur au serveur LDAP si votre règle d'accès est trop permisive.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Recursive: activate recursive group functionality (default: 0).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114903Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Récursivité : active la fonctionnalité récursive (défaut: 0).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation: set to On.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T053918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation : mettre à Activé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(default is not to cipher)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(aucun par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Next create the configuration branch where you want.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer ensuite la branche des configurations n'importe où.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then you need to construct the Ajax page, for example in /index/bouton.html.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T213845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut ensuite construire la page Ajax, par exemple dans /index/bouton.html.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:googleapps_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182235Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:googleapps_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then go in Options to define:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T054249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller ensuite dans Options pour définir :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication choice will also be registered in session:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185101Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le choix d'authentication est également enregistré dans la session :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>make dist</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>make dist</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_hidden&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112309Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_hidden&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One notification XML document can contain several notifications messages.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un document XML de notification peut contenir plusieurs messages de notification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use SOAP for Lemonldap::NG configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser SOAP pour la configuration Lemonldap::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logo: Logo of the application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Logo : logo de l'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>KVNO must be the same</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213611Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>KVNO doit être identique</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># configuration change</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081220Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># la configuration change</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will need to collect all attributes needed to create a user in OBM, this includes:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112853Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut collecter tous les attributs nécessaires pour créer un compte OBM :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>WebID whitelist: list of space separated hosts granted to host FOAF document.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Liste blanche WebID : liste de noms d'hôtes, séparés par des espaces, autorisés à héberger les documents FOAF.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Grant LemonLDAP::NG access</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Autoriser l'accès pour LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give display name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061219Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donne le nom à afficher</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We advice to create a specific LDAP account with write access on configuration branch.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060800Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est recommandé de créer un compte LDAP spécifique qui peut écrire dans la branche de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The reverse DNS should also work for all the names.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212002Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est préférable que le DNS inverse soit capable de résoudre tous les noms.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>groups are stored as space-separated strings in the special attribute “groups”: it contains the names of groups whose rules were returned true for the current user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>les groupes sont stockées en chaîne de caractères séparées par des espaces dans l'attribut spécial “groups” : il contient les noms des groupes dont la règle à retournée une valeur non nulle pour l'utilisateur courant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Uncheck it to disable SAML authentication (for example, if your Identity Provider is down).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le désélectionner désactive l'authentification SAML (à utiliser, si votre fournisseur d'identité est hors service).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prepare your new lemonldap-ng.ini file</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T124544Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Preparer le nouveau lemonldap-ng.ini file</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>getMenuApplications(cookieValue): return a list of authorizated applications (based on menu calculation)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172157Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>getMenuApplications(cookieValue): retourne une liste des applications autorisées (basée sur le calcul du menu)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example for MySQL :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100050Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemple pour MySQL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This module is also available on GitHub.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120617T065402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce module est également disponible sur GitHub.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># REST URLs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T080809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># URLs REST</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T122028Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>High availability</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120227T192530Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Haute disponibilité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># boolean macro
isAdmin -&gt; $uid eq 'foo' or $uid eq 'bar'
# other macro
displayName -&gt; $givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName
 
# Use a boolean macro in a rule
^/admin -&gt; $isAdmin
# Use a string macro in a HTTP header
Display-Name -&gt; $displayName</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg># macro booléenne
isAdmin -&gt; $uid eq 'foo' or $uid eq 'bar'
# autre macro
displayName -&gt; $givenName.&quot; &quot;.$surName
 
# Utiliser une macro booléenne dans une règle
^/admin -&gt; $isAdmin
# Utiliser une macro chaîne dans un en-tête HTTP
Display-Name -&gt; $displayName</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Client Kerberos configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212514Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration du client Kerberos</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Liferay virtual host like other protected virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074248Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Liferay comme n'importe quel autre hôte virtuel protégé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>2_pub</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095853Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>2_pub</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The official documentation can be found here: http://docs.alfresco.com/4.0/tasks/auth-alfrescoexternal-sso.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183405Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La documentation officielle se trouve ici : http://docs.alfresco.com/4.0/tasks/auth-alfrescoexternal-sso.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration key of IDP used for authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131256Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef de configuration de l'IDP utilisé pour l'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Account session key: session field used as Zimbra user account (by default: uid)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T181340Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>clef de session compte : champ de session utilisé comme compte utilisateur Zimbra (par défaut : uid)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>After registration, the OP must give you a client ID and a client secret, that will be used to configure the OP in LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Après enregistrement, l'OP doit donner un identifiant et un secret clients, qui seront utilisé pour configurer l'OP dans LL::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>postcode</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050450Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>postcode</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication table and user table can be the same.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T195139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les tables d'authentification et utilisateurs peuvent être confondues.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Most of configuration can be done trough LemonLDAP::NG Manager (by default http://manager.example.com).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T142840Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La majeure partie de la configuration peut être réalisée via le manager LemonLDAP::NG (par défaut http://manager.example.com).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>WebID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>WebID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With dpkg</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093710Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec dpkg</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirect on forbidden: use 302 instead 403</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144619Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Redirections pour les accès interdits : utilise 302 au lieu de 403</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Double cookie for single session: as same, two cookies are delivered, but only one session is written in session database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120502T041549Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Double cookie pour session unique : de même, deux cookies sont délivrés, mais une seule session n'est écrite dans la base de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to use Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060133Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut utiliser Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In particular, it use Apache2 threads capabilities so to optimize performances, prefer using mpm-worker.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>En particulier, il utilise les capacités multi-threads d'Apache-2, donc pour optimiser les performances, utilisez de préférence mpm-worker.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set SAML end points</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Indiquer les points d'entrées SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#!/usr/bin/perl
 
use SOAP::Lite;
use utf8;
 
my $lite = SOAP::Lite</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060410Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>#!/usr/bin/perl
 
use SOAP::Lite;
use utf8;
 
my $lite = SOAP::Lite</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>GRR has a SSO configuration page in its administration panel.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T164943Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>GRR dispose d'une page de configuration du SSO dans son panneau de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>On Debian/Ubuntu:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sur Debian/Ubuntu :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>And the mail filter is:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063355Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Et le filtre d'adresse mail est :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Security recommendation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Recommendation de sécurité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Encryption mode: set the encryption mode for this IDP (None, NameID or Assertion).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063639Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mode de chiffrement : fixe le mode de chiffrement pour cet IDP (None, NameID ou Assertion).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>-I/etc/apache2 -e &amp;Lemonldap::NG::Handler::Status::run(Cache::FileCache,{?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083920Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>-I/etc/apache2 -e &amp;Lemonldap::NG::Handler::Status::run(Cache::FileCache,{?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If they really do not please you, override them!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075245Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>S'ils ne conviennent pas, il peuvent être surchargés.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>iso2unicode($name)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183129Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>iso2unicode($name)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Macros and groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Macros et groupes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>administrator</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T115246Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>administrator</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;title&gt;: title to display: will be inserted in HTML page enclosed in &lt;h2 class=“notifText”&gt;…</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054742Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>&lt;title&gt; : titre à afficher : sera inséré dans la page HTML encadré dans &lt;h2 class=“notifText”&gt;…</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T145310Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Drupal module activation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T124740Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation du module Drupal</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Documentation install :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer la documentation :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The conditions are checked in alphabetical order of comments.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T162443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les conditions sont examinées dans l'ordre alphabétique des commentaires.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>UserName -&gt; user
Password -&gt; password
Index -&gt; ipAddr uid</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>UserName -&gt; user
Password -&gt; password
Index -&gt; ipAddr uid</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can add this YUM repository to get recent packages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095546Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ajouter ces dépôts YUM pour obtenir les paquets récents :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just remember its DN for LemonLDAP::NG configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042526Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut juste retenir le DN pour la configuration de LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Java (Spring)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Java (Spring)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To chain SSL, you have to set “SSLRequire optional” in Apache configuration, else users will be authenticated by SSL only.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T171934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour chaîner SSL, il est nécessaire de mettre “SSLRequire optional” dans le fichier de configuration Apache, sinon les utilisateurs ne seront authentifiés que par SSL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rtyler@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060846Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rtyler@badwolf.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protect the Manager by LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Protéger le manager par LL::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password field name: name of authentication table column hosting password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201022Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom du champ mot-de-passe : nom de la colonne de la table d'authentification contenant le mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For Apache:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165146Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Apache:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>portalSkin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063843Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>portalSkin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See how to do this on Zimbra wiki.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111222T173657Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir comment le faire sur le wiki Zimbra.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172106Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$_password</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is for the moment only in BETA stage.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T173311Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Elle n'est pour le moment disponible qu'à titre de test.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We include some template files that can be customized:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074653Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nous incluons des fichiers modèles qui peuvent être personnalisés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Finally, configure for each user his Federation ID value.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T224240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Finalement, configurer pour chaque utilisateur son identifiant de fédération.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_zipcode&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALCODE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_zipcode&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_POSTALCODE&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>#perl_auto-protected_cgi</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140606Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>#perl_auto-protected_cgi</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T051543Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Menu application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The tag &quot;&lt;HOST&gt;&quot; can
# be used for standard IP/hostname matching and is only an alias for
# (?:::f{4,6}:)?(?P&lt;host&gt;[\w\-.^_]+)
# Values: TEXT
#
failregex = Lemonldap\:\:NG \: .* was not found in LDAP directory \(&lt;HOST&gt;\)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140144Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>The tag &quot;&lt;HOST&gt;&quot; can
# be used for standard IP/hostname matching and is only an alias for
# (?:::f{4,6}:)?(?P&lt;host&gt;[\w\-.^_]+)
# Values: TEXT
#
failregex = Lemonldap\:\:NG \: .* was not found in LDAP directory \(&lt;HOST&gt;\)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If so, get a jQuery selector for that button</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si oui, donner un sélecteur à jQuery pour identifier ce bouton</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_delegation&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112308Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_delegation&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also define:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi définir :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Connection user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061446Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Nom de connexion DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>High Availability</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083304Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Haute disponibilité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Prepare the database</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204705Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Preparer la base de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Choose and configure your main sessions storage system</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171216Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Choisir et configurer le système principal de stockage des sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One user tries to access to the portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un utilisateur tente d'accéder au portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example template:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201336Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Modèle exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Protocol and port</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143535Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protocole et port</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>OpenID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_notification_id</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_notification_id</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Manager: CPAN - Manager modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T095442Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>perl-Lemonldap-NG-Manager : CPAN - modules manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>singleUserByIP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064045Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>singleUserByIP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>AuthBasic Handler</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T040550Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Agent AuthBasic</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapBindPassword: password used to bind LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060910Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapBindPassword : mot-de-passe à utiliser pour se connecter au serveur LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mpm-worker works faster and LemonLDAP::NG use the thread system for best performance.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140135Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Mpm-worker est plus rapide et LemonLDAP::NG utilise le système de threads pour de meilleures performances.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>_casPTserviceID = Proxy ticket value</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155833Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>_casPTserviceID = Proxy ticket value</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Writer URL: URL used by SAML IDP to write the cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>URL d'écriture : URL utilisée par l'IdP SAML pour écrire le cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML Identity Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fournisseur d'identité SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For Active Directory, choose Active Directory instead of LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T164944Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour Active Directory, choisir Active Directory au lieu de LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Functions parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T181441Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Paramètres de la fonction :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG uses Safe jail to evaluate all expressions:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203737Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG utilise une cage sécurisée pour évaluer toutes les expressions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Order deny,allow</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Twitter use OAuth protocol to allow applications to reuse its own authentication process (it means, if your are connected to Twitter, other applications can trust Twitter and let you in).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Twitter utilise le protocole OAuth pour autoriser les applications à réutiliser son propre processus d'authentification (ce qui signifie que si vous êtes connecté à Twitter, d'autres applications peuvent agréer Twitter et vous laisser entrer).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each Relying Party has its own configuration way.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201933Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaque client (Relying Party) a sa propre forme de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When you use SOAP sessions backend, it is recommended to use read-only URL (http://portal/index.pl/sessions).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172514Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lorsqu'on utilise le backend de session SOAP, il est recommandé d'utiliser l'URL en lecture seule (http://portal/index.pl/sessions).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using notification system</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T054116Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser le système de notification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You might want to display different skin depending on the URL that was called before being redirected to the portal, or the IP address of the user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20130203T114608Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut vouloir utiliser différents thèmes en fonction de l'URL demandée avant la redirection au portail ou en fonction de l'adresse IP de l'utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also define extra claims and link them to attributes (see below).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également définir des &quot;claims&quot; supplémentaires et les lier aux attributs (voir ci-dessous).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Delay between check of local configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063915Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Delai entre 2 examens de la configuration locale</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ad.acme.com: DNS of Second Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ad.acme.com : DNS du second Active Directory</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Please use lmMigrateConfFiles2ini to migrate your menu configuration</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Please use lmMigrateConfFiles2ini to migrate your menu configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Safe can be very annoying when we use extended functions or custom functions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204048Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Safe peut être très gênant lorsqu'on utilise les fonctions étendues ou les fonctions personnalisées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie Javascript protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065822Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protection Javascript du cookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This valve will check an HTTP header to set the authenticated user on the J2EE container.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055420Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette valve examine les en-têtes HTTP pour désigner l'utilisateur authentifié au conteneur J2EE.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG can use federation protocols (SAML, CAS, OpenID) independently to:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183307Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG peut utiliser des protocoles de fédération (SAML, CAS, OpenID) indépendamment pour :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is done by default in RPM/DEB packages.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T062825Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci est fait par défaut avec les paquets RPM/DEB.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_local_copy&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_local_copy&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>nullAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063752Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>nullAuthnLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For security reason, a cookie provided for a domain cannot be sent to another domain.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour des raisons de sécurité, un cookie fournit par un domaine ne peut être transmit à un autre.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Order of categories in the menu</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T131749Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ordre des catégories dans le menu</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If your table is not named lmConfig, set it's name in dbiTable parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si la table ne se nomme pas lmConfig, mettre son nom dans le paramètre dbiTable.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171753Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Règles</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rules are applied in alphabetical order (comment and regular expression).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095523Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les règles sont appliquées dans l'ordre alphabétique (commentaires et expressions régulières).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication request</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T060323Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Requête d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>After redirection, normal authentication in the remote portal</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120217T045501Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Après redirection, authentification normale sur le portail distant (celui de son organisation)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Local groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Groupes locaux</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When you know the key of the variable, you just have to prefix it with the dollar sign to use it, for example to test if uid variable match coudot :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T083219Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En connaissant le nom d'une variable, il suffit de la préfixer avec un signe dollar pour l'utiliser, par exemple pour savoir si la variable uid contient coudot :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CDBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100121Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>CDBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061710Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>LDAPFilter</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Bugzilla administration interface, go in Parameters » User authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113827Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans l'interface d'administration, allez dans Parameters » User authentication</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the access rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer les règles d'accès.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You should see this kind of ticket:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213336Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On doit trouver un ticket de ce genre :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&quot;userobm_login&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_UID&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&quot;userobm_login&quot; =&gt; &quot;HTTP_OBM_UID&quot;,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sympaSecret</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064446Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>sympaSecret</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>name =&gt; foaf:name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064103Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>nom =&gt; foaf:name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAML assertion</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T185345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Assertion SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication module: OpenID Connect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195716Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module d'authentication : OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As an RP, LL::NG supports a lot of OpenID Connect features:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T193253Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme RP, LL::NG supporte de nombreuses fonctionnalités OpenID-Connect :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Variables are stored in the user session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082814Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les variables sont stockées dans la session utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Catch error pages:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T065025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Capture des pages d'erreur :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Index</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Index</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Zimbra preauth key</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T162939Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef de pré-authentification Zimbra</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>sudo make install PARAM=VALUE PARAM=VALUE ...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160959Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>sudo make install PARAM=VALUE PARAM=VALUE ...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151426Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Autres :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration and sessions access by SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083113Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Accès à la configuration et aux sessions par SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A skin is composed of different files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074207Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Un thème est composé de différents fichiers :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Browseable session backend (Apache::Session::Browseable) works exactly like Apache::Session::* corresponding module but add index that increase session explorer and session restrictions performances.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T054939Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le backend de session explorable (Apache::Session::Browseable) fonctionne exactement comme le module Apache::Session::* correspondant mais ajoute des index qui améliore les performances de l'explorateur de session et les restrictions de sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, Manager is protected to allow only the demonstration user “dwho”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par défaut, le manager est protégé et n'autorise que l'utilisateur de démonstration “dwho”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Documentation is available for configuration backends :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125356Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette documentation est valable pour les backends de configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Exported variables in the Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120547Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Variables exportées dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To extend SSO on several domains, a cross-domain mechanism is implemented in LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour étendre le SSO sur plusieurs domaines, un mécanisme inter-domaines est intégré à LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As passwords will not be managed by LL::NG, you can disable menu password module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220837Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme les mots-de-passe ne sernt pas gérés par LL::NG, il est possile de désactiver le module mots-de-passe du menu.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:1.0:sqlconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T125359Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:1.0:sqlconfbackend</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://simplesamlphp.org/docs/1.6/simplesamlphp-googleapps</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182659Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://simplesamlphp.org/docs/1.6/simplesamlphp-googleapps</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/render</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T051747Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.google.com/calendar/hosted/mydomain.org/render</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If LL::NG send some roles split by some commas, configure roleSeparator.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T055537Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si LL::NG envoie les rôles séparés par des caractères (virgule,...), configurer roleSeparator.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>One of mandatory information is the redirect URL (one or many).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200408Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une des informations exigées est l'URL de redirection (une ou plusieurs).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Documentation</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Documentation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Indeed, any Perl DBD driver can be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T194952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi, tout driver Perl DBD peut être utilisé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBI</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T072236Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display other sessions : display other sessions on authentication phase, with a link to delete them.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T163031Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Afficher les autres sessions : affiche les autres sessions ouvertes lors de la phase d'authentification avec un lien pour les effacer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create OBM virtual host (for example obm.example.com) in LL::NG configuration: Virtual Hosts » New virtual host.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer l'hôte virtuel OBM (par exemple obm.example.com) dans la configuration LL::NG : Hôtes virtuels » Nouvel hôte virtuel.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Logs settings</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083239Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Journalisation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?LWP::UserAgent</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070254Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?LWP::UserAgent</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Delete other session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Efface les autres sessions (session unique par utilisateur)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Custom Error URL: you can redirect the user to a special page when an error is happening</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T223652Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Custom Error URL : on peut rediriger l'utilisateur sur une page particulière en cas d'erreur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Restrict /js/ and /css/ directory to authenticated users</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Restreindre les répertoires /js/ et /css/ aux utilisateurs authentifiés</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Users module: OpenID Connect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T195734Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Module utilisateurs : OpenID-Connect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202137Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Easy to duplicate with LDAP synchronization services (like SyncRepl in OpenLDAP)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060656Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Facilité de duplication avec les services de synchronisation LDAP (tel SyncRepl de OpenLDAP)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extracted certificate field: field of the certificate affected to $user internal variable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T070912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Champ extrait du certificat : champ du certificat affecté à la variable interne $user</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For GLPI &gt;= 0.71, it is a simple configuration in GLPI: Setup → Authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T190112Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour GLPI &gt;= 0.71, une simple configuration de GLPI suffit : Setup → Authentication.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>By default, notifications will be stored in the same database as configuration:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052336Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Par défaut, les notifications sont stockées dans la même base de données que la configuration :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG configured as SAML Identity Provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182515Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG configuré comme fournisseur d'identité SAML</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mkdir /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/
chown www-data /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052839Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mkdir /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/
chown www-data /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/notifications/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>timeout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064450Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>timeout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The file name default separator is _, this can be a problem if you register notifications for users having _ in their login.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T053019Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le séparateur par défaut des noms de fichiers est _, ce qui peut poser problème si on enregistre des notifications pour des utilsateur ayant un caractère _ dans leur nom de connexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Cookie security</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Sécurité du cookie</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_gateway</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061000Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_gateway</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Security with SSL/TLS</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T060704Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Securité avec SSL/TLS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to adapt some parameters:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T051745Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Certains paramètres doivent être adaptés :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure sessions, go in Manager, General Parameters » Sessions:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T161904Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour configurer les sessions, aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Sessions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/c/portal/logout =&gt; logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074341Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/c/portal/logout =&gt; logout_sso</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The file auth.keytab should then be copied (with a secure media) to the Linux server (for example in /etc/lemonldap-ng).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154644Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le fichier auth.keytab doit ensuite être copié (par un média sûr) sur le serveur Linux (par exemple dans /etc/lemonldap-ng).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since version 0.9.4, LemonLDAP::NG can be used to notify some messages to users: if a user has a message, the message will be displayed when he will access to the portal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051837Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Depuis la version 0.9.4, LemonLDAP::NG peut être utilisé pour notifier des messages aux utilisateurs : si un utilisateur a un message, celui-ci est affiché lorsqu'il accède au portail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To manage the other way (LL::NG → Google Apps), you can add a dedicated logout forward rule:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111207T052401Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour gérer l'autre voie (LL::NG → Google Apps), ajouter une règle de redirection après déconnexion:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Real name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Real name</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Contrary to multiple backend stacking, backend choice will present all available authentication methods to users, who will choose the one they want.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T184946Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contrairement au dispositif de multiples backends, le dispositif de choix de backend présente à l'utilisateur toutes les méthodes d'authentification disponibles pour qu'il puisse choisir.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>TLS client</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Client TLS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authenticationLevel</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T084237Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authenticationLevel</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give a non ascii data</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061234Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Done une valeur non-ascii</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Twitter FAQ on how to do that:.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Reportez-vous à la FAQ Twitter pour en savoir plus.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_CAFile</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T060848Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_CAFile</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'cache_root' =&gt; '/tmp',?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083922Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'cache_root' =&gt; '/tmp',?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If for an obscure reason, the WebSSO is not working and you want to access the Manager, remove the protection in lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050216Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si pour une quelconque raison le WebSSO ne fonctionne pas, pour accéder au manager, supprimer la protection dans lemonldap-ng.ini.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirection to the portal of the secondary area (transparent)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050236Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Redirection vers le portail secondaire (transparent)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Outlook_Web_App</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153718Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Outlook_Web_App</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit also OBM configuration to enable LL::NG Handler:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer également la configuration d'OBM pour activer le « handler » LL::NG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For security reasons, the password is not shown in sessions explorer.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T071143Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour des raisons de sécurité, le mot-de-passe n'est pas affiché dans l'explorateur de sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can now use your function in a macro, an header or an access rule, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112330Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les fonctions peuvent être utilisées dans une macro, un en-tête ou une règle d'accès, par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112230Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les utiliser</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Select Demonstration for authentication, user and password backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T135315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Selectionner Démonstration pour les backends authentification, utilisateurs et mots-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The access to phpLDAPadmin will be protected by LemonLDAP::NG with specific access rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'accès à phpLDAPadmin sera protégé par LemonLDAP::NG avec une règle particulière d'accès.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>icons:utilities.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>icons:utilities.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It needs 4 modules to work:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073153Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Il a besoin de 4 modules pour fonctionner :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See how to change configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T095849Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir comment changer de backend de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give the uid (for accounting)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T061131Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donne l'uid (pour la traçabilité)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apt-key add rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apt-key add rpm-gpg-key-ow2</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Example</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Exemple</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If one is missing, the user is not created.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T073458Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si l'un est manquant, le compte ne sera pas créé.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>to the configuration backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T141837Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>au système de stockage de la configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The following table list fields to index depending on the feature you want to increase performance:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064521Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le tableau suivant liste les champs à indexer suivant les fonctionnalités dont on souhaite améliorer les performances :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://twitter.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>https://twitter.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form URL: /login.php</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL du formulaire: /login.php</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Token endpoint authentication method: Choice between client_secret_post and client_secret_basic</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T203042Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Méthode d'authentification du point d'accès du jeton : choisir entre client_secret_post et client_secret_basic</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The manager is now natively written for FastCGI.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162927Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le manager répond désormais nativement au protocole FastCGI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenMemcachedServers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065746Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenMemcachedServers</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SOAP based for client-server software, specific development, …</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072247Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Basé sur SOAP pour les logiciels client-serveur, les développements spécifiques, …</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remote Session backend</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064029Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Backend de sessions distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>So to improve performances, avoid too complex rules by using the macro or the groups or local macros.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Donc pour augmenter les performances, évitez les règles trop complexes en utilisant les macros, groupes ou macros locales.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-portal-perl: Portal files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093145Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>liblemonldap-ng-portal-perl : fichiers du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation in password reset by mail form: set to 1 to display captcha in password reset by mail form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060732Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation dans le formulaire de réinitialisation de mot-de-passe : mettre à 1 pour activer le captcha dans ce formulaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG provides a special function named basic to build this header.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T113403Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG fournit une fonction spéciale nommée basic pour construire cet en-tête.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapTimeout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063120Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapTimeout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:drupal_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111129T061400Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:drupal_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for sessions access (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour l'accès aux sessions (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Other modules must be installed only if you planned to use the related feature.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140742Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Les autres modules ne doivent être installés que s'il est prévu d'utiliser les fonctionnalités associées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>CAS_renew</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061122Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>CAS_renew</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Be careful for Windows user, path must contains “/”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T060020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Attention avec les systèmes Windows, le séparateur de répertoire est le ”/”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Change rights on keytab file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T114610Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer les droits sur le fichier keytab :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Else, you will lock access to Manager and will never access it anymore.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T202946Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Sinon, on risque de verrouiller l'accès au manager et ne plus pouvoir y accéder.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Edit the portal virtual host to enable SSL double authentication:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212952Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditer l'hôte virtuel du portail pour activer la double authentification SSL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163346Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser le packages</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See Form replay to learn how to configure form replay to POST data on protected applications.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074010Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir Rejeu des formulaires pour savoir comment configurer le rejeu des formulaires pour poster des données à une applications protégée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>persistentStorage</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080352Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>persistentStorage</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114012Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>...
 
&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Path: keep ^/openidserver/ unless you have change Apache portal configuration file.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T082522Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chemin : laisser ^/openidserver/ sauf si le fichier de configuration Apache du portail a été modifiée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use symbolic links in conf.d or sites-available Apache directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061208Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut aussi utiliser des liens symboliques dans le répertiore conf.d ou sites-available d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Number of process (default: 7)
#NPROC = 7
 
# Unix socket to listen to
SOCKET=/var/run/llng-fastcgi-server/llng-fastcgi.sock
 
# Pid file
PID=/var/run/llng-fastcgi-server/llng-fastcgi-server.pid
 
# User and GROUP
USER=www-data
GROUP=www-data
 
# Custom functions file
CUSTOM_FUNCTIONS_FILE=/root/SSOExtensions.pm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151538Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Nombre de processus (défaut : 7)
#NPROC = 7
 
# Socket Unix d'écoute
SOCKET=/var/run/llng-fastcgi-server/llng-fastcgi.sock
 
# Fichier identifiant de processus (PID)
PID=/var/run/llng-fastcgi-server/llng-fastcgi-server.pid
 
# Utilisateur et groupe
USER=www-data
GROUP=www-data
 
# Fichier éventuel de fonctions personnalisées
CUSTOM_FUNCTIONS_FILE=/root/SSOExtensions.pm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Attribute Service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Service d'attribut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This function convert a string from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162615Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cette fonction convertit une chaine UTF-8 en ISO-8859-1.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:AutomaticREMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:AutomaticREMOTE_USER</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to set its value in Manager.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T112536Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut en indiquer une dans le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthPasswordHash</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061416Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthPasswordHash</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extended functions:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonctions étendues</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is targeted at developer teams, workgroups and small companies.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T114803Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est destiné aux équipes de développeurs, groupes de travail ou petites entreprises.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Django</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182526Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Django</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sessions will be stored as LDAP entries, like this:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061154Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les sessions sont stockées dans des entrées LDAP comme suit :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>print '&lt;a href=&quot;http://test3.example.com/&quot;&gt;click here&lt;/a&gt;';
}</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141708Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>print '&lt;a href=&quot;http://test3.example.com/&quot;&gt;click here&lt;/a&gt;';
}</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have to grant read/write access for the manager component.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120422T100202Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut autoriser l'accès en lecture et écriture pour le manager.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapgroups -&gt; join(&quot; &quot;,($ldapgroups =~ /cn=(.*?),/g))</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>ldapgroups -&gt; join(&quot; &quot;,($ldapgroups =~ /cn=(.*?),/g))</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Register partner Identity Provider on LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T221134Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enregistrer le fournisseur d'identité partenaire dans LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The good news is that Google is a standard OpenID Provider, and so you can easily delegate the authentication of LL::NG to Google: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191625Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La bonne nouvelle est que Google est un fournisseur OpenID-Connect standard, on peut ainsi aisément déléguer l'authentification de LL::NG à Google : https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enabled: Yes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074141Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Enabled: Yes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>APACHEVERSION: Apache major version (default: 2)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T161722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>APACHEVERSION : version majeure d'Apache (défaut : 2)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Changing the domain value will not update other configuration parameters, like virtual host names, portal URL, etc.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T080324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Changer la valeur du domaine ne met pas à jour les autres paramètres tels les noms d'hôtes virtuels, l'URL du portail, etc...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_ssl.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_ssl.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example it can be stored as a second value of the uid attribute in the LDAP directory:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T054824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple il peut être stocké comme seconde valeur de l'attibut uid dans un annuaire LDAP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Map the container port 80 to host port 80 (option -p)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151841Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Faire correspondre le port 80 du conteneur avec le port 80 de la machine (option -p)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$_passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T185027Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$_passwordDB</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use different type of access: SQL, File or LDAP for servers in secured network and SOAP for remote servers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T085627Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut utiliser différent typed d'accès : SQL, File or LDAP pour les serveurs se trouvant sur le réseau sécurisé et SOAP pour les autres.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>images and other media files</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074308Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>images et autres médias</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>XSS checks will still be done with warning in logs, but this will not prevent the process to continue.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140057Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le contrôle XSS continuera à être effectué mais avec seulement des avertissements dans les journaux sans empêcher le processus de continuer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>We advice to deactivate other options, cause users will use LL::NG portal to modify or reset their password.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est conseillé de désactiver les autres options, car les utilisateurs utiliseront le portail LL::NG pour modifier ou réinitialiser leur mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>download</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Téléchargement</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Manager, click on Notifications and then on the Create button.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061932Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, cliquer sur l'explorateur des notifications et ensuite sur le bouton Créer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cat /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/lemonldap-ng/for_etc_hosts &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162425Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cat /usr/local/lemonldap-ng/etc/lemonldap-ng/for_etc_hosts &gt;&gt; /etc/hosts</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Date of birth</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083112Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Date of birth</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># CAS Issuer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081819Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fournisseur d'identité CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation in login form: set to 1 to display captcha in login form</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060655Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Activation dans le formulaire de connexion : mettre à 1 pour activer le captcha dans ce formulaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration is the same as the LDAP module.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052958Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration est la même que mour le module LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication level: authentication level for Radius module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120545Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification : niveau d'authentification pour Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Google Apps can use SAML to authenticate users, behaving as an SAML service provider, as explained here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T182402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les applications Google peuvent utiliser SAML pour authentifier les utilisateurs, en se comportant comme des fournisseurs de service SAML, tel qu'expliqué ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration is not saved if errors occur.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143839Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration n'est pas sauvée en cas d'erreur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>List type: choose white list to define allowed domains or black list to define forbidden domains</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050224Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Type de liste : choisir liste blanche pour définir la liste exhaustive des domaines autorisés ou liste noire pour lister les domaines interdits</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session history is always visible in session explorer for administrators.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T172408Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'historique des sessions est toujours visible dans l'explorateur de sessions pour les administrateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI Password hash</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061416Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Hachage de mot-de-passe DBI</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This means that if several Handlers are deployed, each will manage its own statistics.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083623Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donc si plusieurs agents sont déployés, chacun gère ses propres statistiques.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then create symbolic links on template files, as you might not want to rewrite all HTML code (else, do as you want).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074625Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Créer ensuite des liens symboliques pour éviter de réécrire tous les fichiers HTML (sauf si c'est souhaité).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Little effort is required to translate the encoded string back into the user name and password, and many popular security tools will decode the strings “on the fly”.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T101838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un petit effort est requis pour décoder ces chaînes et de nombreux outils de sécurité les décodent à la volée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Give a technical name (no spaces, no special characters), like “sample-op”;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T200929Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Donner un nom technique (sans espaces ni caratères speciaux), tel “sample-op” ;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set GoogleApps as Service Provider name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T192853Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre GoogleApps comme nom de fournisseur de service.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is set in LemonLDAP::NG utilities directory (convertConfig).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T123617Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il se traouve dans le répertoire des utilitaires LemonLDAP::NG (convertConfig).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A day has 24 hours, and a week 7 days, so the value contains 168 bits, converted into 42 hexadecimal characters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121953Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un jour a 24 heures et une semaine 7 jours, donc la valeur contient 168 bits, convertie en 42 caractères hexadécimaux.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Provides identity if asked</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073800Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fournit l'identitié si demandée</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This user will not be available anymore if you configure a new authentication backend!</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T163322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Cet utilisateur n'est plus disponible si on change de backend d'authentification !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>OBM_GIVENNAME</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>OBM_GIVENNAME</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you activate proxy mode, you must create the PGT file on your system, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si le mode proxy est activé, il faut créer le fichier PGT sur le système, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can map here the attribute names from the LL::NG session to an OpenID Connect claim.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202511Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut faire correspondre les noms d'attributs de session LL::NG à des &quot;claim&quot; OpenID-Connect.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notification delete function:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20121005T042032Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fonction d'effacement de notification :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T081954Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>https://metacpan.org/module/Apache::Session::Browseable</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Remember that rules written on GET parameters must be tested.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134252Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Rappel : les règles poratnt sur des paramètres GET doivent être testées.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>rpm -Uvh lemonldap-ng-* perl-Lemonldap-NG-*</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100016Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>rpm -Uvh lemonldap-ng-* perl-Lemonldap-NG-*</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-5.5-doc/logging.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191332Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-5.5-doc/logging.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password modify extended operation: enable to use the LDAP extended operation password modify instead of standard modify operation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165623Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Opération étendue de modification de mot-de-passe : active l'utilisation de l'opération étendue de modification de mot-de-passe LDAP au lieu de l'opération standard.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>all: parameters for all modules</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071357Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>all : paramètres pour tous les modules</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If you plan to forward user's password to OBM, then you have to keep the password in session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T113305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>S'il est prévu de transmettre le mot-de-passe utilisateur à OBM, conserver le mot-de-passe dans la session.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Pages where this menu is displayed can be restricted, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T155901Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les pages où ce menu est affiché peuvent être restreintes, par exemple :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The user will be redirected on portal URL with error in the lmError URL parameter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T144406Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'utilisateur sera redirigé vers l'URL du portail avec une erreur dans le paramètre lmError de l'URL.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Activation: Set to On to enable Common Domain Cookie support.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Activation : mettre à « activé » pour activer le support du domaine commun de cookie.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>all together (based on user choice, rules, …)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072133Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>tous en même temps (basé sur le choix utilisateur, les règles, …)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>convertConfig --current=/etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini --new=/new/lemonldap-ng.ini</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T124808Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>convertConfig --current=/etc/lemonldap-ng/lemonldap-ng.ini --new=/new/lemonldap-ng.ini</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthPassword</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061343Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthPassword</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>All Apache::Session style modules are useable except for some features.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082051Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Tous les modules de type Apache::Session sont utilisables excepté pour quelques fonctionnalités.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_system&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_system&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Comment</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Commentaire</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>JWKS is a JSON file containing public keys.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T201416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>JWKS est un fichier JSON contenant des clefs publiques.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>With Debian/Ubuntu:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T061249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Avec Debian/Ubuntu:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>DBI which has been deprecated: it is a read-only backend that exists just for compatibility with older versions of LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120421T174605Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>DBI devenu obsolète : il reste un backend en lecture seule qui n'existe que pour la compatibilité avec les anciennes versions de LemonLDAP::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To bypass this, follow the documentation of AuthApache module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063439Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour outrepasser ceci, suivre la documentation du module AuthApache</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>apply: reload URL for distant Hanlders</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T071345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>apply : les URL de rechargement des agents distants</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must read the man page corresponding to your database (Apache::Session::MySQL, …) to learn more about parameters.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205112Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut consulter la page de manuel correspondant à la base de données (Apache::Session::MySQL, …) pour connaître les paramètres.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then CAS service has to show a correct error when service ticket validation will fail.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081403Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ainsi le service CAS doit afficher une erreur lorsque la validation du ticket échoue.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SSL authentication</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T150452Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification SSL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that you can always access Salesforce by the general login page: https://login.salesforce.com</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T222240Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Noter que l'on peut toujours accéder à Salesforce par la page générale de connexion : https://login.salesforce.com</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set to 0 to disable it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T202349Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mettre à 0 pour désactiver.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063916Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Directory&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go to the Manager and create a new virtual host for Drupal.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111201T125025Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et créer un nouvel hôte virtuel pour Drupal.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/MIME/Base64.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121300Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://perldoc.perl.org/MIME/Base64.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>URL du portail</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An enterprise account</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T184914Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>un compte entreprise</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since 1.9, Lemonldap::NG provides a FastCGI server usable to protect applications with Nginx (See Manage virtual hosts page to configure virtual hosts).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis la version 1.9, Lemonldap::NG fournit un serveur FastCGI utilisable pour protéger les applications avec Nginx (Voir la page Gérer les hôtes virtuels).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force UTF-8: this will force UTF-8 conversion of attributes values collected from IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T062836Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Forcer l'UTF-8 : force la conversion UTF-8 des valeurs d'attributs collectées depuis l'IDP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># special html code for admins
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># code html spécial pour les administrateurs
}
else {</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The portal is the biggest component of Lemonldap::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Le portail est le composant le plus gros de Lemonldap::NG.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Create sessions table:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204824Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Créer la table des sessions :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>PostgreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204641Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>PostgreSQL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure Apache or Nginx virtual host</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T165942Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer l'hôte virtuel Apache ou Nginx</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>documentation:liferay_7.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>documentation:liferay_7.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can also use WebID as user database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063806Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut également utiliser WebID comme base de données utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>are there several html forms in the page ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T172500Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>y-a-t-il pluseurs formulaires HTML dans la page ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This means the ktpass commands should be run on both AD.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214927Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ce qui signifie que la commande ktpass doit être lancée dans les deux AD.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You will need to install a Dokuwiki plugin, available on download page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut installer le plugin Dokuwiki disponible sur la page de téléchargement.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG configuration is stored in a backend that allows all modules to access it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T141733Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La configuration de LemonLDAP::NG est stockée dans un backend permettant à tous les modules d'y accéder.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>setAttributes(cookieValue,hashtable): update a session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172232Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>setAttributes(cookieValue,hashtable) : met à jour une session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This includes the application list which is now set in the applicationList parameter from [portal] section, for example:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T094126Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci inclut la liste des applications qui se trouve désormais dans le paramètre applicationList de la section [portal], par exemple:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>deny</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T134155Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>deny</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Inside this jail, you can access to:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121308Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans cette cage, on peut accéder aux éléments suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LDAP performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performances LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>accept</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T095720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>accept</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The FastCGI server reads also LLTYPE parameter in FastCGI requests (see portal-nginx.conf or manager-nginx.conf) to choose which module is called:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T163809Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur FastCGI lit également le paramètre LLTYPE dans les requêtes FastCGI (voir portal-nginx.conf ou manager-nginx.conf) pour connaître le module sollicité :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration text editor</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131103T202555Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Éditeur de configuration en mode text</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Publication of JSON metadata and JWKS data (Discovery)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201325Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Publication de métadonnée JSON et JWKS (Discovery)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The configuration can be changed in etc/manager-apache2.conf, for example to restrict the IP allowed to access the Manager:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050045Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Cette configuration peut être changée dans etc/manager-apache2.conf, par exemple pour restreindre les adresses IP autorisées à accéder au manager :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>→ The cache has been created by another user than Apache's user.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>→ Le cache a été créé par un autre utilisateur que celui d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Writing rules and headers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082714Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Écrire les règles et en-têtes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In other words, take the time to configure this part before sharing metadata.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>En d'autres mots, prenez le temps de bien configurer cette partie avant de partager les metadatas.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For example, macro “macro1” will be computed before macro “macro2”: so, expression of macro2 may involve value of macro1.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064838Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Par exemple, la macro “macro1” sear calculée avant la macro “macro2” : donc l'expression de macro2 peut utiliser la valeur $macro1.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Using Apache::Session::MySQL (if you choose this option, then read how to increase MySQL performances)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051630Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser Apache::Session::MySQL (il est alors conseillé de lire comment améliorer les performances de MySQL)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Do not forget to add OBM in applications menu.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172135Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ne pas oblier d'ajouter OBM dans le menu des applications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;Files *.pl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;Files *.pl&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication with login/password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T051545Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification par nom-de-compte/mot-de-passe</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>syslog</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064448Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>syslog</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In Protocol, adapt the scope to the exported attributes you want.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191158Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans Protocole, adapter le scope à l'attribut exporté voulu.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameters for LDAP backend are the same as LDAP configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061726Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les paramètres pour le backend LDAP sont les mêmes que ceux du backend de configuration LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>When the user accept the notification, the reference is stored in his persistent session.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T052150Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Lorsque l'utilisateur accepte la notification, la référence est stockée dans ses données de session persistentes.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Secure Token Handler is a special Handler that create a token for each request and send it to the protected application.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204800Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'agent jeton sécurisé est un agent particulier qui crée un jeton pour chaque requête et l'envoie à l'application protégée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~mmims/Net-Twitter/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~mmims/Net-Twitter/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication with Kerberos</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T051721Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification avec Kerberos</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Adapt the reload virtual host name to the domain you configured.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120620T042432Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Adapter le nom d'hôte virtuel de rechargement au domaine configuré.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If the user has these values inside its entry:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142019Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Si l'utilisateur dispose de ces valeurs dans son entrée :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SSO protection</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160228T220156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Protection SSO</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(o/n) n
Le nouveau rôle doit-il être autorisé à créer de nouveaux rôles ?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204858Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(o/n) n
Le nouveau rôle doit-il être autorisé à créer de nouveaux rôles ?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This concerns all parameters for the Attribute Authority metadata section</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ceci concerne tous les paramètres de la section « autorité d'attributs » des métadatas</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>tar zxvf lemonldap-ng-*.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160534Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>tar zxvf lemonldap-ng-*.tar.gz</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Redirection script</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214035Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Script de redirection</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_home&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112328Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_samba_home&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Your old Apache configuration should have been saved, you need to port your specificities in new Apache configuration files:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100649Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'ancienne configuration Apache devrait avoir été sauvée, il faut réporter les changements locaux dans le nouveau fichier de configuration Apache :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Secure Token Memcached servers</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065744Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Serveurs Memcached pour le jeton sécurisé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key: Service ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T160655Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Clef : Service ID</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112319Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_perms&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Customizable NameID formats are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les formats de NameID personnalisables sont :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Statistics are displayed when calling the status path on an Handler (for example: http://test1.example.com/status).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T084016Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les statistiques sont affichées lors des appels au chemin du statut sur un agent (par exemple : http://test1.example.com/status).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>On CentOS/RHEL:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T154434Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sur CentOS/RHEL :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Please see the next chapter to learn how build an official tarball from SVN files.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160255Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître suivant pour savoir comment construire une archive officielle depuis les fichiers SVN.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Mail, Agenda, Groupware</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153525Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mail, Agenda, Groupware</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>error: if user has no access, an error is shown on the portal, the user is not redirected to CAS service</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T081229Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>error : si l'utilisateur n'a pas accès, une erreur est affichée sur le portail, l'utilisateur n'est pas redirigé vers le service CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See also general kinematics presentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073910Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Voir aussi la présentation de la cinématique générale.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can do it either by uploading the file, or get it from IDP metadata URL (this require a network link between your server and the IDP):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120220T203722Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ceci peut être fait soit en téléchargeant le fichier, soit en l'obtenant par l'URL de métadatas de l'IDP (à condition d'avoir un lien réseau entre le serveur et l'IDP):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In the Manager, select node SAML service providers and click on Add SAML SP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T204638Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le Manager, selectionner le noeud Fournisseurs d'identité SAML et cliquer sur Ajouter un IdP SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can define keys for SAML message signature and encryption.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouver définir des clefs pour la signature et le chiffrement des messages SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication context Class References (ACR)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201451Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Références de classe de contexte d'authentification (ACR)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.liferay.com/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111210T073653Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://www.liferay.com/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>A special URL is declared in application menu (like http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155338Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Une URL spéciale est declarée dans le menu des applications (telle http://zimbra.example.com/zimbrasso)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>mailTimeout</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063441Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>mailTimeout</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now you can compare the above result with the same request done trough the keytab file:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T213440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comparer maintenant le résultat ci-dessus avec la même requête effectuée au travers de la table de clefs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>accept (or whatever you want)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T172020Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>accept (ou la valeur désirée)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>applications:sympa_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T080317Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>applications:sympa_logo.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiAuthChain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061256Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiAuthChain</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Parameter list</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Liste des paramètres</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The location URL end is based on the service_id defined in Sympa apache configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T052612Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La fin de l'URL est construite à partir du service_id defini dans la configuration Apache de Sympa.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extend variables using macros and groups</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T120620Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Étendre les variables en utilisant les macros et groups</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just configure the access rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115640Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer simplement la règle d'accès.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>But you can forward this key if it is really needed:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T103447Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mais on peut le transmettre tout de même si nécessaire :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Follow SOAP configuration backend page</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171119Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suivre la documentation backend de configuration SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication: will check user login in a header and create session without prompting any credentials (but will register client IP and creation date)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T160621Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Authentification : recherche le nom d'utilisateur dans un en-tête et crée la session sans exiger de mot-de-passe (mais enregistre l'adresse IP cliente et la date)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Even if LL:NG can catch logout URL trough virtual host rules, you can have the need to forward a logout to other applications, to close their local sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T195614Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Même si LL:NG peut intercepter les URL de déconnexion via les règles de d'hôte virtuel, on peut avoir besoin de propager la déconnexion à d'autres applications, pour clore leurs sessions locales.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Note that SAML protocol is more secured than OpenID, so when your partners are known, prefer SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083526Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Noter que le protocole SAML est plus securisé que OpenID, ainsi si les partenaires sont connus, preférer SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jre &gt; 1.4</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191508Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>jre &gt; 1.4</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>twitterKey</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064522Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>twitterKey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Admin: can create surveys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101813Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Admin : peut créer des surveillances</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Connection password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T171911Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You have then to declare HTTP headers exported by the main SSO (in Exported Variables).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T212834Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Déclarer ensuite les en-têtes HTTP exportés par le SSO principal dans “Variables » Variables exportées”.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use Safe jail: set to 'Off' to disable Safe jail.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135738Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser la cage sécurisée : mettre à 'Désctivé' pour désactiver la cage sécurisée (Safe).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For tests with the configured domain, launch the following :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162423Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour les tests avec le domaine configuré, lancer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>auto: display only if the user can access it</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T135225Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>auto : n'afficher que si l'utilisateur peut y accéder</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, General Parameters » Cookies » Multiple domains and set to On.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120222T125912Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Cookies » Domaines multiples et sélectioonner &quot;activer&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Server hostname: this is the hostname or IP address of the Radius server</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T123302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Nom d'hôte du serveur : le nom d'hôte ou l'adresse IP du serveur Radius</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Object class: objectClass of the groups (default: groupOfNames).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120107T114552Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Classe d'object: objectClass du groupe (défaut: groupOfNames).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, you might want to disabling it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T204110Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ces cas, on peut vouloir le désactiver.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Application name (optional): Application name (visible in Twitter)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Nom d'application (optionel) : nom de l'application (visible dans Twitter)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>my $cgi = new CGI;
...</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141111Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>my $cgi = new CGI;
...</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Uncomment this to activate status module</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081248Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Décommenter ceci pour activer le module de statut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ServerName auth.example.com
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155331Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ServerName auth.example.com
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy backend to be used in conjunction with another configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082452Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Backend proxy à utiliser avec un autre backend de configuration.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>^/forum/</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055714Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>^/forum/</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>exportedVars</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T061619Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>exportedVars</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Available bindings are:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Les déclarations disponibles sont :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064350Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>RewriteEngine On</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Reply address</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T063340Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Adresse de réponse</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>secureTokenHeader</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T065446Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>secureTokenHeader</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As LL::NG works like classic WebSSO (like Siteminder™), many other applications are easy to integrate.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153422Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme LL::NG fonctionne comme un WebSSO classique (tel Siteminder™), de nombreuses applications sont faciles à integrer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/IfModule&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://www.switch.ch/aai/support/tools/wayf.html</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>http://www.switch.ch/aai/support/tools/wayf.html</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_datebegin&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112333Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_nomade_datebegin&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Certificate</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183231Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Certificat</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Portal URL: remote portal URL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T195922Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Portail URL: URL du portail distant</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration backend parameters</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070021Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Paramètres des backends de configuration</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See https://developers.facebook.com/apps on how to do that.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061249Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir https://developers.facebook.com/apps pour en savoir plus.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authen::SASL</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T141004Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Authen::SASL</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Proxy</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Proxy</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Authentication level</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200007Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Niveau d'authentification</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session explorer will not work</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T050500Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>L'explorateur de session ne fonctionne pas</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140058Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Fail2ban</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>cgi for the portal (or any CGI: it works like PHP-FPM for Perl !)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T170429Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>cgi pour le portail (ou n'importe quelle CGI : ça fonctionne comme PHP-FPM pour Perl !)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>[lemonldap-ng]
enabled = true
port = http,https
filter = lemonldap
action = iptables-multiport[name=lemonldap, port=&quot;http,https&quot;]
logpath = /var/log/apache*/error*.log
maxretry = 3</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T140130Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>[lemonldap-ng]
enabled = true
port = http,https
filter = lemonldap
action = iptables-multiport[name=lemonldap, port=&quot;http,https&quot;]
logpath = /var/log/apache*/error*.log
maxretry = 3</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then a user that try to access to one of the following will be granted !</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T100440Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Alors l'utilisateur qui tente d'accéder à l'une des URL suivantes sera autorisé !</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Client ID: Client ID for this RP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Identifiant : identifiant client de ce RP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Key: application name</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T200356Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Key : nom d'application</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install all build dependencies (see BuildRequires in lemonldap-ng.spec)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T100804Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer toutes les dépendances de construction (voir BuildRequires dans lemonldap-ng.spec)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Select Metadata, and unprotect the field to paste the following value:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194844Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Selectionner Metadata, et déprotéger le champ pour y mettre :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Requested authentication context: this context is declared in authentication request.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T061850Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Contexte d'authentification demandé : ce contexte est déclaré dans la requête d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'delete_user' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T101919Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'delete_user' =&gt; $_SERVER['HTTP_AUTH_SUPERADMIN'],</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Some examples:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Quelques exemples:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>node2.example.com: DNS of the second LL::NG portal server (in cluster mode)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211415Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>node2.example.com : DNS du second portail LL::NG (en mode cluster)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If no binding defined, the default binding in IDP metadata will be used.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T063553Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si aucune méthode n'est définie, la méthode par défaut des métadatas de l'IDP sera utilisée.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Each SREG attribute will be associated to a user session key.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083138Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Chaque attribut SREG est associé à une clef de session utilisateur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Now you have access to the SP parameters list.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092100Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est ensuite possible d'accéder à la liste des paramètre du SP :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>dbiChain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T070033Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>dbiChain</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ID Token expiration: Expiration time of ID Tokens</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Expiration des jetons d'identité: Délai d'expiration des jetons d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authenticate user</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T201407Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authentifier les utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Follow SOAP sessions backend page</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171234Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Suivre la documentation backend de sessions SOAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Force authentication: set to 'On' to force authentication when user connects to portal, even if he has a valid session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135524Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Forcer l'authentification : mettre à 'Activé' pour forcer l'authentification lorsque l'utilisateur accède au portail même s'il dispose d'une session valide</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Captchas are available on the following forms:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T060252Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les captchas sont disponibles sur les formulaires suivants :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Session management</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201627Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Gestion de session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Default: will this binding be used by default for authentication response.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Défaut : déclaration utilisée par défaut pour les réponses d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>user; admin</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T142043Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>user; admin</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Crypt::Rijndael</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T140839Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Crypt::Rijndael</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For debugging, this valve can print some helpful information in debug level.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191416Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour le debogage, cette valve peut tracer quelques information utiliser.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To enable LL::NG authentication plugin, go in /etc/obm/obm_conf.inc:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112248Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour activer le composant d'authentification LL::NG, aller dans /etc/obm/obm_conf.inc:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Password: Connection password</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111226T200754Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Mot-de-passe : mot-de-passe du compte de connexion</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>getAttributes(cookieValue): get elements stored in session</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T171945Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>getAttributes(cookieValue) : retourne les éléments stockés dans la session</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapConfBase: Notifications branch DN.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T080322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>ldapConfBase : DN de la branche des notifications.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See performances to know how to use macros and groups in rules.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060206Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir performances pour comprendre l'intérêt des macros et groupes dans les règles.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>the portal is in the declared domain</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T113934Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>le portail est dans le domaine déclaré</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The Yubikey is a small material token shipped by Yubico.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T162139Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Yubikey est un petit matériel d'authentification vendu par Yubico.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Commands on Active Directory will be:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T214402Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les commandes sur Active Directory :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Your database must have a specific table to host sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T204730Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut dédier une table pour héberger les sessions.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Operating System</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T112702Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Système d'exploitation</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG portal is a modular component.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073139Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Le portail LL::NG est un composant modulaire.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Store user password in session data: see password store documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T161948Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Stocker le mot-de-passe de l'utilisateur dans les données de session : voir la documentation sur le stockage du mot-de-passe.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Browseable (SQL, Redis or LDAP)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T082258Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Browseable (SQL, Redis ou LDAP)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG will do some checks on configuration and display errors and warnings if any.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120223T143817Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LemonLDAP::NG effectue ensuite quelques tests sur la configuration et affiche les éventuelles erreurs et avertissements.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Docker allows do run application into containers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T151626Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Docker permet de lancer une application dans un conteneur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Enable protection on Manager, by editing lemonldap-ng.ini:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203448Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Activer la protection du manager, en éditant lemonldap-ng.ini:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in Manager, General parameters » Advanced parameters » Security:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T135355Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager, Paramètres généraux » Paramètres avancés » Sécurité :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>internal variables, managed by LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T082843Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les variables internes, gérées par LemonLDAP::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You must register SP metadata here.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092116Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut enregistrer les métadatas du SP ici.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step2.png</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T145623Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>screenshots:1.1:mailreset:mailreset_step2.png</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configuration objects use standard object class: applicationProcess.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120411T042152Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les objets de configuration utilisent une classe d'objet standard : applicationProcess.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Currently, the module is simply handling a Radius Authentication request and has been tested only against a FreeRadius server.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120226T120421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Actuellement, ce module traite simplement une requête d'authentification Radius et n'a été testé que sur un serveur FreeRadius.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>vi /etc/sympa/auth.conf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081431Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>vi /etc/sympa/auth.conf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Form replay data</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T121052Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>les données à rejouer dans les formulaires</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>On LL::NG server, edit /etc/krb5.conf:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T212535Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sur le serveur LL::NG, éditer /etc/krb5.conf :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Yubikey client ID</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064857Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ID client Yubikey</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG FastCGI server must be loaded separately.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081523Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le serveur FastCGI LL::NG doit être lancé séparemment.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Configure the portal to use the remote LL::NG structure.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T052222Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Configurer le portail pour qu'il utilise le système LL::NG distant.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Set also the configuration URI with https://accounts.google.com/.well-known/openid-configuration, and JWKS refresh, for example every day: 86400.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T192913Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Préciser alors l'URI de configuration avec https://accounts.google.com/.well-known/openid-configuration, et le rafraîchissement JWKS, par exemple pour chaque jour : 86400.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>This is the default configuration backend.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183749Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>C'est le backend de configuration par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The date format is the LDAP date syntax, for example for the 1st March 2009:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T162456Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Le format de date est celui de la syntaxe des dates LDAP, par exemple pour le 1er Mars 2009 :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T221013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://auth.example.com/saml/metadata</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># another HTML code
}</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T141343Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># autre code HTML
}</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in the Manager and set the session module (for example Apache::Session::Postgres for PostgreSQL) in General parameters » Sessions » Session storage » Apache::Session module and add the following parameters (case sensitive):</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120423T205013Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le Manager et choisir le module de session (par exemple Apache::Session::Browseable::Postgres pour PostgreSQL) dans Paramètres généraux » Sessions » Stockage des sessions » Module Apache::Session et ajouter les paramètres suivants (sensible à la casse):</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Build cookie(s)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073819Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Construit le ou les cookies</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These options can then be overridden for each Identity Provider.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Ces options peuvent être surchargées pour chaque fournisseur d'identité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authenticate users</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T183318Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authentifier les utilisateurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;md:EntityDescriptor entityID=&quot;google.com&quot; xmlns=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata&quot; xmlns:ds=&quot;http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#&quot; xmlns:md=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T194845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;md:EntityDescriptor entityID=&quot;google.com&quot; xmlns=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata&quot; xmlns:ds=&quot;http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#&quot; xmlns:md=&quot;urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata&quot;&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapGroupObjectClass</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T062224Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>ldapGroupObjectClass</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>get_key_from_all_sessions: list all sessions and return asked keys</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120420T172320Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>get_key_from_all_sessions : liste toutes les sessions et retourne les clefs demandées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;bart.simpson&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055427Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$uid eq &quot;bart.simpson&quot;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just run the tar command:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160533Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Lancer implement la commande tar :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fields:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193159Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Champs :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>customfooter.tpm : HTML code in the footer div</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T074850Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>customfooter.tpm : code HTML inséré dans le div de pied-de-page</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Success mail content (optional): Content of mail sent when password is changed</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T151142Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Contenu du message (optionnel) : contenu du courriel envoyé lorsque le mot-de-passe est changé</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Examples:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T055345Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Exemples :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Anti iframe protection: will kill parent frames to avoid some well known attacks</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T080031Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Protection anti-iframe : ferme la frame parente pour éviter des attaques bien connues</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>insert a loop around the HTML printing, starting with the object creation (→new)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T075720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>insérer une boucle autour de l'affichage HTML, démarrant avec la création de l'objet (→new)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># SOAP functions for notification insertion (disabled by default)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T081739Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Fonctions SOAP pour insérer des notifications (désactivées par défaut)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Files&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T063923Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Files&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>An Apache session module was created by LL::NG team to store sessions in an LDAP directory.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160302T061115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Un module Apache::Session a été créé par l'équipe de développement de LL::NG pour stocker les sessions dans un annuaire LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Fill values here:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T193421Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Renseigner les valeurs ici :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', '', '1')</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T182348Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>checkLogonHours($ssoLogonHours, '', '', '1')</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can change it quick with a sed command.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093842Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>On peut le changer rapidement par une commande sed.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>netid_http_header HTTP_AUTH_USER</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111217T081457Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>netid_http_header HTTP_AUTH_USER</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Outlook Web App </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153720Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Outlook Web App </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>WebID is a way to uniquely identify a person, company, organisation, or other agent using a URI and a certificate.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T063651Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>WebID est un moyen d'identification unique de personnes, entreprises, organisation, ou autre agent en utilisant une URI et un certificat.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can use #PORTAL# in values to replace the portal URL.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Vous pouvez utiliser le mot clef #PORTAL# dans les valeurs pour remplacer l'URL du portail.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity provider</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Fournisseur d'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The integration with LL::NG is the following:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111220T155302Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'intégration avec LL::NG est la suivante :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Value: SREG attribute name:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120214T050447Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Valeur : noms d'attributs SREG :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It is recommended to use optional_no_ca since WebID doesn't use certificate authorities :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T064315Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il est recommandé d'utiliser « optional_no_ca » car WebID n'utilise pas d'autorité de certification :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>It will answer to OpenID Connect requests to give user identity (trough ID Token) and information (trough User Info end point).</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T201204Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il répond aux requêtes OpenID-Connect pour délivrer l'identité de l'utilisateur (via un jeton identifiant) et des informations (via le point d'accès &quot;User Info&quot;).</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To learn more about using Apache as reverse-proxy, see Apache documentation.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T073118Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation d' Apache en reverse-proxy, consultez la documentation d'Apache.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~speeves/Apache2-AuthenNTLM-0.02/AuthenNTLM.pm</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153915Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>http://search.cpan.org/~speeves/Apache2-AuthenNTLM-0.02/AuthenNTLM.pm</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>They can then be forwarded to applications trough HTTP headers.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T155903Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ils peuvent être transférés aux applications via les en-têtes HTTP.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Dokuwiki virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111119T115559Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Dokuwiki dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>As J2EE servlet container, Tomcat provides standard security feature, like authentication: the application deployed in Tomcat can delegate its authentication to Tomcat.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190208Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Comme conteneur de servlet J2EE, Tomcat fournit les fonctionnalités de sécurité standards, telles l'authentification : une application déployée dans Tomcat peut déléguer son authentification à Tomcat.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The default rule is:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203201Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>La règle par défaut est :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>jQuery URL: http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.1/jquery.min.js (if you let this parameter empty, jQuery is supposed to be already loaded; you can also set default to point to jQuery URL of LL::NG portal)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T173056Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>URL jQuery : http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.1/jquery.min.js (si ce paramètre est vide, jQuery est supposé être déjà chargé ; on peut aussi mettre default pour pointer vers l'URL jQuery du portail LL::NG)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Define at least:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T171803Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Definir au moins :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Extraction</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160518Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Extraction</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use MySQL for Lemonldap::NG sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T051425Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser MySQL pour les sessions de Lemonldap::NG</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You can then add the Manager as an application in the menu.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120418T203728Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>On peut aussi ajouter le manager dans les applications du menu.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Facebook</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T060857Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Facebook</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Rules can also be used to intercept logout URL:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120506T060241Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les règles peuvent également être utilisées pour intercepter les URL de déconnexion :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure your new skin in Manager, select the custom skin, and enter your skin name in the configuration field.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T075155Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Pour configurer le nouveau thème dans le manager, selectionner le thème personnalisé et entrer le nom du nouveau thème dans le champ.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>The LDAP schema extension can be used to store this value.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T122156Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'extension de schéma LDAP peut être utilisée pour stocker cette valeur.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Port: port of the application (by default, 80 for http, 443 for https)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143817Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Port : port de l'application (par défaut, 80 pour http, 443 pour https)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064100Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Use redirect on error</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T064552Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Utiliser les redirections en cas d'erreur</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HTTPS: use https as protocol</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T143754Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>HTTPS : utilise https comme protocole</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity provider: LL::NG is able to provide identity service using:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T072325Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fournisseur d'identité : LL::NG peut fournir un service d'identité en utilisant :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Any CAS consumer</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120301T053658Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>N'importe quel client CAS</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Since 4.0 release, it offers an easy way to configure SSO thanks to authentication subsystems.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160227T183258Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Depuis la version 4.0, il permet facilement de configurer un SSO grace au sous-système d'authentification.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>(default: find)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T165443Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>(défaut: find)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Liferay virtual host in Manager</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Hôte virtuel Liferay dans le manager</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in the Manager and set the session module to Apache::Session::Browseable::LDAP.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T055713Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Aller dans le manager et mettre le module de session à Apache::Session::Browseable::LDAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To configure warning before password expiration, you must set two variables in Active Directory parameters in Manager:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T112033Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour configurer l'avertissement vant expiration, il faut indiquer deux variables des paramètres Active Directory dans le Manager:</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>HTTP headers: forge information sent to protected applications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T143918Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>En-têtes HTTP : construit l'information à envoyer aux applications protégées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_all&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T112322Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>//&quot;userobm_web_all&quot; =&gt; ,</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Just set the LL::NG Handler IP on this attribute in order to add more security.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191115Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Indiquer seulement l'adresse IP du handler LL::NG dans cet attribut pour ajouter plus de sécurité.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Spring Security is the new ACEGI name.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T174326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Spring Security est le nouveau nom d'ACEGI.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>If OpenID login is not set, it uses General Parameters » Logs » REMOTE_USER data, which is set to uid by default</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T083014Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Si l'identifiant OpenID n'est pas renseigné, la donnée Paramètres généraux » Journalisation » REMOTE_USER est utilisée, mise à uid par défaut</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Notifications</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Notifications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Same with remote server configured with the same host name:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T072816Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>La même chose avec le serveur distant configuré avec le même nom d'hôte :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>XML menu configuration is deprecated.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T114305Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>XML menu configuration is deprecated.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg># Insert $_user in logs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T082227Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg># Insérer $_user dans les journaux</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Binaries install :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T160845Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer les exécutables :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>SAP</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111225T153624Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>SAP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Sign-out page URL: this in not the SLO access point (Google Apps does not support SLO), but the main logout page.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111203T183149Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Sign-out page URL: il ne s'agit pas du point d'accès de déconnexion globale (SLO) (Google Apps ne le supporte pas), mais de la page de déconnexion.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display deleted sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Affiche les sessions effacées</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>To view a configuration parameter, for example portal URL:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T075921Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Pour voir un paramètre de configuration, par exemple l'URL du portail :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>More information about Safe on CPAN</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T203926Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Plus d'information sur Safe sur le CPAN</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Server time</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211755Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Horloge des serveurs</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Databases</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Bases de données</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Environment variables will not be queried in users database.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T161514Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Les variables d'environnement ne seront pas demandées à la base de données utilisateurs.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>For each binding you can set:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Pour chaque déclaration, vous pouvez indiquer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>purge old sessions</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162326Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>purger les anciennes sessions</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Identity provider: how forward user identity</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120419T073347Z" changeid="guimard">
<seg>Fournisseur d'identité : comment transférer l'identité</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Go in General Parameters » Issuer modules » SAML and configure:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T091559Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans le manager, aller dans Paramètres généraux &gt; Modules fournisseurs » SAML et configurer :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>You need to register a new application on Facebook to get an application ID and a secret.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20131025T061233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Il faut enregistrer la nouvelle application dans Facebook pour obtenir un identifiant d'application et un secret.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Then use the SiteMinder tab to configure SSO:</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T074140Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Utiliser ensuite le paragraphe SiteMinder pour configurer le SSO :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>These options are only here to override default values.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T074233Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Ces options ne sont à utiliser que pour surcharger les valeurs par défaut.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Required :</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T191506Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Requis :</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See the README to know how install and configure it.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120507T182719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le README pour l'installer et le configurer.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120225T064143Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;/Location&gt;
 </seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>ldapgroups -&gt; memberOf</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>ldapgroups -&gt; memberOf</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Install cron jobs</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120324T162257Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installer les tâches planifiées (cron)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>LL::NG publish its OpenID Connect metadata to ease the configuration of client.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T202003Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>LL::NG publie ses métadonnées OpenID-Connect pour faciliter la configuration du client.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>General performances</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR">
<seg>Performances générales</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>In this case, authentication is not a response to an issued authentication request, and we have less control on conditions.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120221T061756Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Dans ce cas, l'authentification n'est pas une réponse à une requête d'authentification ce qui diminue les capacités de contrôle.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/fs-scopes</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160229T191203Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir https://doc.integ01.dev-franceconnect.fr/fs-scopes</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;
&lt;tomcat-users&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111218T190303Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;
&lt;tomcat-users&gt;</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>install_libs (all Perl libraries)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T210142Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>install_libs (toutes les librairies Perl)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Get the packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T093159Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Obtenir ces paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>User can now access to the protected application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120216T050550Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>L'utilisateur peut maintenant accéder aux applications</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Display name: Name of the RP application</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T203018Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Affichage : Nom de l'application RP</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>Installation on Debian/Ubuntu with packages</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120303T092719Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Installation sur Debian/Ubuntu avec les paquets</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>'default_expires_in' =&gt; 600,?</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120505T083924Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>'default_expires_in' =&gt; 600,?</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'server','auth_type','config');
$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'login','dn','cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com');
$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'login','pass','secret');</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20111211T173727Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'server','auth_type','config');
$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'login','dn','cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com');
$ldapservers-&gt;SetValue($i,'login','pass','secret');</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>authpwd.example.com: DNS of the LL::NG portal (to failback to a form based authentication)</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20160301T211324Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>authpwd.example.com : DNS du portail LL::NG (pour retomber sur un formulaire d'authentification)</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
<tu>
<tuv lang="EN-US">
<seg>See SAML service configuration chapter.</seg>
</tuv>
<tuv lang="FR-FR" changedate="20120218T220601Z" changeid="xavier">
<seg>Voir le chapître de configuration du service SAML.</seg>
</tuv>
</tu>
</body>
</tmx>
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink